The URL can be used to link to this page

Home My WebLink About1201 W Seminole Blvd - City of Sanford - Bio-Solids Mgmt Bldg (Exempt)18-2202CITY OF ,,, f. 201 S Building & Fire Prevention DivisionSki4FORD4ry g PERMIT APPLICATION FIRE DEPARTMENT / O_ a0 `LApplicationNo: ` CS Documented Construction Value: $ 9v. c7 Job Address: /ZO/ bJ' I.tJUC£ U/Q Historic District: Yes Non Parcel ID: 25-/ 9 :?C j A G' k 000 % 6 Residential Commercial Type of Work: NewN Addition[] Alteration Repair Demo Change of Use Move Description of Work: a a/EAJM6 y Gi'-i i 17 U/ QIIrd f.fJ CAP C`,1 7%'1d2,f Cli tl riC,o y iE S/%% `U r v PlanReviewContactPerson: Thl _ J / % Title: JisJ Phone: 40-322 6641- x)007 Fax: -407- 330-• 0Email: L Cast f Property Owner Information mm!"L, Name 00 o? Street: '3 AJ. /t& City, State Zip: /ec/` oho fie- 22- 771 Resident of property? : Contractor Information Name Vi1 T iOs• t/iG O i,y G- Phone: Street: Z7 2-0 f A/ 6_1 lUFax: City, State Zip: State License No.: ArchitectlEngineer Information Name: Phone: =- GA -4H Street: (,.) -i o S`I • Fax: 6 -' 3 a 43 1 City, St, Zip: 3 Z 7 %1 E-mail: gl aX(, CC/fCarD. Gd iiz•9uCGc 2s U y Bonding Company: y. o CCq Mortgage Lender: Address: digs S . nc.- ICI Jy i21; Address: djcr 182 WARNING TO OWNER: YOUR FAILURE TO RECORD A NOTICE OF COMMENCEMENT MAY RESULT IN YOUR PAYING TWICE FOR IMPROVEMENTS TO YOUR PROPERTY. A NOTICE OF COMMENCEMENT MUST BE RECORDED AND POSTED ON THE JOB SITE BEFORE THE FIRST INSPECTION. IF YOU INTEND TO OBTAIN FINANCING, CONSULT WITH YOUR LENDER OR AN ATTORNEY BEFORE RECORDING YOUR NOTICE OF COMMENCEMENT. Application is hereby made to obtain a permit to do the work and installations as indicated. I certify that no work or installation has commenced prior to the issuance of a permit and that all work will be performed to meet standards of all laws regulating construction in this jurisdiction. I understand that a separate permit must be secured for electrical work, plumbing, signs, wells, pools, furnaces, boilers, heaters, tanks, and air conditioners, etc. FBC 105.3 Shall be inscribed with the date of application and the code in effect as of that date: 61' Edition (2017) Florida Building Code Revised: January 1, 2018 Permit Application NOTICE: In, addition to the requirements of this permit, there may be additional restrictions applicable to this property that may befoun6inthepublicrecordsofthiscounty, and there may be additional permits required from other governmental entities such as watermanagementdistricts, state agencies, or federal agencies. Acceptance of permit is verification that I will notify the owner ofthe property ofthe requirements of Florida Lien Law, FS 713. The City of Sanford requires payment of a plan review fee at the time of permit submittal. A copy of the executed contract is required in order to calculate a plan review charge and will be considered the estimated construction value of the job at the time of submittal. The actual construction value will be figured based on the current ICC Valuation Table in effect at the time the permit is issued, inaccordancewithlocalordinance. Should calculated charges figured off the executed contract exceed the actual construction value, credit will be applied to your permit fees when the permit is issued. OWNER'S AFFIDAVIT: I certify that all of the foregoing information is accurate and that all work will be done in compliance with all applicable laws regulating construction and zonipl. 5 l0 18 Signature o Own r/Agent Date T 11< 1+,d%9 ofNobry-gh& of Date D11 if Notary Public State of Florida Cathy Lotempio My Commission FF 932849 Owner/Agent is NIP, Expires I IIQ2/2019 Produced ID Type of ID 1 / Signature of Contractor/Age t Dat chi<J1 '„C, Print Contractor/Agent's Name r Signatu o t o A. C. PARRISH ., Notary Public - State of Fltirldi Commission # FF 184525 My Comm. Expires Mar 16, 2019 anna Bonded gh National Notary Assn. Contr o Me or Produced ID _ Type of ID 7C BELOW IS FOR OFFICE USE ONLY Permits Required: Building Electrical Mechanical Plumbing[] Gas Roof Construction Type: Total Sq Ft of Bldg: Occupancy Use: Min. Occupancy Load: New Construction: Electric - # of Amps Fire Sprinkler Permit: Yes No # of Heads APPROVALS: ZONING: ENGINEERING: COMMENTS: Flood Zone: of Stories: Plumbing - # of Fixtures Fire Alarm Permit: Yes No UTILITIES: WASTE WATER: FIRE<2 0 -sI/BUILDING: Revised: January 1, 2018 Permit Application Revision City of Sanford Response to Comments Cf' JUL 2b ` Building & Fire Prevention Division y Ph: 407.688.5150 Fax: 407.688.5152 Email: building@sanfordfl.gov Permit # t k ;' 0' © Al Submittal Date Project Address: l Jib Ste/ /IO Contact: Ph: Fax: D Email: Trades encompassed in revision: Building Plumbing Electrical Mechanical Life Safety Waste Water General description of revision: ROUTING INFORMATION Department Approvals Utilities Waste Water Planning Engineering Fire Prevention D Building ? y ;/ John Weir ibirector of Field Operations 863.646.5078 office 863.577.0468 direct 863.255.8155 mobile jweir@vogelbldg.com T®Cw-EL BItOS. SZTILDINCG CO. 2720 Drane Field Road, Lakeland, FL 33811 Lic. # CGC 1509018 R,0Box 2015, Lecanto, FL 34460 TEL. t (352) 270-8806- c4 2 South Line Rd., Lecanto, FL 34461 FAX # (352) 270-9612 DATE: 19 je)A)e / '2-010 0b170 We—(2 RE: f, Je,i vdge-f O r F C w tc sou-os WE ARE ENCLOSING V-' - COPY ORIGINAL(S) FOR: SHOP DRAWINGS/ SUBMITTAL INFO/OTHER) YOUR REVIEW & APPROVAL YOUR INFORMATION YOUR COMMENTS YOUR HANDLING T1-/) n PER YOUR REQUEST T 12,OPU-Cr 4 aV /i( 'jb F)ki')'147-ion r, oR p - km 1 r ie,)q PA4 E THANK YOU FOR YOUR PROMPT ATTENTION TO THIS MATTER. Cordially, WEBER GLASS, INC. r-- Tom Thomas STATEWIDE PRODUCT APPROVAL SUBMITTAL a INCVIAl Uit Vake: 0/441U-i p( Application/Permit#: Building Address: Owner:,_$- ontractor: Vf Q,D)2Ag2 8LZ4 Openings: Sliding Glass Doors,Exterior Swing Doors, Overhead Doors, fixed Glass, Windows, Mullions, Skylights Pressure Product Approval Product Model# or: Glass Attachment Approval Expiration Qty D T Manufacturer Category Number/ Seq#. Name Series Type/Size Method Entity Date 34Y Kla 7 N D C-/+ 2- i-fNi5F Awm r,1 x. e FL o3 .'f a LUSt t9 t- F OoA 1a6F f 4,y(?q aoc.0,itj 0 (-A— N Yv1/ V Ux v Only one entry required for Multiple units of the same size and Design Pressure D= Design Pressure T= Max. Test Pressure Page 1 of A Printed Date: 8/24/2017w • GREENHECK Job: Sanford North Biosolids Ph2 Building Value in Air. Mark: ESD635X Model: ESD-635X ESD-635X 6 in. Frame, 35 deg Blade PERMIT APPLICATION & DESIGN ESD-635X is a Florida Product Approved drainable blade louver designed to protect air intake and exhaust openings in building exterior walls. Design incorporates drain gutters in the head member and horizontal blades to channel water to the louver side jambs where water is further channeled through vertical downspouts and out at the sloped louver sill. The ESD-635X is an extremely efficient louver with AMCA licensed performance data enabling designers to select and apply with confidence. ESD-635X is qualified per the Uniform Static Air Pressure Test (ASTM E330/TAS 202). With optional welded construction ESD-635X is also qualified per the Large Missile Impact Test (ASTM El996/TAS 201) and the Cyclic Wind -Loading Test (TAS 203). Qualified for wind -loads up to 200 PSF. Refer to UL published certification for size and design load rating restrictions. Florida Product Approval Number: FL6876.4, 15718.4 PRODUCT DETAILS Frame: 6 in. x 0.081 in. Frame Thickness Frame Type: Channel Blades: 0.081 in. Fixed Blade Thickness Material: Aluminum Sizing: Nominal Shape: Rectangular Construction: Welded Impact Qualified: No OPTIONS & ACCESSORIES Finish: Kynar 70% (2 coat), Standard TBS Bird Screen: 0.75 in. x 0.05 in., Flat Expanded Aluminum, Internal, Mill Finish Insect Screen: Aluminum, Internal Mounting: Continuous Angles Warranty: 5 Yrs (4 Yrs Ext) Product Warranty 20 Yrs (10 Yrs Ext) Finish Warranty SUMMARY 1-1 Total Louver Qty: 48 1 72 1 14.97 Total Weight (lb): 276 Internal ' Width and Height furnished approximately 0.250 in. under size. 62.4 j 86 Louver Area (ft2): 72 Standard Total Ship Sect.: 3 Weight shown is an estimate only based on the default base product configuration without options or accessories. The maximum design wind load varies depending on the size and configuration. Please refer to the product data submittal information for installation instructions. Any additional structural reinforcing members or materials not otherwise shown as "By Greenheck" shall be considered by others. Unless indicated otherwise the following are NOT included in the quote provided: structural steel, anchors into surrounding substrate or structure, shims, backer rod, sealant, dissimilar material isolation, field measuring, installation, flashing, trim, enclosures, blankoff panels, mullion covers, hinged frames, removable subframes, custom bird/insect screen, 3-coat, metallic and/or exotic paint finishes, bituminous paints, taxes, PE stamped structural calculations or job specified engineered submittal drawings. Generated by: cbruskin@stanweaver.com CAPS 4.24.1283 C:\Users\cbruskin.SWCTPA\Desktop\Chuck Brief case\cbruskin\Sanford North Biosolids Ph2.gfcj Page 1 of 3 C Abu + Printed Date: 8/24/2017GREENHECKJob: Sanford North Biosolids Ph2 Building Value in Air. Mark: ESD635X Model: ESD-635X Louvers Product Limited Warranty Thank you for purchasing Greenheck louvers. Greenheck warrants this equipment to be free from defect in material and workmanship for a period of 5 years from the date of product shipment. Any units or parts, which prove defective during the warranty period, will be repaired or replaced at our option when returned to our factory, transportation prepaid. Unless agreed upon otherwise Greenheck will not be held responsible for costs associated with removal or installation of product(s). The legal remedies described in this Limited Warranty are the sole exclusive remedy of Customer. This limited warranty will be void if payment from Customer is not received within a commercially reasonable time frame. GREENHECK MAKES NO OTHER WARRANTY, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, REGARDING ITS PRODUCTS, OR ITS SELECTION AND APPLICATION, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, COMPLIANCE WITH BUILDING CODES, SAFETY CODES, LAWS, MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS OR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. This limited warranty is extended solely to the Customer. It is nontransferable and non -assignable, and the Customer shall not permit or authorize its employees, agents, representatives or customers to claim, represent or imply that this limited warranty extends or is available to anyone other than the Customer. In the event of material breach by the Customer of any of the conditions of this warranty, Greenheck shall have no liability for and product failure claims. Failure to pay Greenheck in full for original services will automatically make this warranty null and void. Greenheck will not be held liable for incidental or consequential damages of any kind. The limited warranty of product(s) replaced or repaired under this limited warranty shall be limited to the remainder of the original warranty period. Greenheck reserves the right to reasonable field access to diagnose and repair any product alleged to be defective. This limited warranty may not be modified by anyone and may not be changed by such things as purchase order forms or acceptance forms, unless otherwise agreed upon by Greenheck. This limited warranty is provided in lieu of any other warranty requirements or obligations, including, but not limited to, those within project specifications. All notices and claims given under or pursuant to this agreement shall be in writing and sent by certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested to: Greenheck, Attn: Louver Sales, 525 Western Road, Schofield, WI 54476. By proceeding to use our products and services on your project, you accept the terms of these limited warranties. Generated by: cbruskin@stanweaver.com CAPS 4.24.1283 C:\Users\cbruskin.SWCTPA\Desktop\Chuck Briefcase\cbruskin\Sanford North Biosolids Ph2.gfcj Page 2 of 3 e r GREENHECK Building Value in Air. Louvers Architectural Finish Limited Warranty Printed Date: 8/24/2017 Job: Sanford North Biosolids Ph2 Mark: ESD635X Model: ESD-635X Kynar/Hylar and Mica (70% PVDF) Paint Greenheck warrants the finish of Kynar/Hylar (70% PVDF) paint for a period of 20 Yrs (10 Yrs Ext) from the date of product shipment when applied to aluminum louvers or aluminum architectural products. Greenheck warrants that for after the date of product shipment the applied finish: A) Will not chip, crack or peel (lose adhesion) but does not include minute fracturing, which may occur in proper fabrication of building parts. B) WIII not chalk in excess of ASTM D-4214-89 number 8 rating, determined by the procedure outlined in ASTM D-4214-89 specification test. C) Will not change color more than five (5) Delta-E Hunter units (square root of the sum of Delta L, Delta A and Delta B) as determined by ASTM method D-2244. It is acknowledged that fading or color changes may not be uniform if the surfaces are not equally exposed to the sun and elements. Metallic and Mica colors are exempt in the warranty from item C but will hold the L value within 5 Delta E or the L scale of the Hunter E unit system. Exotic colors will receive a full 10 year warranty if they have the recommended clear coat applied. However, Exotic colors are excluded from the 20 year warranty. Any units or parts, which prove defective during the warranty period, will be repaired or replaced at our option when returned to the factory, transportation prepaid. Unless agreed upon otherwise Greenheck will not be held responsible for costs associated with installation or removal of product(s). Greenheck limited warranties are not applicable when failure is caused by events that cannot be controlled by Greenheck. These include, but are not limited to, Acts of God, fire or other casualty or physical damage; Government restrictions; Acts of aggression; Harmful fumes or foreign substances in the atmosphere; Improper storage or packaging of the parts prior to installation; Product failure due to improper usage and/or application; Failure to provide reasonable and routine maintenance and/or improper maintenance, including, but not limited to the use of chemical cleaning agents not in accordance with AAMA recommendations or failure to use a systematic maintenance cleaning program in areas of high salt concentration; Corrosive atmosphere found in the interior of buildings, which effect the interior surface of material; Standing or ponding water on the metal; Excessive building movements; Work performed or materials supplied by others; Improper treatment of finished material; Corrosion of the metal substrate; Incompatibility between materials, including, but not limited to, Galvanic corrosion due to contact with adjacent dissimilar metals such as stainless steel; Damage to the painted metal occasioned by moisture or other contamination detrimental to the finish because of improper storage of the finished metal prior to installation as outlined in AAMA Publication 10, "Care and handling of Architectural Aluminum From Shop to Site." The legal remedies described in this Limited Warranty are the sole exclusive remedy of Customer. This limited warranty will be void if payment from Customer is not received within a commercially reasonable time frame. GREENHECK MAKES NO OTHER WARRANTY, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, REGARDING ITS PRODUCTS, OR ITS SELECTION AND APPLICATION, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, COMPLIANCE WITH BUILDING CODES, SAFETY CODES, LAWS, MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS OR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. This limited warranty is extended solely to the Customer. It is nontransferable and non -assignable, and the Customer shall not permit or authorize its employees, agents, representatives or customers to claim, represent or imply that this limited warranty extends or is available to anyone other than the Customer. In the event of material breach by the Customer of any of the conditions of this warranty, Greenheck shall have no liability for and product failure claims. Failure to pay Greenheck in full for original services will automatically make this warranty null and void. Greenheck will not be held liable for incidental or consequential damages of any kind. The limited warranty of product(s) replaced or repaired under this limited warranty shall be limited to the remainder of the original warranty period. Greenheck reserves the right to reasonable field access to diagnose and repair any product alleged to be defective. This limited warranty may not be modified by anyone and may not be changed by such things as purchase order forms or acceptance forms, unless otherwise agreed upon by Greenheck. This limited warranty is provided in lieu of any other warranty requirements or obligations, including, but not limited to, those within project specifications. All notices and claims given under or pursuant to this agreement shall be in writing and sent by certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested to: Greenheck, Attn: Louver Sales, 525 Western Road, Schofield, WI 54476. By proceeding to use our products and services on your project, you accept the terms of these limited warranties. Generated by: cbruskin@stanweaver.com CAPS 4.24.1283 C:\Users\cbruskin.SWCTPA\Desktop\Chuck Brief case\cbruskin\Sanford North Biosolids Ph2.gfcj Page 3 of 3 The Genuine. The Original, Wd.fe AU2, 0 ' EE14 1 , Overhead Door Company of Mid FloridapY Florida Door Solutions d/b/a 777 South Park Ave Apopka, FL 32703 April 19, 2018 Job Name: Sanford North WRF PERMIT--- lttfrt;'riii P N E b NR " 946 O srgT bop •4 0 IL EOG`• ffflillt To Whom It May Concern: The purpose of this letter is to certify that the 620 series rolling steel doors manufactured, with aluminum curtain slats, by the Overhead Door Corporation will be manufactured to withstand a positive and negative design wind load of 31 psf as specified. Doors of similar construction have been successfully tested in accordance with ASTM E-330. The following information is a summary of the door's construction: MODEL: SERIES 620 ROLLING SERVICE DOOR SIZE: 8'-0 x 10'-0 SLAT: .050" ALUMINUM (16 B&S GA) WINDLOCKS: CONTINUOUS OPERATION: CHAIN HOIST WALL ANGLE: 3" X 3" X 3/16" (CONCRETE JAMBS) MIDDLE ANGLE: 2 1/2" X 2" X 3/16" OUTSIDE ANGLE: 4" X 3 1/2" X 1/4" ASSEMBLY BOLTS: 3/8" SAE GRADE 2, 18" O.C. MAX. WALL BOLTS: 3/8" X 3" LG HILTI KB3, 18" O.C. MAX. (CONCRETE JAMBS) NORMAL FORCE: 124 POUNDS/FT HT PARALLEL FORCE: 55 POUNDS/FT HT Cordially, Brian W. Stryker Rolling Steel Technical Support Access Systems Division Overhead Door Corporation vAmOverheadDoor.com A Subsidiary of Samna Shutter Corporation 2501 S. State Highway 121, Suite 200 Lewisville, TX 75067 Phone: 469.549-7100 Fax:469-549-7281 742.15 Series 610/611/620/621, F265 slat Drawing 308093 Rev K Limits of Use Installation Instructions Approved for use in HVHZ: No FL742 R7 II (it 0.620.625 Series installation. 300922.ndf FL742@R7iI1FL742@R4 11 611.621.676 Series Installation, Approved for use outside HVHZ: Yes 608905.pdfImpactResistant: No Design Pressure: +31/-31 Verified By: LeRoy Krupke 36580 Other: Max door width 40', Max door height 30' Created by Independent Third Party: No Evaluation Reports FL742 R7 AE 308093 REV K.Vdf FL742 R7 AEmScates- Eval Report 742-R4- RS and RapidSlat.ndf Created by Independent Third Party: Yes Product Approval USER: Public User Product Approval Menu> Product or Application Search> Application List> Application Detail FL # FL742-R7 Application Type Affirmation Code Version 2014 Application Status Approved Comments Archived 17 Product Manufacturer Overhead Door Corporation Address/Phone/Email 2501 S. State Hwy. 121, Suite 200 Lewisville, TX 75067 717) 247-3638 tom—steckbeck@overheaddoor.com Authorized Signature MARK SAWICKI mark—sawicki@overheaddoor.com Technical Representative Mark Sawicki Address/Phone/Email 2501 S. State Hwy 121, Suite 200 Lewisville, TX 75067 469)549-7031 mark—sawicki@overheaddoor.com Quality Assurance Representative Carol Currence Address/Phone/Email One Door Drive P.O. Box 67 Mt. Hope, OH 44660 330) 763-8091 ccurrenc@wayne-dalton.com Category Exterior Doors Subcategory Roll -Up Exterior Door Assemblies Compliance Method Evaluation Report from a Florida Registered Architect or a Licensed Florida Professional Engineer Evaluation Report - Hardcopy Received Florida Engineer or Architect Name who developed the Evaluation Report Florida License Quality Assurance Entity Quality Assurance Contract Expiration Date Validated By Certificate of Independence Referenced Standard and Year (of Standard) Equivalence ofProduct Standards Certified By Sections from the Code John E. Scates, PE PE-51737 Intertek Testing Services NA, Inc. 12/31 /2020 Gordon Thomas, P.E. Validation Checklist - Hardcopy Received FL742 R7COIScates Cert of Inden 742-R4,12df Standard ANS1/DASMA 108 ASTM E-330 TAS 201/203 Year 2002 2002 1994 R I affirm that there are no changes in the new Florida Building Code which affect my product(s) and my product(s) are in compliance with the new Florida Building Code. Documentation from approved Evaluation or Validation Entity Yes _ '_ __... No .- ...... ...... N/A FL742 R7 COC FL00742 Affirmation for FBC Sth 2014s. Product Approval Method Method 1 Option D Date Submitted 02/11/2015 Date Validated 02/11/2015 Date Pending FBC Approval Date Approved 02/15/2015 L NOTES 12. THE SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE BOLT USED FOR THE 1. DESIGNED AND TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH FLORIDA BLDG CODE AND INTERNATIONAL BLDG CODE. Z—GUIDE 70 ATTACH THE GUIDE TO THE CONCRETE JAMB f ARE FOR POWERS POWER BOLT (P/N 607692—XXXX. PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER'S SEAL PROVIDED ONLY FOR VERIFICATION. OF WIND LOAD CONSTRUCTION DETAILS. THE HILTI QUICK BOLT (P/N 608983—XXXX) MAY B SUBSTITUTED TO ACHIEVEEQUIVALENT WINDLOAD RATING 13Y 2. SPACING IS THE CENTER TO CENTER DIMENSION. USING THE FOLLOWING SUBSTITUTION CHART AND THE SAME f 3. INDICATES SLAT FREQUENCY IN WHICH WINDLOCKS OCCUR. SPACING AS THE POWERS POWER BOLT. 4. DELETED. 5. WALL ANGLES MAY HE WELDED TO STEEL JAMBS. PLUG WELDS IN THE WALL ANGLE SLOTS THE THICKNESS OF THE'ANGLE OR FILLET WELD AT THE HEEL AND TOE OF THE WALL ANGLE D 2" LONG AT EACH SPECIFIED BOLT LOCATION, TO HOLD THE LOADS LISTED IN THE GUIDE TABLE. 6. "E" GUIDE DOORS HAVE THREE WALL FASTENER LENGTHS, THEY ARE: 3/8" DIA(GRADE 2) = 1" LONG WALL BOLT 3/8 DIA(GRADE 5) = 1-1/2" LONG WALL BOLT 1/2 DIA = 1-1/2" LONG WALL BOLT 8. ASTM A-36, GUIDE. ANGLE MATERIALs9. DOORS AT 6'-4" WIDE WILL HAVE NO WINDBAR. POWERS POWER BOLT 3000 PSI CONCRETE) HILTI KWIK BOLT 3 3000 PSI CONCRETE) DIAMETER EMBED DIAMETER EMBED 3/8'. 2" 3/8" 2-1/2• 3/8" 2-1/2' 3/8" 2-1/2" 1/2" 2-1/2' 1/2" 2-3/4- 1/2* 3' 1/2' 3-1/2" 1.1/2• 1 5" 1/2" 5" 5/8" 1 4• 5/8" 4„ 10. REFERENCE F-265 SLAT DRAWING 307210 11. DOOR OPENINGS 18'-4" AND LESS USE SLATS 22 Go I DOOR OPENINGS OVER 18'-4' USE SLATS 20 Go C I TENSION WHEEL HEADPLATE CURTAIN SEE CHART "A BO BA A T-- 2 5/8GA. I 5/8"— SLAT DETAIL PARALLEL FORCE `— W/L) NORMAL WA) FORCE MOMENT SECTION "B-8" E AND Z GUIDES SHOWN 30" 0' MAX. DOOR HEIGHT B" SECTION "A —A" 1.58 t 2.274 1.76 933 —" F-265 ALT. WINDLOCK DETAIL WH E WT 4 I 13_ CHART OF WIND LOCK CLEARANCE MAX OPENING WIDTH CLEARANCE TENSILE W < = 15' 0.625 UP TO 20' 0.875 UP TO 30' 1.375 UP TO 40' 1.875 Z"-GUIDE M-- WH H f ' S WT REVISIONS DExAFIroN I WEE JOHI I- SCATES PE1) 31.21 FAIRGATE CARROLLTON, TEXAS 75007 FL PE #51737 FL # 742-R4 t Wv',I Wv MV MV MT MT V OV OV G I X f` X G f OT MH Z r OT OH ---- OH I E—GUIDE Z—GUIDE NOTES WIND PRESSURE WIND PRESSURE DOOR OPENING WIDTH 6'-4' 11'-3' 15' 20' 25 30' 35 40' 10'-3" 15' 20' 25' 30' 35' 40' 0 5E VERTICAL OV 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 1 4 1 4 5 16 E THICKNESS OT 3 16 1 4 1 4 1 4 1 4 1 4 1 4 5 16 1 4 7 4 1 4 1 3-1 4 3-1/4 3-1/4 E E 1-3 4 2—t 4' 2-1 4 2-1 4 2-1 2. 2-1 2.2-1 2 2-1 2 1—i 2 2-1 2 2-3 4 S S 2-1 4 1-5 8 1-13 16 1-13 16 1-13 16 1-7/8 1-7/8 2 1-5 8 1-13 16 1-13 16 1-13/15 1-7 8R.. 2 V V 15 16 1-3 16 1-1 4 1-1 4 1-1 4 1-5/1.6 1-5 16 1-3 8 1-3 16' 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-5 16 1-3/8 G G 2-1 4- 2-3 4- 2-13 16 2-13 16 2 113 16 2-7 8 2-7 8 3 2-3 4 2-13 16 2-13 16 2-13 16 2-7 8 3 X X NONE Y-1 8 t-1 4 1-1 2 1-7 8 1-7 8 2-3 8 2-3 8 1-1 8 1-1 4 1-1 2 1-7 8 1-7 82-3/8 Z Z NONE 15 16 15 16 15 16 15 16 15 16 15 16 15 16 15 76 15 16 15 16 15 16 15 1615 1fi BOLT SIZE 38 38 38 1 2 1 2 1 2 7 2 1 2 3 8 1 2 1 2 1 2 t 2.58 BOLT GRADE 2 2 =` 5 2 5 5 5 5 N A N A N A N/A N A N/A 6 BOLT EMBED N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 2-1/2" 3' 3" 5 5" 4' 4" 12 3OLT SPACING 36 18 18 15 18 17 15 11 18 s 14 10 9 7 8 7 2 ILYBOLT SIZE 38 38 .38 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 5 8 3 8'- 38 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 58 Y BOLT GRADE 2 2 5 5 5 5 5 5 2 5 5 5 5 5 5 C BOLT SPACING 36 18 12 18 17 12 10 11 18 ` 14 1B 18 13 12 13 2 K FREQUENCY 0 2 2 264 1505 3481 2 5226 2 2 2 6419 8553 9757 2 2 2 12816 11854 3423 2 5129 2 6297 2 2 8379 9554 2 3 12506 MOMENT VORMAL 98 174 233 310 388 455 543 620 159 233 310 388 465 543 620 ARALLEL 0 384 852 1278 1522 2065 2266. 2787 272 852 1278 1522 2065 2266 2787 THE DRAWINGS AND ALL OTHER INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN ARE THE CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY PROPERTY OF OVERHEAD DOOR CORPORATION AND ITS AFFILIATED COMPANIES. THIS DRAWING INWHOLEORINPART, MAY NOT BE COPIED IN ANY MANNER OR DISCLOSED TO ANYONE WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF OVERHEAD DOOR CORPORATION. NO DISCLOSURE OF WINGORINFORMATIONISINTENDEDTOOPERATEASAUCENSEORAUTHORIZATIONTOUSEITFORANYPURPOSEWITHOUTTHESPECIFICWRITTENCONSENTOFOVERHEADDOORCORPORATION. TOLMA, ecs v U=S amEWnsc sx-- FIN{SH WHOLE NUMBERS: t .25 A EAn Me E MAW= ""` WINDLOAD, 610/ 611/620/621, F-265, 11/19/02 N/A f1s ® KWOLFF N--RCREC EW By. X31/-31 PSF(DESIGN) E W4,100 AM Y14s wrir. IcatSi onmtmsE XX t .03 UNIT OF XXX t .610 MEASURE wTm"- N/ A JD FAW 1/24/03 oruwo+c D— 308093 NuuecAFcyiEnoortvR0 "NE aW&= ANGLES: ± .5' HOLES: f N/A wm 81 OM WELLS 1/24/03 sett N/A t OF 9 USEDON5 4 3 T2 1 C I 0 PERMIT JE MIAMM MIANIT-DADS COUNTY PRODUCT CONTROL SECTION 11805 SW 26 Stiwt Room 208 DEPARTMENT OF REGUATORY AND ECONOMIC RESOURCESS (RER) Mimi, Florida 33175-2474 BOARD AND CODE ADMINISTRATION DIVISION, T (786)315-2590 F (786 , )315.2599 NOTICE.OF ACCEPTANCE (NOA) www,miamidadegovicconomy GAF 1 Campus Drive Parsippany, NJ 07054 SCOPE: This NOA is being issued under the applicable rules and regulations governing the use of construction materials. The documentation submitted has been reviewed and accepted by Miami -Dade County RER - Product Conti -of Section to be used.in Miami Dade County and other areas where allowed by the Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ), This NOA shall not be valid after the expiration date stated below. The Miami -Dade County Product Control Section (in Miami Dade County) and/or the AHJ (in areas other than Miami Dade County) reserve the right to have this product or material tested for quality assurance purposes. If this product or material fails to perform in the accepted manner, the manufacturer will incur the expense of such testing and the AHJ may immediately revoke, modify, or suspend the use of such product or material within their jurisdiction. RER reserves the right to revoke this acceptance, if it is determined by Miami -Dade County Product Control Section that this product or material fails to meet the requirements of the applicable building code. This product is approved as described herein, and has been designed to comply with the Florida Building Code including the High Velocity Hurricane Zone of the Florida Building Code. DESCRIPTION: GAF EverGuard" TPO Single Ply Roofing Systems over Steel Decks. LABELING: Each unit shall bear a permanent label with the manufacturer's name or logo, city, state and following statement: "Miami -Dade County Product Control Approved", unless otherwise noted herein. RENEWAL of this NOA shall be considered after a renewal application has been filed and there has been no I change in the applicable building code negatively affecting the pelfbil-nance of this product. TERMINATION of this NOA Will occur after the expiration date or if there has been a revision or change in the materials, use, and/or manufacture of the product or process. Misuse of this NOA as an endorsement ofany product, for sales, advertising or any other purposes shall automatically terminate this NOA. Failure to comply with any section of this NOA shall be cause for termination and removal of NOA. ADVERTISEMENT: The NOA number preceded by the words Miami -Dade County, Florida, and followed by the expiration date may be displayed in advertising literature. Ifany portion of the NOA is displayed, then it shall be done in its entirety. INSPECTION: A copy of this entire NOA shall be provided to the user by the manufacturer or its distributors and shall be available for inspection at the job site at the request ofthe Building Official. This NOA revises NOA No. 14-0128.01 and consists of pages I through 62. The submitted documentation was reviewed by Jorge L. Acebo. POA No.: 14-0220.08 Expil.ation Date: 07 1 Approval Date: 06125115 Page 1 of 62 A a PERMIT'" l OFFICE MIAM NHAMI-DADE COUNTY PRODUCT CONTROL SECTION 14805 SW 26 Street, Room 208 DEPARTMENT OF REGULATORY AND ECONOT11TC RESOURCES (RER) Miami, Florida 33175-2474 BOARD AND CODE ADMINISTRATION DIN78ION T (786)315-2590 F (786).31525-99 NOTICE OF ACCEPTANCE NOA vim mismidade iQy(rcanomv GAF 1 Campus Drive Parsippany, NJ 07054 SCOPE: This NOA is being issued under the applicable rules and regulations governing the use of construction materials. The documentation submitted has been reviewed and accepted by Miami -Dade County RER - " Product Control, Section to be used in Miami Dade County and other areas where allowed by the AuthorityHavingJurisdiction (AHJ). This NOA'shall not be valid after the expiration date stated below. The Miami -Dade County Product Control Section (In Miami Dade County) and/or the AHJ (in -areas other. than Miami Dade County) g reserve the right to have this product or material tested for quality assurance purposes. If this product or material fails to perform in the accepted manner, the manufacturer will incur the expense of such testing and the AHJ may immediately revoke, modify, or suspend the use ofsuch product or material within their jurisdiction. RER reserves the right to revoke -this acceptance, if it is, determined by Miami -Dade CountyjProductControlSectionthatthisproductormaterial, fails to meet the requirements of the applicable. ' building code: This product is approved as described herein, and has been designed to comply with the Florida Building CodeincludingtheHighVelocityHurricaneZoneoftheFloridaBuildingCode. G DESCRIPTION: GAF EverGuard® TPO Single Ply Roofing Systems over Concrete Decks.. < i tl LABELING: Each unit shall bear a permanent label with the manufacturer's name or logo, city, state and following statement: "Miami -Dade County Product Control Approved", unless otherwise noted herein. RENEWAL of this NOA shall be considered after a renewal application has been filed and there has been no change in the applicable building code negatively affecting the performance of thisproduct. TERMINATION of this NOA will occur after the expiration date or if there has been a revision or change in the materials, use, and/or manufacture of the product or process. Misuse of this NOA as an endorsement of any product, for sales, advertising or any other, purposes shall automatically terminate this'NOA: Failure to complywithanysectionofthisNOAshallbecauseforterminationandremovalofNOA. ADVERTISEMENT: The NOA number preceded by the words Miami -Dade County, ,Florida, and followed by the.expiration date may be displayed in advertising literature. If any portion of the NOA is displayed, then - it shall be done in its entirety, INSPECTION: A copy of this entire NOA shall be provided to the user by the manufacturer or its distributors and shall be available for inspection at the job site at the request of the Building Official. . This NOA revises NOA No. 14-0128.02 and consists of pages I through 31. The submitted documentation was reviewed by Jorge L. Acebo, r NOA No.: 15-0203.2 t MIAM40ADECOUN?Y Expiration ate: "iTT 118 Approval Date: 05/14/1.5 Page I of 31 k Revision City of Sanford Response to Comments ny" ' Building &Fire Prevention Divisionp Ph. 407.688 5150 Fax: 407.688.5152JUN4r"'l Email; building@sanfordfl.gov' o Permit # Submittal Date 6 Project Address; Contact: w Ph: Fax: i°t UEmail: Trades encompassed in revision: General description of revision: Building i Plumbing s f ; Electrical, a Mechanical ' Life Safety E Waste Water ROUTING INFORMATION` Department Approvals Utilities Waste Water Planning Engineering Fire Prevention y O ilding G /Z i THISINSTRU tAEN PREPARED BY s"'i'tli ra a Name: / C1 G Address: n. ;et t _i.)'i =i: l).NOLE'O.NI x % _' :<<. nF : zr:C:l_i):"I GAL r: GCl'iIPTR L4_ER BK NOTICE OF COMMENCEMENT C:LEfiF:.-'S i1SCl577°-, l' (.i-111':( i_`s_1,11=i%;?I?1 1 { "ii'::';, f iii State of Florida ftENRUED -, r` hdetia >3 County of Seminole Permit Number: Parcel ID Number: C)5 0 xc000d a The undersigned hereby gives notice that improvement will be made to certain real property, and in accordance with Chapter 713, Florida Statutes, the following information is provided in this Notice of Commencement. 6 DESCRIPTION OF' PROPERTY: (Legal description f the prope y and street address if available) _ S iN it L J i a lAxxAl SiofE:_-S. .mac _ d;! GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF IMPROVEMENT: % dc W Q,05 a'4'1 9 0056 i ry 5.2 J (.; jI nk1 c)= 9j eLL) l?t 0' .SOL14S_ P'i/i>>A L-E fC/Jli.tll G- (/a 12112C%C"% lia fc' S //c'r-i ula c C=yO i.v<i,F. >F vetIXI -4C6 ZZ OWNER INFORMATION: SAs.Cy7 1Name: Address i aciIJ PAtK A US Fee Simple Title Holder (if other than owner) Name: Address: CONTRACTOR: Name: r L- V Co Address: Z / G Q /Qr0 I—fiHEZ/7A)O eAZ 3eg/l Persons within the State of Florida Designated by Owner upon whom notice or other documents may be served as provided by Section 713.13(1)(b), Florida Statutes. Name: In addition to himself, Owner Designates Section 713.13(1)(b), Florida Statutes. of To receive a copy of the Lienor's Notice as Provided in Expiration Date of Notice of Commencement (The expiratiori date is 1 year from date of recording unless a different date Is. specified) WARNING TO OWNER: ANY PAYMENTS MADE BY THE OWNER AFTER THE EXPIRATION OF THE NOTICE OF COMMENCEMENT ARE CONSIDERED IMPROPER PAYMENTS UNDER CHAPTER 713, PART I, SECTION 713.13, FLORIDA STATUTES, AND CAN RESULT IN YOUR PAYING TWICE FOR IMPROVEMENTS TO YOUR PROPERTY. A NOTICE OF COMMENCEMENT MUST BE RECORDED AND POSTED ON THE JOB SITE BEFORE THE FIRST INSPECTION. IF YOU INTEND TO OBTAIN FINANCING, CONSULT WITH YOUR LENDER OR AN ATTORNEY BEFORE COMMENCING WORK OR RECORDING YOUR NOTICE OF COMMENCEMENT. Under penalties of perjury, I declare that 1 have read the foregoing and that the facts stated in it are true to the best of my kn ledge and belief. F I Lqt_ l FT i Ic44AF— wners Signature Owner's Printed Name Florida Statute 713.1 1)(g): 'The owner. must sign the notice of commencement and no one else may be permitted to sign in his or her stead." State o ,t, Countyof 1 n O ' The foregoing instrument was acknowledged before me this day of by Name of person making statementOR who has produced identification type of a llotary Pubic State of Florida Cathy Ld ttpioMy CommistsionFF932849. Expires 11/0212019 O INSPECTION SEQUENCE BP# 18-2202 ADDRESS: 1201 W. Seminole Blvd. BUILDING•PERMIT Min Max Inspection Descri tion 10 Footer / Setback Stemwall 10 Slab / Mono Slab 20 Lintel / Tie Beam / Fill / Down Cell Sheathing — Walls Sheathing — Roof 10 Roof Dry In 30 Frame Insulation Rough Firewall Screw Pattern Drywall / Sheetrock Lath Inspection Building Ceiling Air Barrier Insulation Roof (Com'1) Building Ceiling Grid Final Roof Final Stucco / Siding Final Insulation Final Firewall Final Door Final Window Final Utility Building Final Screen Structure Final Pool Screen Enclosure Pre -Demo Final Demo Final Single Family Residence Final Commercial — 1000 Final Commercial — Addition -/ Alteration Final Commercial — Change of Use Final Building (Other) ELECTRICAL PERMIT x . `7'6. . R } . ; Min Max Ins ection Description 10 Electric Underground Footer / Slab Steel Bond Electric Ceiling Rough Electric Wall Rough 1000 Electric Rough Pre -Power Final Temporary Pole 1000 Electric Final UIVIBINMG IPEgRMIT „fi R1", ':. - ` t , F r Min Max inspection Description 20 Rough Plumb 10 Plumbing Underground Plumbing 2nd Rough Plumbing Tubset Plumbing Sewer Plumbing Grease Trap Rough Plumbing Steam / Chill Water Rough 1000 Plumbing Final hry LMECHANICALPERMITS r m i a r I i,,R-i ." G rS : t ' f p ," ', t 1uea ^ k- ;fro § F t Min Max Inspection Description 10 Mechanical Rough Mechanical Fire Damper Framing Mechanical Ceiling Rough Mechanical Fire Damper Annular Space Mechanical Insulation Wrap Mechanical Fire Damper Angle Light / Water Test Ck Welds Mechanical Grease Duct Wrap 1000 Mechanical Final REVISED: June 2014 S_ _ BP280U01 CITY OF SANFORD Application Fee Calculations w Application number . . . 99 99999999 Application type NEW INDUSTRIAL Address . . . . . . . . . Tenant number, name . . . Fee type . . . . . . . 01-BLDG PLAN REVIEW z Type information, press Enter. Base fee: . . . . . . .00 Unit --- Per --- 7/26/18 11:24:45 Qty Charge UOM or Mult Total 231 000.0 X 3.0000 .0010 693.00 Fee total 693.00 F3=Exit F9=Change unit charges F12=Cancel BP822U05 CITY OF SANFORD 7/26/18 Estimated Fees Listing -- Permit Detail 11:24:59 Job description NEW i Application type NEW INDUSTRIAL Permit type . BLDG PERMIT - NEW CONST/ALTER Type information, press Enter. Base permit fee 40000 Plan check fee, Percent 00 Total 231.00 X 7.0000 0010 16t .00 Bottom Permit total 1657..00 F3=Exit F6=Accept permit F9=Change unit charges F12=Cancel J t s Y R 407) 688-5058 i"dave aldrich@sanfordfl.gov From: McKinley, Mack Sent: Monday, July 23, 2018 10:06 AM To: Aldrich, Dave <Dave.Aldrich @Sanfordfl.gov> Cc: Presley, Darrel <Darrel.Presley@Sanfordfl.gov> Subject: FW: SNWRF Biosolids Building - Prelim Cost Dave - Do you have time to meet to discuss the building permit fees for the biosolids project we have at the North Wastewater Treatment Plant? The original permit,submissionlisted $1.9M as the value, so the plan review cost was $5,900 and the building permit fees came back at around $13K last week. Ben Fries at CPH is showing below that the value of the building to be permitted is $231K. We did a similar permitting process on the previous project at the plant where we broke out the chemical and electrical building values. Mack McKinley, P.E. Water Resources Engineer Utility Department City of Sanford p: 407.688.5177 c: 407.702.9106 Original Message ----- From: Fries, Benjamin M. [mailto:bfries@cphcorp.com] Sent: Friday, July 20, 2018 11:20AM To: McKinley„ Mack <Mack.McKinley@Sanfordfl.gov> Cc: bfriesl@brighthouse.com Subject: SNWRF Biosolids Building - Prelim Cost Mack, Please see the following breakdown of cost for the Class "A" Biosolids Management Building at the,SNWRF: 1. Building Concrete Slab: 21,000 2. Masonry: 64,000 3. Framing/Misc. Metals: 36,000 4.. Membrane Roof: 25,000 5. Doors and Hardware: 47,000 6. HVAC/Plumbing: Overall' BuildmgACost „ - '.$231,000 w _ , 2 Blanton, Deborah n From: Aldrich, Dave Sent: Monday, July 23, 2018 1:08 PM To: McKinley, Mack Cc: Presley, Darrel; Deen, Joy; Blanton, Deborah Subject: RE: SNWRF Biosolids Building - Prelim Cost 10-4 Mack, They'll get you the corrected amounts when they get them calculated. From: McKinley, Mack Sent: Monday, July 23, 2018 12:53 PM To: Aldrich, Dave <Dave.Aldrich @Sanfordfl.gov> Cc: Presley, Darrel <Darrel.Presley@Sanfordfl.gov>; Deen, Joy <Joy.Deen@Sanfordfl.gov>; Blanton, Deborah, DEBORAH. BLANTON@Sanfordfl.gov> Subject: RE: SNWRF Biosolids Building - Prelim Cost Great — thank you Dave! Mack McKinley, P.E. Water Resources Engineer Utility Department City of Sanford p:: 407.688'.5177 c: 407.702.9106. From: Aldrich, Dave Sent: Monday, July 23, 2018 12:10 PM To: McKinley, Mack <Mack.McKinley@Sanfordfl.gov> Cc: Presley, Darrel <Darrel.Presley@Sanfordfl.gov>; Deen, Joy <Joy.Deen@Sanfordfl.gov>; Blanton, Deborah DEBORAH. BLANTON@Sanfordfl.gov> Subject: RE: SNWRF Biosolids Building - Prelim Cost Mack, You' re good on the breakdown for the cost on the only building and it's appurtenances, for our end to figure the correct plan review and building permit fees. In the future it's always a good idea to go the same route as this and how we've gone in the past. Our intent is only to charge for items=that we have to, so as to keep the City of Sanford, out of the eyes of people who like to make everything their business. I'll get Joy to change that and relay it to'the ladies to change the amounts to the proper ones. Thanks, Dave Aldrich CBO, MCP Building Official City of Sanford 1 As previously discussed, this is a building that is being constructed between two reactors (east and west walls of the building are the reactor walls - CMU on north and south ends of building only) and the building is not being occupied by City Staff. The building permit should be based on this building cost only. Let me know if you need anything else. Have a great day. Benjamin M. Fries Vice -President CPH, Inc. 500 West Fulton Street Sanford, FL 32771 bfries@cphcorp.com bfriesl@brighthouse.com I 3 Of 0 9 2018 Building & Fire Prevention Division PERMIT APPLICATION FIRE DEPARTMENT DOo 2ApplicationNo: 8 - Documented Construction Value: $ C7 ,0 rr Job Address: ZO/ G</, J iypeg &1,16 Historic District: Yes No Parcel ID: 2% I ,b A ( d Op®% C5 Residential Commercial Type of Work: New Addition Alteration Repair Demo Change of Use[] Move Description of Work: (,.,,r , Li c a 4 a a/E J / U-,5Qz14_f M6_y ilr-j i4J7 75U/L r ,E'J'Ci P CIyIE/Z.I /C iall rrtC,© (.vvC f Plan Review Contact Person: ( %6/7/7&Lo 7V% toy) Title:y. Phone: 07-37-2--6841- A007 Fax: 407- 330- 0(39, Email:G-r--i1 Cajj . LOM Property Owner Information21SS Name O ''a Phone: 0U Street: oli //w ACE- Resident of property? City, State Zip: /./Lo? -t^ .?Z 77/ Contractor Information Name %yiO3. zc iG O i,cj G Cd, Phone: 863- 2¢6— `J O?0 Street: Z7 2.0 Z 4,0 Fax: 66 — 6!g — '5/ 07 City, State Zip: G.j . 33 A I State License No.: 0/c Architect/Engineer Information Name: t1 'T, c _ Phone: ZZ" ! Street: _ ),. iZJ owl SI ° Fax: a " 53e'1d e3 City, St, Zip: _ i'L 3 Z 7 % E-mail: T (1 CP/1Cy Gd Bonding Company:'_Q;'',; N w. 66 4:T r&q Mortgage Lender: Address: did Inc li. <I yi 2£ Address: i%2i% ate! O i Q 19,3 WARNING TO OWNER: YOUR FAILURE TO RECORD A NOTICE OF COMMENCEMENT MAY RESULT IN YOUR PAYING TWICE FOR IMPROVEMENTS TO YOUR PROPERTY. A NOTICE OF COMMENCEMENT MUST BE RECORDED AND POSTED ON THE JOB SITE BEFORE THE FIRST INSPECTION. IF YOU INTEND TO OBTAIN FINANCING, CONSULT WITH YOUR LENDER OR AN ATTORNEY BEFORE RECORDING YOUR NOTICE OF COMMENCEMENT. Application is hereby made to obtain a permit to do the work and installations as indicated. I certify that no work or installation has commenced prior to the issuance of a permit and that all work will be performed to meet standards of all laws regulating construction in this jurisdiction. I understand that a separate permit must be secured for electrical work, plumbing, signs, wells, pools, furnaces, boilers, heaters, tanks, and air conditioners, etc. FBC 105.3 Shall be inscribed with the date of application and the code in effect as of that date: 6"' Edition (2017) Florida Building Code Revised: January 1, 2018 1' S (, 5 Permit Application r- NOTICE: In addition to the requirements of this permit, there may be additional restrictions applicable to this property that may be found in the public records of this county, and there may be additional permits required from other governmental entities such as water management districts, state agencies, or federal agencies. Acceptance of permit is verification that I will notify the owner of the property of the requirements of Florida Lien Law, FS 71.3. The City of Sanford requires payment of a plan review fee at the time of permit submittal. A copy of the executed contract is required in order to calculate a plan review charge and will be considered the estimated construction value of the job at the time of submittal. The actual construction value will be figured based on the current ICC Valuation Table in effect at the time the permit is issued, in accordance with local ordinance. Should calculated charges figured off the executed contract exceed the actual construction value, credit will be applied to your permit fees when the permit is issued. OWNER'S AFFIDAVIT: I certify that all of the foregoing information is accurate and that all work will be done in compliance with all applicable laws regulating construction and zones. S t© l8 Signature o twn r/Agent Date SILL — 1FT1Kl+-4* Pr weer/Agent's Name Signature of NOVory- of Florida Date W,4 P Notary Public State of Florida Cathy LoTernpio My Commission FF 932849 t FN Expires 11/02/2019 Owner/Agent is ` Produced ID Type of ID r Produced ID _ Type of ID BELOW IS FOR OFFICE USE ONLY Permits Required: Building Electrical Er Mechanical Q Plumbing Gas Roof Construction Type: Total Sq Ft of Bldg: Occupancy Use: Min. Occupancy Load: Flood Zone: of Stories: oiJ r New Construction: Electric - # of Amps Plumbing - # of Fixtures Fire Sprinkler Permit: Yes No # of Heads Fire Alarm Permit: Yes No APPROVALS: ZONING: ENGINEERING: COMMENTS: UTILITIES: FIRE: WASTE WATER: BUILDING: Revised: January 1, 2018 Permit Application i Deen;Jo From: Deen, Joy Sent: Wednesday, June 27, 2018 8:39 AM To: 'Cox, Gerald M.' Subject: 1201 W. Seminole Blvd. treatment plant. I have completed my review for the project but I believe we discussed that we need two sets of site specific Florida Product Approval or Miami Dade County Notice of Acceptance of all exterior doors, window, storefronts and roofing systerms. Thanks. 1 CITY OF j f; e % Building & Fire Prevention Division 4 PERMITAPPLICATION . FIRE DEPARTMENT Application -No: d- o,: Documented Construction Value•'$C. C7 . Job Address: , /ZO/ :/,/;y r U l!Q HistoricDistrict. Ye' DN00. Parcel ID: -Z,!-,% c9 :?6J W G'".0 c 01,00to Residenfiat Commercial Type of Work: New Add on Alteration p ; g ve ReairDemoChanaofUseMoDescription'' of Work: crc ii, Q ,a a/F J 0= 502 J U/ C /z /.YC ial ai ,oc tE i/AGW' Plan Review Contact Person: ' (Tz/1 C-yJ V% A%< Title:; E Phone:407-37-2--6611.xl_d07 Fax:; -`-Q7' .33Q` OG2?. Email: C L C_ Co. Property': 0 nerinformation NameQ g Phone: 7 Street: Resident of;property? City, State Zip: q J`oso e.. Contractor Information Name V/Vr!5, i> Phone: 07 Street: Z % ?Or,c1 FiG L lU Fax: City, State Zip: rf CI c G 5 33 R/ I State License No.: i Architect/ Engineer Information Name: i- : 'c Phone: , 4411 ..: .. Street: ( ),: i tlL off'. S IFax:,:; . 67 33D 6 3y. f City, St, Zip: n' 17I-.- 3 Z E-mail: exwe, C 3/lam P Gd Bonding Company:Scvi ,- w. 6C 24 Mortgage Lenders Address: d%S . Inc, 1, sj(Q yi91E Address: C 1o 6 1 A'13WARNING To OWNER:, YOUR FAILURE TO RECORD A NOTICE OF COMMENCEMENT MAY RESULT IN YOUR, PAYING TWICE FOR IMPROVEMENTS TO YOUR PROPERTY. A NOTICE 'OF COMMENCEMENT, MUST. BE j ' RECORDED AND POSTED ON: THE JOB SITE BEFORE THE FIRST, INSPECTION: IF` YOU I.NTENDTO. OBTAIN FINANCING, CONSULT WITH YOUR LENDER OR AN ATTORNEY BEFORE RECORDING YOUR NOTICE OF j. COMMENCEMENT. Application is hereby made to obtain a'permit to do the work and installations as indicated:' I certify that no work or installation has commenced prior to the issuance of wpe'rmitand that all work will be performed to: meet standards of all laws regulating construction in this jurisdiction. L understand, that a separate permit must be secured for electrical work, plumbing, signs; wells, pools, furnaces, boilers, heaters, tanks, and air conditioners, etc. e. FBC 105.3 Shall be inscribed with the date of application and,the code in effect as of that date: 011 Edition (2017) Florida Building Code Revised: January, 1, 2018 Permit Application 4 f NOTICE: In addition to the requirements of thispermit, there may be additional restrictions applicable to this property that may be found in the public records of this:county, and there may be additional permits required from other governmental entities such as water management districts, state agencies, or federal agencies: Acceptance of permit is verification that I will notify the owner of the property of therequirements of Florida Lien Law, FS 713. The City of Sanford requires payment of a plan review fee at the time of permit submittal. A copy of the executed contract is required in order to calculate a plan review charge and will be considered the estimated construction value of the job at the time of submittal. The actual construction value will be figured based on the current ICC Valuation Table in effect at the time the permit is issued, in accordance with local ordinance. Should calculated charges figured off the executed contract exceed the actual construction value, . credit will be applied to your permit fees when the permit is issued. OWNER' S AFFIDAVIT: I certify that all of the foregoing information is accurate and that all work will be done in compliance with all applicable laws regulating construction and zonii . f ` t WNW Signature of No ry- of Florida Date Rr PC Notary Public State of Florida Cathy Loiempio My Commission FF 932849 OF Expires 11/92/2019 Owner/ Agent is - Produced ID Type of ID Signature of Contractor/Age t Dat Print Contractor/Agent's Namer 1 Signatu o t I A. C. PARRISR,,, 4 ,` gA Notary Public - State of Floilda n, Commission # FF 184525 onde EMBdmghpNationalNotary Assn. Contr o Me or Produced ID _ Type of ID TC BELOW IS FOR OFFICE USE ONLY Permits Required: Building Electrical Mechanical Plumbing Gas Roof Construction Type: Occupancy Use: Flood Zone: Total Sq Ft of Bldg: Min. Occupancy Load: # of Stories: New Construction: Electric - # of Amps Plumbing - # of Fixtures Fire Sprinkler Permit: Yes No - # of Heads Fire Alarm Permit: Yes No APPROVALS: ZONING: `- TILITIES: WASTE WATER: ENGINEERING: FIRE: BUILDING: ter — , ,. COMMENTS: ( %ti. c V- y r% "so 0 0) Revised: January 1, 2018 Permit Application THIS AGREEMENT, made this 15'' day of March, 2018, by and between the City of Sanford, a municipal corporation of the State of Florida, holding tax-exempt status, hereinafter referred to as the Owner, and Vogel Bros. Building Company, whose principal address is V20 Drane Field Road, Lakeland, FL 33811 , doing business as a(n) (individual, partnership, corporation), and hereinafter referred to as the Contractor. The Owner and Contractor are collectively referred to herein as the Parties. The Owner and Contractor, in consideration of the mutual covenants hereinafter set forth, agree as follows: 1.01 _CONT_RACT_DOCUMENTS _ _ A. The Contract Documents include the Agreement, .Addenda (which pertain to the Contract Documents), the Contractor's Bid, Notice to Proceed, the required Bonds and Insurance, the General Conditions; the Supplementary Conditions, the Specifications listed in the Index to the Project Manual, any technical specifications as incorporated by the Project Manual; the Contract Drawings, all Written Amendments, Change Orders, Work Change Directives, Field Orders, the Engineer's written interpretations and clarifications issued on or after the Effective Date of this Agreement, and all documents which. are fully a part of the Contractwiththe Owner are identified by title and number as set forth below, and all documents are agreed to be incorporated into the Contract as if physically attached to the Contract and are, further, agreed to be incorporated into the Contract as if fully set forth' therein verbatim. B. The Contract Documents which comprise the entire Agreement between the Owner and the Contractor concerning the Work consist of the following: 1. This Agreement, executed by both Parties. 2. Project Manual bearing the title "Sanford North WRF: Class "A Biosolids Management System, consisting of Volume No.'s I through 111, and containing all instructions, terms, general and supplementary conditions, bid documents, and technical specifications for the Project. 3. Contract Drawings consisting of a cover sheet; index of sheets and engineering design plan sheets (civil sheets; mechanical, structural, architectural sheets; and electrical, controls, instrumentation, HVAC, PICS and SCADA sheets) with each sheet bearing the following general title: "Sanford North WRF: Class "A" Biosolids Management System". 1- W T" r 4. Addenda applicable to the Bid. 5. Contractor's Bid Form (Section 00300). 6. Qualifications Statement (Section 00305). 7. Public Entities Crime Affidavit (Section 00420). 8. Criminal Background Check Requirements and Affidavit (Section 00425). 9. Trench Safety Act Compliance (Section 00430). 10. Drug -Free Workplace Certification (Section 00470). 11. Non -Collusion Affidavit (Section 00480). 12. Conflict of Interest Affidavit (Section 00482). 13. Compliance with Public Records Law Affidavit) (Section 00484). 14. Disputes Disclosure Form (Section 00486). 15. Contract Claim Form (Section 00550). 16. Performance Bond (Section 00610). 17. Labor and Materials Payment Bond (Section 00620). 18. Material and Workmanship Bond (Section 00625). 19. Consent of Surety to Final Payment (Section 00627). 20. Americans with Disabilities Act Affidavit (Section 00630). 21. Unauthorized (Illegal) Alien Workers Affidavit (Section 00632). 22. E-Verify Compliance Affidavit (Section 00634). 23. Financial Information Form (Section 00636). 24. Certification of Non -Segregated Facilities (Section 00653). 25. Receipt of Exempt Public Records and Agreement to Safeguard (Section 00655). 26. Notice of Award (Section 00660). 27. Notice to Proceed (Section 00661). 28. Contractor's Partial Release of Lien Form (Section 00662). 29. Contractor's Final Release of Lien Form (Section 00663). V: 30. Subcontractor's Final Release of Lien Form (Section 00664). 31. Application and Certificate for Payment Form (Section 00680). 32. Contract Change Order (Section 00681). 33. Work Directive Form (Section 00683). 34. Field Order Form (Section 00685). 35. General Conditions (Section 00700). 36. Supplementary Conditions (Section 00800). 37. FDEP Supplementary Conditions (Section 00805). 38 Certificate of Substantial Completion (Section 00848). 39. Certificate of Final Completion (Section 00849). 40. Certificates of Insurance. 41. Schedule of Values. 42. Additional documents that are not specifically listed above but which are included in the Project Manual and any,additional documents agreed upon by the Parties shall be included as part of the Contract. C. The Contract Documents may only be amended, modified or supplemented as provided in the General Conditions and amended by the Supplementary Conditions. D. These documents form the Agreement and all are as fully a part of the Agreement as if attached to this Agreement or repeated herein. As the documents indicated above are executed they shall become a part of the Owner's official set of Contract Documents. 1.02 SCOPE OF WORK A. The Contractor will commence and complete the construction of the Sanford North WRF; Class "A" Biosolids Management System. B. The Owner has already "directly purchased" the following equipment from the manufacturer's: 1. ThermAer Process equipment (blowers, pumps, VFD's, aeration systems, etc.). 2. Huber Solar Drying System (biosolids turning device and ancillary equipment). 3. PW Tech Volute Dewatering Screw Presses and ancillary equipment. 3 The Contractor will be required to install the above referenced equipment and all ancillary equipment and appurtenances as part of this Project and in association with the Contract Documents. C. The Contractor will furnish all of the remaining material, supplies, tools, equipment, labor and other services necessary for the construction and completion of the Sanford North WRF: Class "A" Biosolids Management System as described herein. D. The Contractor shall furnish all of the remaining material, supplies, tools, equipment, labor and other services necessary for the construction and completion of the Sanford North WRF: Class "A" Biosolids Management System that generally consists of, but is not limited to, the following elements: A ThermAerTm Autothermal Thermophilic Aerobic Digestion (ATAD) System (2nd Generation) consisting of two (2) ThermAerTm Reactors; one (1) Storage Nitrification/Denitrification Reactor (SNDR); SNDR mixing pumps and equipment; SNDR foam control assembly; ThermAerTm/SNDR reactor blowers; off -gas system; ThermAerTm reactor mixing pumps and equipment; ThermAer foam control assembly; cooling system equipment and heat exchanger, pipe supports and pipe insulation; an odor control, system and' BioFiltAerTM system (equipment to be installed in existing odor control/biofiltration system concrete structure). 2. Installation of equipment into the following "existing" buildings/structures: a. Biosolids Solar Drying System (biosolids turning device, fans/radiators, etc.). b. Biosolids Dewatering Building (screw presses, conveyors, etc.) c. Dried Biosolids Truck Load -out Building (Contractor -purchased conveyors, etc.). 3. Construction of a "new" Class "A" Biosolids Management Facility Building and installation of all Owner Direct Purchased (ODP) equipment into the building, complete and ready for operation. 4. Electrical, controls and instrumentation system improvements. 5. SCADA System modifications. 6. Site work, yard piping, plant internal roadway improvements, signage, sodding, and miscellaneous appurtenances and ancillaries. E. It is further understood that the methods of accomplishing the work of this Project as shown on the Contract Drawings are general in nature and not intended to be complete or accurate in all details or respects with actual field conditions and the Contractor shall make such adjustments or departures as required and as approved by the Engineer and Owner to accomplish the intent. If the Contractor determines that departures are necessary from the Contract Documents, he shall submit such departures and the reasons therefore with shop drawings to the Engineer. Approved departures shall be made at no additional cost to the Owner. 4 1.03 ENGINEER A. The Project has been designed by CPH, Inc. who is hereinafter referred to as the Engineer, and who will assume all duties and responsibilities and will have the rights and authority assigned to the Engineer in the Contract Documents in connection with completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. B. Contact Information CPH, Inc. 500 West Fulton Street Sanford, FL 32771 Phone No.: (407) 322-6841 Project Manager: Benjamin M. Fries (bfries cphcorp.com) bfries1 brighthouse.com) 1.04 CONTRACT TIME AND LIQUIDATED DAMAGES A. The Contractor will commence the work required by the Project Manual/Contract Documents within fourteen (14) calendar days after the date of the Notice to Proceed and shall "substantially" complete the work within three hundred thirty-five 335) consecutive calendar days, or March 18, 2019, and "finally" complete the work within three hundred sixty-five (365) consecutive calendar days, or April 17, 2019. B. Liquidated Damages 1. The Contractor shall ensure that the project's critical path is the timely construction, testing, and readiness for operation, all of the Class "A" biosolids improvements at the Sanford North WRF. 2. It is expressly understood by both the Owner and Contractor that Time Is of the Essence with respect to the Project and Agreement and that the Owner will suffer financial loss if all of the Work is not substantially complete within the time frame identified in Article 1.03(A) above, plus any extensions thereof allowed in accordance with the General Conditions. 3. The Owner and Contractor also recognize the delays, expense and difficulties involved in proving, in a legal arbitration proceeding, the actual loss suffered by the Owner if the Work is not "substantially" complete "on -time". Accordingly, instead of requiring such proof, the Owner and Contractor agree that as liquidated damages for delay (but not as a penalty), the Contractor shall pay the Owner the sum of One Thousand Five Hundred Dollars ($1,500) for each calendar day that expires after the time stipulated in Article 1.03(A) above for project "substantial" completion for the various portions of the Project until the Work is substantially complete. The amount represents an estimate of the Owner's damages for regulatory agency fines, loss of use and administrative costs associated with delay. 5 4. After Substantial Completion, if the Contractor shall neglect, refuse or fail to complete the remaining Work within the time specified in Article 1.03(A) for "final" completion and readiness for final payment or any proper extension thereof granted by the Owner, the Contractor, shalI pay the Owner One Thousand Dollars 1,000) for each calendar day that expires after the time specified in Article 1.03(A) for completion and readiness for final payment. This amount represents Owner's damages for regulatory agency fines, loss of use and administrative costs associated with delay. 1.05 CONTRACT PRICE A. The Owner will pay to the Contractor, in current funds for the performance of the work, and at such times as set forth in the General Conditions, such amounts required by the Contract Documents. B. The Contractor agrees to perform all of the Work described in the Contract Documents for construction of the Sanford North WRF. Class "A" Biosolids Management System and comply with the terms therein for a Total Bid Amount of Four Million Nine -Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($4,950,000) . C. Payments will be made to the Contractor based on the Schedule of Values, which shall be as fully a part of the Contract as if attached or repeated herein, and subject to completion of the work, in accordance with the Contract Documents. 1.06 OWNER DIRECT PURCHASES AND SALES TAX RECOVERY A. The Contractor shall cooperate with the Owner in the implementation of the Owner's sales tax recovery program and, to that end, the Owner may make purchases directly under its purchase order processes relative to various materials, supplies and equipment that may be part of the services provided under this Agreement. B. The Contractor hereby recognizes the right of the Owner to engage in sales tax recovery/savings through Owner Direct Purchases (ODP's). 1.07 PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. The Contractor shall submit Applications for Payment (AFP) in accordance with the General Conditions, as amended by the Supplementary Conditions. Applications for Payment will be processed by the Engineer as provided in the General Conditions. The Contractor shall use the AFP Form found in Section 01030, "Applications for Payment". Payment items are described in Section 01025, "Measurement and Payment". B. The Owner shall make progress payments on account of the Contract Price on the basis of the Contractor's Applications for Payment as recommended by Engineer, on monthly intervals during construction as provided below. All progress payments will be on the basis of the progress of the Work. 6 j f 0 C. Prior to Substantial Completion, progress payments will be made in an amount equal to the percentage indicated below, but in each case, less the aggregate of payments previously made and less such amounts as the Engineer shall determine, or the Owner may withhold, in accordance with the General Conditions and as amended by the Supplementary Conditions. 1. Ninety percent (90%) of the value of Work completed, with the balance being retainage. 2. Ninety percent (90%), with the balance being retainage of the value of materials and equipment not incorporated in the Work, but delivered, suitably stored and accompanied by documentation satisfactory to the Owner as provided in the General Conditions and amended by the Supplementary Conditions. 3. Upon Substantial Completion, the Owner may, at his option, increase total payments to the Contractor to ninety-five percent (95%) of the Contract Price, with the balance being retainage, less such amounts as the Engineer shall determine, or the Owner may withhold, in accordance with the General Conditions and amended by the Supplementary Conditions. D. Final Payment 1. Upon final completion and acceptance of the Work in accordance with the General Conditions, and as amended by the Supplementary Conditions, the Owner shall pay the remainder of the Contract Price as recommended by the Engineer as provided in the General Conditions and amended in the Supplementary Conditions. E. The Contractor shall certify at the time of each progress payment that the work covered by the . partial payment has been completed in accordance with the Contract Documents and that all amounts have been paid by the Contractor for which previous certificates or payment were issued and that all subcontractors and materialmen have been paid. The Contractor shall consent to joint checks with subcontractors and materialmen in the event it fails to make timely payments when due or to submit affidavits or certificates as requested herein. F. No change orders, additions, modifications or deletions shall be allowed nor compensable unless the Contractor has "prior" written approval from the Owner and Engineer. Said "prior" written approval must specify the nature of the change and any adjustment to the time of completion and contract price. 1.08 CONTRACTOR'S REPRESENTATIONS A. In order to induce the Owner to enter into this Agreement, the Contractor makes the following representations: 1. The Contractor has examined and carefully studied the Contract Documents, . including the Addenda listed in Article 1.07, and the other related data identified ' in the Bidding Documents including "technical data". 2. The Contractor has visited the site and become familiar with and is satisfied as to the general, local and site conditions that may affect cost, progress, performance or furnishing of the Work. 3. The Contractor is familiar with and is satisfied as to all federal, state and local laws and regulations that may affect cost, progress, performance and furnishing of the Work. 4. The Contractor has carefully studied all drawings, reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at or contiguous to the site and all drawings of physical conditions in or relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at or contiguous to the site including underground facilities which have been identified in the Supplementary Conditions. The Contractor acknowledges that such reports and drawings are not Contract Documents and may not be complete for the Contractor's purposes. The Contractor acknowledges that the Owner and Engineer do not assume responsibility for the accuracy or completeness of information and data shown or indicated in the Contract Documents with respect to underground facilities at or contiguous to the site. The Contractor has obtained and carefully studied, or assumes responsibility for having done so, all such additional. supplementary examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, studies and data concerning conditions (surface, subsurface and underground facilities) at or contiguous to the site or otherwise which may affect cost, progress, performance or furnishing of the Work or which relate to any aspect of the means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of .construction to be employed by the Contractor and safety precautions and programs incident thereto. The Contractor does not consider that any additional examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, studies or data are necessary for the performance and furnishing of the Work at the Contract Price, within the Contract Times and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. 5. The Contractor is aware of the general nature of Work to be performed by the Owner and others at the site that relates to the Work as indicated in the Contract Documents. 6. The Contractor is specifically aware of the contractual terms relating to changes of Contract Price and Time as described in Article 12 of the General Conditions as supplemented and amended in the Supplementary Conditions. 7. The Contractor has correlated the information known to the Contractor, information and observations obtained from site visits to the Sanford North WRF, reports and drawings identified in the Contract Documents and all additional examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, studies anddata with the Contract Documents. 8. The Contractor has given the Engineer written notice of all conflicts, errors, ambiguities or discrepancies that the Contractor has discovered in the Contract Documents and the written resolution thereof by the Engineer is acceptable to the Contractor, and the Contract Documents are generally sufficient to indicate and convey understanding of all terms and conditions for performance and furnishing of the Work. 1.09. ADDITIONAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS A. The following additional terms and conditions shall be made part of this agreement and shall be binding upon all parties: Terms used in this Agreement which are defined in Article 1 of the Section 00700, General Conditions", will have the meanings indicated in the General Conditions and as amended in Section 00800, "Supplementary Conditions" and Section 00805, FDEP Supplementary Conditions", Section 00807, "Classification and Wage Determination (Davis Bacon Act)" and Section 00809, "American Iron and Steel AIS)" 2. No assignment by a party hereto of any rights under or interests in the Contract Documents will be binding on another party hereto without the written consent of the party, sought to be bound; and specifically but without limitation moneys that may become due and moneys that are due may not be assigned without such consent except to the extent that the effect of this restriction may be limited by law, and unless specifically stated to the contrary in any written consent to an assignment. No assignment will release or discharge the assignorfrom any duty or responsibility under the Contract Documents. 3. The Owner and Contractor each binds itself, its partners, successors, assigns and legal representatives to the other party hereto, its partners, successors, assigns and legal representatives in respect of all covenants, agreements and obligations contained. in the Contract Documents. 4. The Contractor agrees to indemnify and hold the Owner, Engineer and others, as defined in the Section 00700, "General Conditions", and as amended by Section 00800, "Supplementary Conditions", Section 00805, "FDEP Supplementary Conditions", harmless from any and all claims, suits, actions, damages, causes of action, or attorney's fees, arising from any personal injury, loss of life, or damage to person or property sustained by reason of or as a result of the products or services supplied in the performance of this Agreement. 5. The Contractor agrees to indemnify and hold the Owner, Engineer and others, as defined in the Section 00700, "General Conditions", and as amended by Section 00800, "Supplementary Conditions", Section 00805, "FDEP Supplementary Conditions", harmless from any and all claims, suits, actions, damages, causes of action, or attorney's fees,- arising from any personal injury, loss of life, or damage to person or property sustained by reason of, or as a result of the negligence, recklessness, or intentional -wrongful misconduct of the Contractor and persons employed or utilized by the Contractor in the performance of this Agreement. 6. The Contractor hereby warrants and represents to the Owner that it is competent and otherwise able to provide professional and high quality goods and/or services to the Owner by means of employees who are neat in appearance and of polite demeanor. 7. All submissions submitted by the Contractor in the proposals/bid submitted to the Owner and Engineer are hereby incorporated herein to the extent not inconsistent with the terms and conditions as set forth herein. 0 a x 8. The Contractor acknowledges that the Owner may retain other goods and/or service providers to provide the same goods and/or services for Owner projects. The Contractor acknowledges that the Owner, at the Owner's option, may request proposals from the Contractor and the other goods and/or service providers for Owner projects. The Owner reserves the right to select which goods and/or services provider shall provide goods and/or services for the Owner's projects. 9. The Contractor agrees to provide and ensure coordination between all goods/'services providers. 10. Each party hereto represents to the other that it has undertaken all necessary actions to execute this Agreement, and that it has the legal authority to enter into this Agreement and to undertake all obligations imposed on it. The person(s) executing this Agreement for the Contractor certify that he/she/they is/are authorized to bind the Contractor fully to the terms of this Agreement. 11. The Contractor hereby guarantees the Owner that all materials, supplies, services and equipment as listed on a Purchase Order meet the requirements, specifications and standards as provided for under the Federal Occupations Safety and Health Act of 1970, from time to time amended and in force on the date hereof. 12. It is agreed that nothing herein contained is intended or should be construed as in any manner creating or establishing a relationship of co-partners between the parties, or as constituting the Contractor (including, but not limited to, its officers, employees, and agents) the agent, representative, or employee of the Owner for any purpose, or in any manner, whatsoever. The Contractor is to be and shall remain forever an independent Contractor with respect to all services performed under this Agreement. 13. Persons employed by the Contractor in the provision and performance of the goods and/or services and functions pursuant to this Agreement shall have no claim to pension, workers' compensation, unemployment compensation, civil service or other employee rights or privileges granted to the Owner's officers and employees either by operation of law or by the Owner. 14. No claim for goods and/or services furnished by the Contractor not specifically provided for herein shall be honored by the Owner. 15. Execution of this Agreement by the Contractor is a representation that the Contractor is familiar.with the goods and/or services to be provided and/or performed and with local conditions. The Contractor'shallmake no claim for additional time or money based upon its failure to comply with this Agreement. The Contractor has informed the Owner, and hereby represents to the Owner, that it has extensive experience in performing and providing the services and/or goods described in this Agreement and that it is well acquainted with the components that are properly and customarily included within such projects and the requirements of laws, ordinance, rules, regulations or orders of any public authority or licensing entity having jurisdiction over the Owner's Projects. 10 16. Quality, Professional Standards, and Security Requirements a. Under this paragraph, the term "Contractor's employees" shall include Contractor's agents, employees and Subcontractors extending to Subcontractors agents and employees. b. The Contractor shall be responsible for the professional quality, accepted standards, technical accuracy, neatness of appearance of employees, employee conduct, safety, and the coordination of all services furnished by the Contractor under any Agreement resulting from this solicitation. The Owner reserves the right to require all Contractor employees, when on Owner property or the Project site, to wear identification badges at all times which, at a minimum, provides the name of the employee and the Contractor. c. The Owner reserves the right to require the Contractor to provide to the Owner a list of employees working on the project. Also, the list shall include employee working days, times and ,assignments within forty-eight 48) hours of the Owner's written request for such information. This information will be reviewed, screened and verified by the Owner, prior to the employees of the Contractor entering the Owner's premises and/or the Project site. d. The Contractor shall comply with Section 2-67 of the Sanford City Code as it relates to security screenings ofprivate Contractors and employees of private Contractors. The Contractor shall cause each person found by the City Commission to be functioning in a position critical to the security and/or public safety of the Owner by reason of access to any publicly owned or operated facility to, undergo the following inquiries and procedures conducted by the City of Sanford: 1) Fingerprinting in accordance with the Owner's pre -employment procedures; 2) Submission of the fingerprints to the Florida Department of Law Enforcement (FDLE) for state criminal history evaluation; and 3) Submission of the fingerprints to the Federal Bureau of Investigation FBI) for a national criminal history evaluation. e. Such confidential information shall be usedbythe Ownerto determine a person's eligibility to function in such critical employment position(s) as described. Additionally, the Owner may request and the Contractor shall provide the, name, address and social securitynumber'and licenses (driver's, commercial drivers license or CDL, or other operator's license) for employees of the Contractor and/or Subcontractors that may work on the Owner's premises in positions found by the'City Commission to be critical to the security and/or public safety of the Owner by reason .of access to any publicly owned or operated facility. The'Contractor shall release such information upon approval of the affectedemployees. If an employee refuses to authorize the release of their address, social security 11 number and/or licenses they shall not be allowed to work or continue to work in such critical positions. f. The Contractor shall work closely with the Owner on all aspects of the provision of the goods and/or services. With respect to services, the Contractor shall be responsible for the professional quality, technical accuracy, competence, methodology, accuracy and the coordination of all of the following which are listed for illustration purposes and not as a limitation: documents, analysis, reports, data, plans, plats, maps, surveys, specifications, and any and all other services of whatever type or nature furnished by the Contractor under this Agreement. The Contractor shall, without additional compensation, correct or revise any errors or deficiencies in his/her/its plans, analysis, data, reports, designs, drawings, specifications, and any and all other services of whatever type or nature. The Contractor's submissions in response to the subject bid or procurement processes are incorporated herein by this reference thereto. 17. Neither the Owner's review, approval or acceptance of, nor payment for, any of ther goods and/or services required shall be construed;to-operate as a waiver of any rights under this Agreement or of any cause'of action arisino'outofthe performance of this Agreement and the Contractor shall be and remain liable to the Owner in accordance with applicable law for all damages'to the Owner caused by the Contractor negligent or improper performance or, failure to. perform any of the goods and/or services`furnished under this Agreement. 18. The rights and remedies of the Owner, provided for under this. Agreement, are in addition to any other rights and remedies provided by law. ` 19. Time is of the essence in the performance of all goods and/or services provided - by the'Contractor under the terms of this Agreement. 20. Invoices, which are in an 'acceptable form ;to the Engineer and. Owner and without disputable items, which are received by the Engineer and Owner, will be processed for payment within thirty (30) days of receipt. 21. The Contractor will be notified of any disputable items contained in` invoices submitted by'the Contractor within'fifteen (15) days of- receipt by the Engineer and Owner with an explanation of the deficiencies. 22. The Owner and the Contractor will make every effort to resolve all disputable, items contained in the Contractor's invoices. 23. Each invoice shall reference this Agreement, the appropriate billing period. 24: The Florida Prompt Payment Act shall apply when applicable. A billing period represents the dates in which the.Contractor completed goods and/or services referenced in an invoice. 25. _ Invoices are to be forwarded directly the Owner's designated Construction' Engineering,, Inspection and Management(CEIM) representative, as identifed at the preconstruction meeting, for review and processing. 12 V ss 26. The Owner designates the City Manager or his/her designated representative, to represent the Owner in all matters pertaining to and arising from the work and the performance of this Agreement. 27. The City Manager, or his/her designated representative, shall have,the following responsibilities: a. Examination of all work and rendering, in writing, decisions indicating the Owner's approval or disapproval within a reasonable time so as not to materially delay,thekwork of the Contractor; b. Transmission of instructions, receipt of information, and interpretation and definition of Owner's policies and decisions with respect to design,, materials, and other matters pertinent to the work covered by this Agreement; C. Giving prompt written notice to -the Contractor whenever the Owner official representative knows of a defector change, necessary in the project', and d. Coordinating` and managing the Contractor's preparation of any necessary applications to governmental'bodies, to arrange for. submission of such applications 28. Until further notice from the City Manager, the designated representative for this Agreement is: Bilal lftikhar,,P.E., Public Works/Utility Director City of Sanford 300 North Park Avenue A Sanford, Florida 32771 e 29. The. Owner may terminate this- Agreement for convenience at any time or for any one (1) or more. of the reasons as follows: a. if; in the Owner's opinion, adequate progress is not being made by the Contractor due, to the Contractor- `s failure to perform;, or j' b: If, in the Owner's opinion, the quality of the goods and/or services provided by the Contractor is/are not in conformance with commonly accepted j professional standards, standards of the Owner, and the requirements of Federal and/or t State regulatory agencies, and the Contractor has not corrected such'deficiencies in a timely, manner as reasonably determined by E the Owner; or c. The Contractor, or any employee or agent of the Contractor, is indicted or has a direct charge issued against him. for any crime arising out of or in conjunction .with any work that has been performed by the Contractor; or d. The Contractor becomes involved in either voluntary or involuntary bankruptcy proceedings, or makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors; or 13 e. The Contractor violates the Standards of Conduct provisions herein or any provision of Federal, State or local law or any provision of the Owner's Code of Conduct. 30. In the event of any of the causes of termination, the Owner's designated representative may send a certified letter to the Contractor requesting that the Contractor show cause why the Agreement should not be terminated. If assurance satisfactory to the Owner of corrective measures to be made within a reasonable time is not given to the Owner within seven (7) calendar days of the date of the letter, the Owner may consider the Contractor to be in default, and may then immediately terminate this Agreement. 31. In the event that this Agreement is terminated for cause and it is later determined that the cause does not exist, then this Agreement or the Purchase/Work Order shall be deemed terminated for convenience by the Owner and the Owner shall have the right to so terminate this Agreement without any recourse by the Contractor. 32. The Contractor may terminate this Agreement only if the Owner fails to pay the Contractor in accordance with this Agreement. 33. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Owner shall have the right at any time to terminate this Agreement in its entirely without cause, if such termination is deemed by the Owner to be in the public interest, in writing of deficiencies or default in the performance of its duties under the Agreement and the Contractor shall have ten (10) days to correct same or to request, in writing, a hearing. Failure ofthe Contractor to remedy said specified items of deficiency or default in the notice by either the Owner's designated representative within ten (10) days of receipt of such notice of such decisions, shall result in the termination of the Agreement, and the Owner shall be relieved of any and all responsibilities and liabilities under the terms and provisions of the Agreement. 34. The Owner shall have the right to terminate this Agreement without cause with a sixty (60) day written notice,to the other party. The Owner reserves the right to terminate any Agreement for cause with a five (5) day written notice to the Contractor. Notice shall be served to the parties as specified in the Agreement. 35. In the event that this Agreement is terminated, the Owner shall identify any specific work to be continued to completion pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement. 36. In the event that after the Owner termination for cause for failure of the Contractor to fulfill its obligations under this Agreement it is found that the Contractor has not so failed, the termination shall be deemed to have been for convenience and without cause. 37. In the event this Agreement is terminated or canceled prior to final completion without cause, payment for the unpaid portion of the services provided by the Contractor to the date of termination and any additional services shall be paid to the Contractor. 14 38. Upon receipt of notice of termination, given by either party, the terminated party shall. promptly discontinue the provision of all goods and/or services, unless the notice provides otherwise. 39-. The performance or:provision of the Contractor's goods and/or services under this Agreement may be suspended by the -Owner at anytime. 40. In the event the Owner suspends the performance or provision of the Contractor serviceshereunder, the Owner shall so notify the Contractor in writing, such suspension becoming effective within seven (7) days from the date of mailing, and the Owner shall pay to the Contractor within thirty (30) days all compensation which has become due to and payable 'to the Contractor to the effective date of such suspension. The,Owner shall thereafter have no further obligation for payment to the Contractor for the suspended provision of goods and/, or services unless and until the Owner's designated representative notifies the. Contractor in writing that the provision of the goods and/or services of the , Contractor called for hereunder are to be resumed by the Contractor. 41. Upon receipt. of written notice from the Owner that the Contractor's provision of goods and/or.. services hereunder are to be. resumed, the Contractor. shall continue to provide the services to the Owner. 42. The Contractor agrees, that it will not discriminate against any employee or applicant foremployment for work underthisAgreementbecause of race,;color, religion,. sex, age, national origin or disability and will take affirmative steps to ensure that applicants are employed and employees are treated during employment without regard to race, color, religion, sex, age, national origin or disability. This provision shall include, but ,not be limited to,. the following: employment, upgrading, demotion or transfer; recruitment advertising; layoff or termination; rates of pay, or their forms or compensation; and selection for training, including apprenticeship. The Contractor, moreover; shall comply with all the requirements as imposed by the Americans with Disability Act, the regulations of the 'federal government issued thereunder, and any and all requirements of Federal or State law related thereto. 43. Indemnity and Insurance a., To the°fullest extent permitted by law,, the Contractor shall indemnify, hold harmless and defend the Owner, the Engineer, engineering subconsultants their agents, servants,. officers; officials and employees, or any of them, ` from, and against any and all claims, damages, losses, and expenses including, but not.limited to, attorney's fees' and other legal.costs suchas those for paralegal; investigative, and legal support services, and the actual ' costs :incurred for expert witness testimony, arising out of or resulting from the performance or provision of services required under this Agreement, provided, that, same is caused in whole or in part by the error, omission, negligent act, failure to act, breach of contract obligation, malfeasance, officers, officials, employees; or subcontractors. Additionally, the Contractor accepts responsibility for all damages resulting in any way,related to the performance of work. In no event, shall either party be responsible or liable to the other for any incidental, consequential, or indirect damages, whether arising by contract or tort. 15 b. In accordance with Section 725.06, Florida Statutes, adequate consideration has been provided to the Contractor for this obligation, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby specifically acknowledged. Nothing herein shall be deemed to affect the rights, privileges, and immunities of the Owner as set forth in Section 768.28, Florida Statutes. d. In claims against any person or entity, indemnification under this Section by an employee of the Contractor or its agents or subcontractors, anyone directly or indirectly employed by them or anyone for whose acts they may be liable, the indemnification obligation under this Section shall not be limited by a limitation on amount or type of damages, compensation, or benefits payable by or for the Contractor or its agents or Subcontractors, under Workers Compensation acts, disability benefits acts, or other employee benefit acts. e. The execution of this Agreement by the Contractor shall obligate the Contractor to comply with the indemnification provision of this Agreement; provided, however, that the Contractor must also comply with the provisions of this Agreement relating to insurance coverage. f. The Contractor shall submit a report to the Owner within twenty-four (24) hours of the date of any incident resulting in damage or which is reasonably likely to result in a claim of damage. 44. The Contractor shall obtain or possess and continuously maintain the insurance coverage as set forth and required in the Bid documents. 45. All insurance other than Workers Compensation and Professional Liability that must be maintained . by the Contractor shall specifically include the Owner, Engineer and engineering subconsultants as an additional insured. 46. The Contractor shall provide Certificates of Insurance to the Owner evidencing that all such insurance is in effect prior to the issuance of the first Purchase/Work Order under this Agreement from the 'Owner. These Certificates of Insurance shall become part of this Agreement. Neither approval by the Owner nor failure to disapprove the insurance furnished by a Contractor shall relieve the Contractor ofthe Contractor's full responsibility for performance of any obligation including the Contractor's indemnification of the Owner, Engineer and engineering consultants under this Agreement. If, during the period which,an insurance company is providing the insurance coverage required by this Agreement,, an insurance company shall: (1) lose its Certificate of Authority, (2) no longer comply with Section 440.57, Florida Statutes, or (3) fail to maintain the requisite Best's Rating and Financial Size Category, the Contractor shall, as soon ias the Contractor has knowledge of any such circumstance, immediately notify the Owner and immediately replace the insurance coverage provided by the insurance company with a different insurance company meeting the requirements of this Agreement. Until such time as the Contractor has replaced the unacceptable insurer with insurance acceptable to the Owner, the Contractor shall be deemed to be in default of this Agreement. 16 i 47. The insurance coverage shall contain a provision that requires that prior to any changes in the coverage, except increases in aggregate coverage, thirty (30) days prior notice will be given to the Owner by submission of a new Certificate of Insurance. 48. The Contractor shall furnish Certificates of Insurance directly to the Engineer and Owner's Designated Representative. The certificates shall clearly indicate that the Contractor has obtained insurance of the type, amount and classification required by this Agreement. 49. Nothing in this Agreement or any action relating to this Agreement shall be construed as the Owner's waiver of sovereign immunity beyond the limits set forth in Section 768.28, Florida Statutes. 50. The Owner shall not be obligated or liable under the terms of this Agreement to any party other than the Contractor. There are no third party beneficiaries to this Agreement. 51. The Contractor is an independent Contractor and not an agent, representative, or employee of the Owner. The Owner shall have no liability except as specifically provided in this Agreement. 52. All insurance shall be primary to, and not contribute with, any insurance or self- insurance maintained by the Owner. 53. The Contractor warrants that it has not employed or retained any company or person, other than a bona fide employee working solely for the Contractor, to solicit or secure this Agreement and that the Contractor has not paid or agreed to pay any person, company, corporation, individual or firm other than a bona fide employee working solely for the Contractor, any fee, commission, percentage, gift, or any other consideration, contingent upon or resulting from the award of making this Agreement. 54. The Contractor shall not discriminate on the grounds of race, color, religion, sex, or national origin in the performance of work under this Agreement or, violate any laws pertaining to civil rights, equal protection or discrimination. 55. The Contractor hereby certifies that no undisclosed (in writing) conflict of interest exists with respect to the Agreement, including, but not limited to, any conflicts that may be due to representation of other clients, customers or vendees, other contractual relationships of the Contractor, or any interest in property that the Contractor may have. The Contractor further certifies that any conflict of interest that arises during the term of this Agreement shall be immediately disclosed in writing to the Owner. Violation of this Section shall be considered as justification for immediate termination of this Agreement. 56. The Contractor shall ensure that all taxes due from the Contractor are paid in a timely and complete manner including, but not limited to, occupational license tax. 57. If the Owner determines that any employee or representative of the Contractor is not satisfactorily performing his/her assigned duties or is demonstrating 17 improper conduct pursuant to any assignment or work performed under this Agreement, the Owner shall so notify the Contractor, in writing. The Contractor shall immediately remove such employee or representative of the Contractor from such assignment. 58. The Contractor shall not publish any documents or release information regarding this Agreement to the media without prior approval of the Owner. 59. The Contractor shall certify, upon request by the Owner, that the Contractor maintains a drug free workplace policy in accordance with Section 287.0878, Florida Statutes. Failure to submit this certification may result in termination. 60. If the Contractor or an affiliate is placed on the convicted vendor list following a conviction for a public entity crime, such action may result in termination by the Owner. The Contractor shall provide a certification of compliance regarding the public crime requirements set forth in State law upon request by the Owner. 61. The Owner reserves the right to unilaterally terminate this Agreement if the Contractor refuses to allow public access to all documents, papers, letters, or other materials subject to provisions of Chapter 119, Florida Statutes, and other applicable law, and made or received by the Contractor in conjunction, in any way, with this Agreement. 62. The Contractor shall comply with the requirements of the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA), and any and all related Federal or State laws which prohibits discrimination by public and private entities on the basis of disability. 63. The Owner will not intentionally award publicly -funded contracts to any Contractor who knowingly employs unauthorized alien workers, constituting a violation of the employment provisions contained in 8 U.S.C. Section 1324a(e) Section 274A(e) of the Immigration and Nationally Act (INA). The Owner shall consider the employment by the Contractor of unauthorized aliens, a violation of Section 274A(e) of the INA. Such violation by the Contractor of the employment provisions contained in Section 274A(e) of the INA shall be grounds for immediate termination of this Agreement by the Owner. 64. The Contractor agrees to comply with Federal, State, and local environmental, health, and safety laws and regulations applicable to the goods and/or services provided to the Owner. The Contractor agrees that any program or initiative involving the work that could adversely affect any personnel involved, citizens, residents, users, neighbors or the surrounding environment will ensure compliance with any and all employment safety, environmental and health laws. 65. The Contractor shall ensure that all goods and/or services are provided to the Owner after the Contractor has obtained, at its sole and exclusive expense, any and all permits, licenses, permissions, approvals.or similar consents. 66. If ,applicable, in accordance with Section 216.347, Florida Statutes, the Contractor shall not use funds provided by this Agreement for the purpose of lobbying the Legislature, the"judicial branch or State agency. 18 M 67. The Contractor shall advise the Owner in writing of it who has been placed on a discriminatory vendor list, may not submit a bid on a contract to provide goods or services to a public entity, or may not transact business with any public entity. 68. The Contractor shall not engage in any action that would create a conflict of interest in the performance of that actions of any Owner employee or other person during the course of performance of, or otherwise related to, this Agreement or which would violate or cause others to violate the provisions of Part III, Chapter 112, Florida Statutes, relating to ethics in'government. 69. The Contractor shall maintain books, records, documents, time and costs accounts and other evidence directly related to its provision or performance of services under this Agreement. All time records and cost data shall be maintained in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. 70. The Contractor shall maintain and allow access to the records required under this Section for a minimum period of five (5) years after the completion of the provision or performance goods and/or services under this Agreement and date of final payment for said goods and/or services, or date of termination of this Agreement. 71. The Owner may perform, or cause to have performed, an audit of the records of the Contractor before or after final payment to support final payment under any.Purchase/Work Order issued hereunder. This audit shall.be performed at a time mutually agreeable to the Contractor and the Owner subsequent to the close of the final fiscal period in which goods and/or services are provided or performed. Total compensation to the Contractor may be determined subsequent to an audit as provided for in this Section, and the total compensation so determined shall be used to calculate final payment to the Contractor. Conduct of this audit shall not delay final payment as required by this Section. 72. In addition to the above, if Federal, State, County, or other entity funds are used for any goods and/or services under this Agreement, the Comptroller General of the United States or the Chief Financial Officer of the State of Florida, or the County of Seminole, or any representatives, shall have access to any books, documents, papers, and records of the Contractor which are directly pertinent to goods and/or services provided or performed under this Agreement for purposes of making audit, examination, excerpts, and transcriptions. 73. In the event of any audit or inspection conducted reveals any overpayment by the Owner under the terms of the Agreement, the Contractor shall refund such overpayment to the Owner within thirty (30) days of notice by the Owner of the request for the refund. 74. The Contractor agrees to fully comply with all State laws relating to public records. 75. The Contractor agrees that if any litigation, claim, or audit is started before the expiration of the record retention period established above, the records shall be retained until all litigation, claims or audit findings involving the records have been resolved and final action taken. 19 76. The Contractor shall not sublet, assign or transfer any interest in this Agreement, or claims for the money due or to become due out of this Agreement to a bank, trust company, or other financial institution without written Owner approval. When approved by the Owner, written notice of such assignment or transfer shall be furnished promptly to the Owner. 77. Any Contractor proposed Subcontractors shall be submitted to the Owner for written approval prior to the Contractor entering into a subcontract. Subcontractor information shall include, but not be limited to, State registrations, business address, occupational license tax proof of payment, and insurance certifications. 78. The Contractor shall coordinate the provision of goods and/or services and work product of any Owner approved Subcontractors, and remain fully responsible for such goods and/or services and work under the terms of this Agreement. 79. Any subcontract shall be in writing and shall incorporate this Agreement and require the Subcontractor to assume performance of the Contractor's duties commensurately with the Contractor's duties to the Project Owner under this Agreement, it being understood that nothing herein shall in any way relieve the Contractor from any of its duties under this Agreement. The Contractor shall provide the Owner with executed copies of all subcontracts. 80. The Contractor shall reasonably cooperate at all times with the Owner and other Owner Contractors, the Engineer and other professionals. 81. This Agreement is to be governed by the laws of the State of Florida. 82. The venue for any legal proceeding related to this Agreement shall be in the Eighteenth Judicial Circuit Court in and for Seminole County, Florida. 83. This Agreement is the result of bona fide arms length negotiations between the Owner and the Contractor and all parties have contributed substantially and materially to the preparation of the Contract.- Accordingly, this Agreement shall not be construed or interpreted more strictly against any one party than against any other party. 84. Neither party shall be considered in default in performance of its obligations hereunder to the extent that performance of such -obligations, or any of them, is delayed or prevented by Force Majeure. Force Majeure shall include, but not be limited to, hostility, terrorism, revolution, civil commotion, strike, epidemic, fire, flood, wind, earthquake, explosion, any law, proclamation, regulation, or ordinance or other act of government, or any act of God or any cause whether of the same or different nature, existing or future; provided that the cause whether or not enumerated in this Section is beyond the control and without the fault or negligence of the party seeking relief under this Section. 85. This Agreement, together with the exhibit(s), if any, constitutes the entire integrated Agreement between the Owner and the Contractor and supersedes all prior written or oral understandings in connection therewith. This Agreement, and all the terms and provisions contained herein, including without limitation the exhibits hereto, constitute the full and complete agreement between the parties hereto to the date hereof, and supersedes and controls over any and all 9C prior agreements, understandings, representations, correspondence and statements whether written or oral. 86. This Agreement may only be amended, supplemented or modified by a formal written amendment. 87. Any alterations, amendments, deletions, or waivers of the provisions of this Agreement shall be valid only when expressed in writing and duly signed by the parties. 88. Written notice requirements of this Agreement shall be strictly construed and such requirements are a condition precedent to pursuing any rights or remedies hereunder. The Contractor agrees not to claim any waiver by Owner of such notice requirements based upon Owner having actual knowledge, implied, verbal or constructive notice, lack of prejudice or any other grounds as a substitute for the failure of the Contractor to comply with the express written notice requirements herein. Computer notification (e-mails and message boards) shall not constitute proper written notice under the terms of the Agreement. 89. The failure of the Owner to insist in any instance upon the strict performance of any provision of this Agreement, or to exercise any right or privilege granted to the Owner hereunder shall not constitute or be construed as a waiver of any such provision or right and the same shall continue in force. 90. In no event shall any obligation of the Owner under this Agreement be or constitute a general obligation or indebtedness of the Owner, a pledge of the ad valorem taxing power of the Owner or a general obligation or indebtedness of the Owner within the meaning of the Constitution of the State of Florida or any other applicable laws, but shall be payable solely from legally available revenues and funds. 91. The Contractor shall not have the right to compel the exercise of the ad valorem taxing power of the Owner. 92. Each exhibit referred to and attached to this Agreement is an essential part of this Agreement. The exhibits and any amendments or revisions thereto, even if not physically attached hereto, shall be treated as if they are part of this Agreement. 93. The Section headings and captions of this Agreement are for convenience and reference only and in no way define, limit, describe the scope or intent of this Agreement or any part thereof, or in any way affect this Agreement or construe any provision of this Agreement. 94. If any term, provision or condition contained in this Agreement shall, to any extent, be held invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Agreement, or the application of such term, provision or condition to persons or circumstances other than those in respect of which it is invalid or unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby, and each term, provision and condition of this Agreement shall be valid and enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law when consistent with equity and the public interest. 21 95. All provisions of this Agreement shall be read and applied in para materia with all other provisions hereof. 96. In the event of a dispute related to any performance or payment obligation arising under this Agreement, the parties agree to exhaust any alternative dispute resolution procedures reasonably imposed by the Owner prior to filing suit or otherwise pursuing legal remedies. 97. The Contractor agrees that it will file no suit or otherwise pursue legal remedies based on facts or evidentiary materials that were not presented for consideration to the Owner in alternative dispute resolution procedures orwhich the Contractor had knowledge and failed to present during the Owner procedures. 98. In the event that Owner procedures are exhausted and a suit is filed or legal remedies are otherwise pursued, the parties shall exercise "best efforts" to resolve disputes through voluntary mediation. Mediator selection and the procedures to be employed in voluntary mediation shal[be mutually acceptable to the parties. Costs of voluntary mediation shall be shared equally among the parties participating in the mediation. 99. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which, taken together, shall constitute one and the same document. 100. The Contractor shall ensure that all subcontractors, including all lower tier subcontractors and labor staffing agencies, abide by all wage and reporting requirements. 1.10 SIGNATORIES IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Owner and Contractor have executed, or caused to be executed by their duly authorized officials, this Agreement in triplicate, each of which shall be deemed an original on the date first above written. This Agreement will be effective on April 18, 2018. 22 7 OWNER CONTRACTOR City of Sanford, Florida Vogel Bros. Building Company 300 North Park Avenue 2720 Drane Field Road Sanford, FL 32771 Lakeland, FL 33811 Authorized Signature Jet - Name (typed) MMOr Title Date SEAL) William M Bocchino Name (typed) Vice President of Operations - FL Title Date SEAL) j _15 --/P N-4AAttest: Fe 0M Attest: - k)a allz Name: tCY00 HI0UC N Y) Typed) Title: au 23 Name: D Leigh Wagner Typed) Title: Office Manager License No.: CGC1509018 TO: Vogel Bros. Building Company 2720 Drane Field Road Lakeland, FL 33811 DATE: May 8, 2018 PROJECT: SANFORD NORTH WRF: CLASS "A" BIOSOLIDS MANAGEMENT SYSTEM You are hereby notified to commence, Project Work in accordance with the Agreement dated March 15, 2018 and you are to "substantially complete" the Work within three hundred thirty- five (335) consecutive calendar days and "finally complete" the Work within three hundred sixty-five (365) consecutive calendar days unless the period for completion is extended otherwise by the Contract Documents. The official start date for the Class "A Biosolids Management System project at the Sanford North WRF shall be May 9, 2018. The "substantial completion" of the Work shall be completed by April 8, 2019. The "final completion" of the Work shall be completed by May 8, 2019. Enclosed are two (2) copies of the Contract Documents containing: Instructions to Bidders Bid Form Bid Bond Executed Agreement Labor and Materials Payment Bond Performance Bond Certificates of Insurance General Conditions Supplementary Conditions Notice of Award Addenda No. 1 through 6 1 CITY OF SANFORD, FLORIDA o By: Name: I L-A- k- If T Title: VIR Acrb(L CST- FUNGIC, t'jok4cs orlurfc.$ AcctNo.: ACCEPTANCE OF NOTICE Receipt of the above NOTICE TO PROCEED (NTP) IS HEREBY ACKNOWLEDGED. Contractor: Address: Authorized Signature: Title: Date: JUL 18 2010 COUNTY OF SEMINOLE IMPACT FEE STATEMENT STATEMENT NUMBER: 18100006 DATE: July 18, 2018 BUILDING APPLICATION #: 18-10000611 BUILDING PERMIT NUMBER: 18-10000611 pA UNIT ADDRESS: POPLAR AVE 301-- i2O( L'4j rn`25-19-30-5AG-OX00-0010 TRAFFIC ZONE:022 JURISDICTION: SEC: TWP: RNG: SUF: PARCEL: SUBDIVISION: TRACT: PLAT BOOK: PLAT BOOK PAGE: BLOCK: LOT: OWNER NAME: ADDRESS: APPLICANT NAME: ,CITY OF SANFORD ADDRESS: PO BOX 1788 SANFORD FL 32772 LAND USE: CITY PURPOSE BUILDING TYPE USE: WORK DESCRIPTION: CITY-SANFORD SPECIAL NOTES: 301 POPLAR AVE ((1201 W SEMINOLE BLVD / BIOSOLIDS MANAGEMENT FACILITY NO F E$ FEE BENEFIT RATE UNIT CALC UNIT TOTAL DUETYPEDISTSCHEDRATEUNITSTYPE ROADS -ARTERIALS N/A ROADS -COLLECTORS N/A 00 FIRE RESCUE N/A 00 LIBRARY N/A 00 SCHOOLS N/A 00 PARKS N/A 00 LAW ENFORCE N/A 00 DRAINAGE N/A 00 00 AMOUNT DUE. .00 PERSONS ARE ADVISED THAT THIS IS A STATEMENT OF FEES DUE UNDER THESEMINOLECOUNTYROAD, FIRE//RESCUE, LIBRARY AND/OR EDUCATIONALISSUANCEOFABUILDINGPERMIT. PERSONS. ARE ALSO ADVISED THAT ANY RIGHTS OF THE APPLICANT, OR OWNER, TO APPEAL THE CALCULATION OF ANY OF THEABOVE MENTIONED IMPACT FEES MUST-BE.EXERCISED BY FILING A WRITTEN REQUEST WITHIN 45 CALENDAR DAYSOFTHEDATEABOVE, BUT NO,LATER THAN CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY OR OCCUPANCY. THE REQUEST FOR REVIEW MUSTVELOPMNTCODE. COPIESEOF'RULESET THEEGOVERNINGSAPPEALSMAYOFNBE PICKEDTY LD EUP, OREREQUESTED, FROM THE BUSINESSOFFICE• 1101 EAST FIRST STREET, SANFORD FL, 32771; 407-665-7356. PAYMENT SHOULD BE MADE TO: S'EMINOLE COUNTY OR CITY OF SANFORD BUILDING DEPARTMENT 1101EASTFIRST STREET SANFORD, FL 32771 PAYMENT SHOULD BE BY CHECK OR MONEY ORDER, AND SHOULD,REFERENCE THE COUNTY BUILDINGPERMITNUMBERATTHETOPLEFTOFTHISSTATEMENT. THIS STATEMENT IS NO LONGER VALID IF A BUILDING PERMIT IS NOT ISSUED WITHIN 60CALENDARDAYSFROMTHEDATEABOVE FIRE INSPECTIONS CITY OF BANFORD 407.562.2786" BUILDING & FIRE PREVENTION BUILDING.INSPECTIONS 300 N PARK AVE 855.541.2112 SANFORD FL 32771 DRIVEWAYS -SIDEWALK 407.688.5080 Application Number . . . . . 18-00002202 Date 7/30/18 Application pin number . . . 714282 Revision number . . . . . 2 Property Address . . . . . . 1201 W SEMINOLE BLVD Parcel Number . . . . . . . . 25.19730.5AG-OXOO-0010 Application type description NEW OTHER NON-RESIDENTIAL Subdivision Name Property Zoning . . . GENERAL COMMERCIAL Application valuation . . . . 231000 Application 'desc new bio solids/noc onfile Owner Contractor SANFORD CITY OF VOGEL BROS BUILDING COMPANY 300 N,PARK AVENUE 2720 DRANE FIELD RD SANFORD FL 32771 LAKELAND FL 33811 404) 330-560o (863) 646-5078 Structure Information 000 000 ---------------------- Construction Type . . . . . NOT APPLICABLE Occupancy Type . . . . BUSINESS USE GROUP Flood Zone NONE , Other struct info FIRE ALARM N/A PLUMBING FIXTURES 1.00 NUMBER OF STORIES 1.00 FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM N/A SQUARE FOOTAGE 100.00 Permit . . . BUILDING PERMIT - NEW/ALTER Additional desc . Phone Access'Code 1063924 Permit pin,.number 1063924 Permit Fee 1657.00 Issue Date 7/19/18 Valuation . . . . 231000. Expiration Date 1/15/19 Qty Unit Charge Per Extension BASE FEE 40.00 231.00 7.0600 THOU BLDG PERMIT -CC APPRVD 9.27.10 1617.00 Special"Notes and Comments All projects within the City shall use WastePro for debris removal Please contact WastePro at 407.774.0800. Normal hours for inspections are from 7:30 through 4:30 Monday through eo* Afti, Thursday. Please be aware you must contact the Building Official to schedule .a Friday or after hours inspection: This is required since not every inspector is licensed to do every type inspection. Communication is the key, so :please contact the'Building Official if.you have any questions at 407.688.5058 or at dave.aldrich@sanfordfl.gov construction value over estimated. Plan review fee adjusted, overpayment applied to other monies. Balance to be refunded. jj Other Fees . . . . . . . 01-APPLCTN FEE -BUILDING 25.00 01-BLDG PLAN REVIEW 5850.00 FAILURE TO COMPLY,WITH MECHANIC'S LEIN LAW CAN RESULT IN THE PROPERTY OWNER PAYING TWICE FOR BUILDING IMPROVEMENTS. NOTE: ALL FEES MUST BE PAID PRIOR TO C.O. BEING ISSUED. NOTE: PLEASE BE ADVISED ALL PERMITS MUST BE INSPECTED. FIRE INSPECTIONS CITY OF SANFORD 407.562.2786 BUILDING & FIRE PREVENTION BUILDING INSPECTIONS 300 N PARK AVE 855.541.2112 SANFORD FL 32771 DRIVEWAYS -SIDEWALK 407.688.5080 Page 2 Application Number . . . . . 18-00002202 Date 7/30/18 Application pin number . . . 714282 Revision number . . . . . 2 Fee summary Charged Paid Credited Due Permit Fee Total 1657.00 .00 .00 1657.00 Other'Fee Total 5875.00 5875.00 .00 .00 Grand Total 7532.00 5875.00 .00 1657.00 r 1 FAILURE TO COMPLY WITH MECHANIC'S LEIN LAW CAN RESULT IN THE PROPERTY OWNER PAYING TWICE FOR BUILDING IMPROVEMENTS. NOTE: ALL FEES MUST BE PAID PRIOR TO C.O. BEING ISSUED. NOTE: PLEASE BE ADVISED ALL PERMITS MUST BE INSPECTED. i i f E FIRE INSPECTIONS CITY OF SANFORD 407.562.2786 BUILDING & FIRE PREVENTION BUILDING INSPECTIONS 300 N PARK AVE 855.541.2112 SANFORD FL 32771 DRIVEWAYS -SIDEWALK 407.688.5080 Application Number . . . . . 18-00002202 Date 7/30/18 Application pin number . . . 714282 Revision number . . . . . . . 2 Property Address . . . . . . 1201 W SEMINOLE BLVD Parcel Number . . . . . . . . 25.19,.30.5AG-OX00-0010 Application type description NEW OTHER NON-RESIDENTIAL Subdivision Name . . . . . . Property Zoning . . . . . . . GENERAL COMMERCIAL Application valuation . . . . 231000 Application desc new bio solids/noc onfile Owner Contractor SANFORD CITY OF VOGEL BROS BUILDING COMPANY 300 N PARK AVENUE 2720 DRANE FIELD RD SANFORD FL 32771 LAKELAND FL 33811 407) 330-5600 (863) 646-5078 Structure Information 000 000 ------ --- Construction Type . . . . . NOT APPLICABLE Occupancy Type . . . . . BUSINESS USE GROUP Flood Zone . . . . . . . . NONE Other struct info . . . . . FIRE ALARM N/A PLUMBING FIXTURES 1.00 NUMBER OF STORIES 1.00 FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM N/A SQUARE FOOTAGE 100.00 Permit . . . . . . BUILDING PERMIT - NEW/ALTER Additional desc . . Phone Access Code 1063924 Permit pin number 1063924 Permit Fee . . . . 1657.00 Issue Date . . . . 7/19/18 Valuation . . . . 231000 Expiration Date . . 1/15/19 Qty Unit Charge Per Extension BASE FEE 40.00 231.00 7.0000 THOU BLDG PERMIT -CC APPRVD 9.27.10 1617.00 Special Notes and Comments All projects within the City shall use WastePro for debris removal. Please contact WastePro at 407.774.0800. Normal hours for inspections are from 7:30 through 4:30 Monday through Thursday. Please be aware you must contact the Building Official to schedule a Friday or after hours inspection. This is required since not every inspector is licensed to do every type inspection. Communication is the key, so please contact the Building Official if you have any questions at 407.688.5058 or at dave.aldrich@sanfordfl.gov construction value over estimated. Plan review fee adjusted, overpayment applied to"other monies. Balance to be refunded. jj Other Fees . . . . . . . . . 01-APPLCTN FEE -BUILDING 25.00 01-BLDG PLAN REVIEW 15850.00 FAILURE TO COMPLY WITH MECHANIC'S LEIN LAW CAN RESULT IN THE PROPERTY OWNER PAYING TWICE FOR BUILDING IMPROVEMENTS. NOTE: ALL FEES MUST BE.PAID PRIOR TO C.O. BEING ISSUED. NOTE: PLEASE BE ADVISED ALL PERMITS MUST BE INSPECTED. F R FIRE INSPECTIONS CITY OF SANFORD 407.562.2786 BUILDING'& FIRE,'PREVENTION BUILDING INSPECTIONS 300 N PARK AVE SANFORD FL 32771855.541.2112 DRIVEWAYS -SIDEWALK 407.688.5080 Page 2 Application Number . . . . . 18-00002202 Date 7/30/18 Application pin number . . . 714282 Revision number . . . . . . . 2 Fee summary Charged Paid Credited Due Permit Fee Total 1657.00 00 00 1657.00 Other Fee Total 5875.00 5875.00 00 .00 Grand Total 7532.00 5875.00 00 1657.00 FAILURE'TO COMPLY WITH MECHANIC'S LEIN LAW CAN RESULT IN THE PROPERTY OWNER PAYING TWICE FOR BUILDING IMPROVEMENTS. NOTE: ALL FEES MUST BE PAID PRIOR TO C.O. BEING ISSUED. NOTE: .PLEASE. BE ADVISED ALL PERMITS MUST BE INSPECTED. CITY OF SANFORD BUILDING DIVISION 3 PERMIT APPLICATION Application No: 18-2202 Documented Construction Value: $ 51,894 Job Address: 1201 West Seminole Blvd Historic District: Yes No x Parcel ID: Residential Commercial Type of Work: New Addition Alteration Repair Demo Change of Use Move Description of Work: Electrical for New Bio-Solid Management Building (Building Permit #18-2202) Plan Review Contact Person: Kyle Sinns Title: Phone: 407-696-6042 Fax: 407-696-6045 Email: ksinns@sinnsandthomas.com Property Owner Information Name City of ;Sanford Phone: Street: Resident ofproperty? : City, State Zip Contractor Information Name Sinns and Thomas Electrical Contractors Inc. Phone: 407-696-6042 Street: 1030Ridge Street Fax: 407-696-6045 City,. State Zip: Winter Springs FL 32708 State License No.: EC0001001 Architect/ Engineer Information Name: CPH Inc Phone: 407-32276841 Street: 500 West Fulton Street Fax: City, St, Zip: Sanford FL 32771 E-mail: Bonding Company: N/A Mortgage Lender: N/A Address: Address: WARNINGTO OWNER: YOUR FAILURE TO RECORD A NOTICE OF COMMENCEMENT MAY RESULT IN YOUR PAYING TWICE FOR IMPROVEMENTS TO YOUR PROPERTY. A NOTICE OF COMMENCEMENT MUST BE RECORDED AND POSTED ON THE JOB SITE BEFORE THE FIRST INSPECTION. IF YOU INTEND TO OBTAIN FINANCING, CONSULT WITH YOUR LENDER OR AN ATTORNEY BEFORE RECORDING YOUR NOTICE OF COMMENCEMENT Application is hereby made to obtain a permit to do the work and installations as indicated. I certify that no work or installation has commenced prior to the issuance of a permit and that all work will be performed to meet standards of all laws regulating construction in this jurisdiction. I understand that a separate permit must be secured for electrical work, plumbing, signs, wells, pools, furnaces, boilers, heaters, tanks, and air conditioners, etc. FBC 105.3 Shall be inscribed with the date of application and the code in effect as of that date: 6' Edition (2017) Florida Building Code NOTICE: In addition to the requirements ofthis permit, there maybe additionalrestrictions applicable to this property that may found in the public records of this county, and there may be additional permits required from other governmental entities such as water management districts, state agencies, or federal agencies. Acceptance of permitis verification that I will notify the owner of the property of the requirements of Florida Lien Law, FS 713. The City of Sanford requires payment of a plan review fee at the time of permit submittal. A copy of the executed contract is required in order to calculates plan review charge and will be considered, the estimated construction value of the job at -the time of submittal. The actual construction value will be figured based on the current ICC Valuation Table in effect at the time the permit is issued, in accordance with local ordinance. Should calculated charges figured off theexecuted contract exceed the actual construction value; credit will be applied to your permit fees when the permit is issued. OWNER' S AFFIDAVIT: I- certify that all of the foregoing information is accurate - that all work will be done in compliance with all applicable laws regulating construction a djzonin/g. d eXSignature of Owner/Agent Date Sign o Contractor/Sent Date Eric Sinns Print Owner/Agent's Name 'titttractor/Agent's Name Signature of Notary -State of Florida Date Owner/ Agent is Personally Known to Me or Produced ID Type of IDJ o -/A Date A' r ' Commission # GG 236997 N Expires Septembor7., 2022 9' top FLOP 6nndedihntSWIM Notaty koa COnTractor/Agent is —"'Personally Known to Me or Produced ID Type of ID BELOW IS FOR OFFICE USE ONLY Permits Required: Building Electrical Mechanical Plumbing Gas Roof Construction Type: Occupancy Use: Flood Zone: Total Sq Ft of Bldg: Min. Occupancy Load: # of Stories: New Construction: Electric - # of Amps Plumbing - # of Fixtures Fire Sprinkler Permit: Yes No # of Heads Fire Alarm Permit: Yes No APPROVALS: ZONING: UTILITIES: WASTE WATER: ENGINEERING: FIRE: BUILDING: COMMENTS: Sanford North WRF: Class A" Biosolids Management System Project Manual Conf ormed Documents Volume II April 2018 mpg ter. A• low 0 This page intentionally left blank SANFORD NORTH WRF: CLASS "A" BIOSOLIDS MANAGEMENT SYSTEM PROJECT MANUAL - VOLUME 11 CONFORMED DOCUMENTS" Prepared for. The City of Sanford, Florida 300 North Park Avenue Sanford, FL 32771 Prepared by: CPH, Inc. 500 West Fulton Street Sanford, FL 32771 April 2018 SANFORD NORTH WRF: CLASS "A" BIOSOLIDS MANAGEMENT SYSTEM PROJECT CERTIFICATION Vice-President Project Manager CPH, Inc. 500 West Fulton Street Sanford, FL 32771 Certificate of Authorization No. 3215 fitJC7vS_t Date J%1111tir111 i N G PLLE J •• GEN No. 38642 David A. r3ie •hl.' D.R10 President ., SS '••.....••'NC: Principal-in-Ci%,eONAt_ CPH, Inc. 500 West Fulton Street Sanford, FL 32771 Certificate of Authorization No. 3215 3 /7 Date INDEX TO PROJECT MANUAL SANFORD NORTH WRF: CLASS "A" BIOSOLIDS MANAGEMENT SYSTEM APRIL 2018 CONFORMED DOCUMENTS" DIVISION 0 - BIDDING AND CONTRACT REQUIREMENTS 00020 Advertisernent for Bids 00100 Instructions to Bidders 00300 Bid Form 00305 Qualifications Statement 00410 Bid Bond Form 00415 Corporate Resolution 00420 Public Entity Crimes Statement 00425 Criminal Background Check Requirements and Affidavit 00430 Trench Safety Act Compliance 00470 Drug -Free Workplace Certification 00480 Non -Collusion Affidavit 00482 Conflict of Interest Affidavit 00484 Compliance with the Public Records Law Affidavit 00486 Disputes Disclosure Form 00500 Agreement Form 00550 Contract Claim Form 00610 Performance Bond Form 00620 Labor and Materials Payment Bond Form 00625 Material and Workmanship Bond Form 00627 Consent of Surety to Final Payment 00630 Americans with Disabilities Act Affidavit 00632 Unauthorized (Illegal) Alien Workers Affidavit 00634 E-Verify Compliance Affidavit 00636 Financial Information Form 00645 Insurance Requirement; 00650 Insurance Endorsement Form 00653 Certification of Non -Segregated Facilities 00655 Acknowledgment of Receipt of Exempt Public Records and Agreement of Safeguard 00657 Solicitation, Giving and Acceptance of Gifts Policy 00660 Notice of Award Form 00661 Notice to Proceed Form 00662 Contractor's Partial Release of Lien Form 00663 Contractor's Final Affidavit and Release of Lien 00664 Subcontractors / Supplier's Final Release of Lien Form 00665 Request for Authorization of Changes 00680 Application and Certificate for Payment Form 00681 Contract Change Order Form 00683 Work Directive Form 00685 Field Order Form 00695 Acknowledgment of Receipt - Consideration for Indemnification INDEX TO PROJECT MANUAL SANFORD NORTH WRF: CLASS "A" BIOSOLIDS MANAGEMENT SYSTEM APRIL 2018 CONFORMED DOCUMENTS" DIVISION 0 - BIDDING AND CONTRACT REQUIREMENTS 00700 General Conditions 00800 Supplementary Conditions 00805 FDEP Supplementary Conditions (Construction) 00807 Classification and Wage Determination (Davis Bacon Act) 00809 American Iron and Steel (AIS) 00840 Schedule of Values Form 00845 Materials Stored On -Site Form 00848 Certificate of Substantial Completion 00849 Certificate of Final Completion 00850 Contractors Request for Information Form 00852 Construction Accident Report Form 00855 Report of Unsatisfactory Materials and/or Service 00862 Daily Construction Report Form 00863 Change Proposal Summary Form 00864 Request for Proposal for Proposed Change Form 00865 Check -Out Form 00866 Certificate of Completed Demonstration Form 00870 Demonstration Test Procedures (Sample) 00880 Certificate of Final Inspection 00883 Certificate of the Engineer 00885 Contractor's Release 00950 Shop Drawing Submittal Form 00955 Pressure Test Form 00960 Air Pressure Test Data Form 00965 Concrete Tank - Hydraulic Test Form 00980 O & M Manual Submittal Form 00990 Preventive Maintenance and Operating Requirement Sheets 00995 Prime Contractor's Report DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01000 Project Requirements 01010 Summary of Work 01019 Contract Cash Allowances 01025 Measurement and Payment 01030 Applications for Payment 01040 Project Coordination 01045 Cutting and Patching INDEX TO PROJECT MANUAL SANFORD NORTH WRF: CLASS "A" BIOSOLIDS MANAGEMENT SYSTEM APRIL 2018 CONFORMED DOCUMENTS" DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS (Cont'd 01050 Field Engineering 01060 Regulatory Requirements 01065 Permits and Fees 01070 Abbreviations and Symbols 01075 Reference Specifications 01120 Special Project Procedures 01200 Project Meetings 01300 Shop Drawings, Submittals and Samples 01311 Construction Progress Schedules 01370 Schedule of Values 01380 Construction Photographs 01390 Preconstruction Video Recording 01400 Quality Control 01410 Testing and Testing Laboratory Services 01430 Manufacturer's Services 01500 Temporary Facilities 01505 Pest Control 01510 Mobilization / Demobilization 01530 Construction Aids 01550 Maintenance of Traffic 01560 Environmental Protection 01570 Temporary Erosion and Sedimentation Control 01580 Project Information and Signs 01600 Materials and Equipment 01650 System's Start -Up and Demonstration 01700 Project Closeout 01710 Cleaning 01720 Project Record Documents 01730 Operation and Maintenance Data 01740 Warranties and Bonds 01800 Miscellaneous Work and Cleanup DIVISION 2 - SITEWORK 02075 Dewatering and Drainage 02100 Site Preparation 02200 Earthwork INDEX TO PROJECT MANUAL SANFORD NORTH WRF: CLASS "A" BIOSOLIDS MANAGEMENT SYSTEM APRIL 2018 CONFORMED DOCUMENTS" DIVISION 2 - SITEWORK (Cont'd 02210 Site Grading 02215 Finish Grading 02220 Excavation, Backfilling and Compaction 02230 Stabilized Subgrade 02232 Limerock Base Course 02276 Gravel and Crushed Rock Base for Structures 02610 Stabilized Sub -Base 02720 Concrete Sidewalks, Driveways and Pads 02815 Solid Sodding DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE 03100 Concrete Formwork 03200 Concrete Reinforcement 03250 Concrete Accessories 03300 Cast -in -Place Concrete 03400 Precast Concrete Structures 03600 Grout 03700 Concrete Electrical Raceway Encasement 03800 Leakage Testing of Hydraulic Structures DIVISION 4 - MASONRY 04050 Masonry 04230 Reinforced Unit Masonry 04250 Masonry Building Insulation INDEX TO PROJECT MANUAL SANFORD NORTH WRF: CLASS i°A" BIOSOLIDS MANAGEMENT SYSTEM APRIL 2018 CONFORMED DOCUMENTS" DIVISION 5 - METALS 05025 Metal Materials, Methods and Fastening 05120 Structural Steel 05140 Structural Aluminum 05210 Steel Joists 05310 Metal Roof Deck 05500 Metal Fabrications 05510 Metal Stairs and Walkways 05520 Handrails and Accessories 05530 Grating, Plates and Frames 05570 Miscellaneous Metal Assemblies 05810 Expansion Joint Cover Assemblies DIVISION 6 - WOOD AND PLASTICS 06100 Rough Carpentry 06200 Finish Carpentry 06600 Fabricated Fiberglass Reinforced Plastic (FRP) Products 06605 Fiberglass Reinforced Plastic (FRP) Grating 06700 Chemical Storage Tanks (HDLPE) DIVISION 7 - THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION 07050 Vapor Barrier 07100 Waterproofing 07210 Building Insulation 07214 Foamed -in -Place Masonry Wall Insulation 07270 Fire Stopping 07600 Flashing and Sheet Metal 07900 Caulking and Sealants INDEX TO PROJECT MANUAL SANFORD NORTH WRF: CLASS "A" BIOSOLIDS MANAGEMENT SYSTEM APRIL 2018 CONFORMED DOCUMENTS" DIVISION 8 - DOORS AND WINDOWS 08120 Aluminum Doors and Frames 08330 Aluminum Overhead Coiling Doors 08350 Aluminum Access Hatch Doors 08370 Roof Access Hatch Doors 08390 Watertight Manways 08520 Aluminum Windows 08710 Finish Hardware 08800 Glass and Glazing DIVISION 9 - FINISHES 09000 Finish Schedule 09110 Metal Stud Partitions 09510 Suspended Acoustical Tile Ceilings 09750 Protective Floor Coating 09820 Cementitiaus Coating Systems for New Concrete, Surfaces 09900 Painting 09901 Surface Preparation and Shop Prime Painting 0990.5 Piping, Valve and Equipment Identification System DIVISION 10 - SPECIALTIES 10250 Louvers 10400 Signage Systems 10450 Cast Bronze Plaque 10550 Fire Extinguishers, Cabinets and Accessories DIVISION 11 - EQUIPMENT 11314 Progressive Cavity Sludge Pumps 11381 Autotherrnal Thermophilic Aerobic Digestion (Thern-AerTM) System 11390 Biosolids Solar Drying System 11553 Biosolids Dewatering Screw Press INDEX TO PROJECT MANUAL SANFORD NORTH WRF: CLASS "A" BIOSOLIDS MANAGEMENT SYSTEM APRIL 2018 CONFORMED DOCUMENTS" DIVISION 12 -FURNISHINGS - NOT USED DIVISION 13 - SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION 13300 Process Instrumentation and Control System - General Requirements 13301 Process Instrumentation and Control System - System Integrator Requirements 13310 Process Instrumentation and Control System - Field Instruments 13315 Process Instrumentation and Control System - Control Panels 13321 Process Instrumentation and Control System - HMI Programming 13325 Process Instrumentation and Control System - Control System Hardware 13326 Process Instrumentation and Control System - System Programming 13360 Process Instrumentation and Control System - Fiber Optic System 13999 SCADA Screens and Input/Output (1/0) DIVISION 14 - CONVEYING SYSTEMS 14100 Dewatered and Dried Biosolids Shaft -Less Screw Conveyors. DIVISION 15 - MECHANICAL 15000 Mechanical - General Requirements 15041 Disinfection of Piping and Structures 15044 Pressure Testing of Piping 15060 Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings 15065 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe and Fittings 15066 Stainless Steel Pipe and Fittings 15100 Valves and Appurtenances 15125 Pipe Hangers and Supports 1512.7 Pipe Insulation 15129 Couplings and Connectors 15400 Plumbing 15421 Floor Drains 15422 Roof Drains 15423 Cleanouts and Cleariout Access Covers 15800 Heating, Ventilating and Air Conditioning INDEX TO PROJECT MANUAL SANFORD NORTH WRF: CLASS "A" BIOSOLIDS MANAGEMENT SYSTEM APRIL 2018 CONFORMED DOCUMENTS" DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL 16050 Electrical - General Provisions 16108 Miscellaneous Equipment 16110 Raceways and Fittings 16120 Wires and Cables 16150 Motors 16160 Panelboards 16380 MCC's, VFD's and Fiber Optic Cable - Contractor Requirements 16402 Underground System 16450 Grounding System 16501 Lighting System 16670 Lightning Protection System 16921 480-Volt Motor Control Centers Sanford North WRF. Class "A" Biosolids Management System - Project Manual 05210-1 SECTION 05210 STEEL JOISTS 1. GENERAL 1.01 Description A. The work in this Section includes providing all labor, materials, equipment and incidentals necessary for fabrication and erection of long span steel joists, open web joists, anchors and fastening and shop painting, etc. as shown on the Contract Drawings and specified herein. B. Furnish anchor bolts with templates to be installed. Furnish and install nuts and washers for anchor bolts. C. Install portions of masonry ties to be welded to structural steel as shown on the Contract Drawings and as specified herein. D. Related work specified elsewhere includes: Specification Section 01300 Shop Drawings, Submittals and Samples 05025 Metal Materials, Methods, and Fastening 05120 Structural Metal Framing 05310 Metal Roof Deck 07600 Flashing and Sheet Metal 09900 Painting DrawingsContract 1.02 Quality Assurance A. Unless otherwise indicated, all materials, workmanship and practices shall conform to the following standards: July 29, 2017 Steel Joists Sanford North WRF. Class `A" Biosolids Management System - Project Manual 05210-2 ANSI/AISC II Specification for Structural Steel Buildings360-10 ANSI/AISI North American Specification for Design of Cold -Formed Steel Structural S100-2007 Members ANSI/AISI 11 Supplement No. 1 to the North American Specification for the Design of Cold- S100-07/S1-09 11 Rolled Steel Structural Members ANSI/AISI 11 Supplement No. 1 to the North American Specification for the Design of Cold- S100-07/S2-10 ll Rolled Steel Structural Members Surface Preparation Specifications ASTM A-6 Standard Specification for General Requirements for Rolled Structural Steel Bars, Plates, Shapes, and Sheet Piling ASTM A-36 Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel ASTM A-242 Standard Specification for High Strength, Low -Alloy Structural Steel ASTM A-108 Standard Specification for Steel Bar, Carbon and Alloy, Cold -Finished ASTM A-307-7b Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs, 60,000 psi Tensile Strength ASTM A-153 Standard Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot -Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware ASTM A-307 Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Externally Threaded Standard Fastener ASTM A-325 Standard Specification for Structural Bolts, Steel, Heat Treated, 120/105 ksi Minimum Tensile Strength ASTM A-370 Standard Methods and Definitions for Mechanical Testing of Steel Products ASTM A-500 Standard Specification for Cold -Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel Structural Tubing in Rounds and Shapes ASTM A-529 Standard Specification for High -Strength Carbon -Manganese Steel of Structural Quality ASTM A-572 Standard Specification for High -Strength Low Alloy Columbian -Vanadium Structural Steel ASTM A-588 Standard Specification for High -Strength, Low -Alloy, Structural Steel, up to 50 ksi Minimum Yield Point, with Atmospheric Corrosion Resistance ASTM A-606 Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet and Strip, High -Strength, Low -Alloy, Hot - Rolled and Cold -Rolled, with Improved Atmospheric Corrosion Resistance ASTM A-992 Standard Specification for Structural Steel Shapes July 29, 2017 Steel Joists Sanford North WRF. Class `A" Biosolids Management System - Project Manual 05210-3 Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet, Cold -Rolled, Carbon, Structural, High- ASTM A-1008 Strength, Low -Alloy and High -Strength, Low -Alloy with Improved Formability, Solution Hardened, and Bake Hardenable andard Specification for Steel, Sheet and Strip, Hot -Rolled, Carbon, Structural, St ASTM A-1011 High -Strength, Low -Alloy, High -Strength, Low -Alloy with Improved Formability, and Ultra -High Strength AWS A5.1 Specification for Carbon Steel Electrodes for Shielded Metal Arc Welding AWS A5.5 Specification for Low -Alloy Steel Electrodes for Shielded Metal Arc Welding AWS A5.18 Specification for Carbon Steel Electrodes and Rods for Gas Shielded Arc Welding AWS D1.1 Structural Welding Code - Steel Florida Building Code B. Fabrication and erection shall be performed by a qualified fabricator and erector approved by the Engineer. Preparation of shop drawings shall not begin until the fabricator and erector have been approved. C. Quality Control 1. The Contractor is responsible for all quality control. The Contractor shall be responsible to correct structural steel joists which do not conform to the specified requirements. 2. Inspect all structural steel joints for compliance with referenced industry standards for the proposed applications. 3. The Contractor shall promptly remove and replace materials or fabricated components which do not comply with requirements of the Contract Documents. 4. The Contractor is responsible for the design and adequacy of all connections that are not designed on the Contract Documents. 5. All details shown are typical, similar details apply to similar conditions, unless otherwise indicated. Verify dimensions at the Project site wherever possible without causing delay in the Work. July 29, 2017 Steel Joists Sanford North WRR Class `A" Biosolids Management System - Project Manual 05210-4 D. Qualifications 1. Installer: A qualified installer who participates in the AISC Quality Certification Program and is designated an AISC-Certified Erector, Category CSE. 2. Fabricator: A qualified fabricator who participates in the AISC Quality Certification Program and is designated an AISC-Certified Plant, Category Sbd. 3. Shop Painting Applicators: Qualified according to AISC's Sophisticated Paint Endorsement P2 or SSPC-QP 3, "Standard Procedure for Evaluating Qualifications of Shop Painting Applicators". 1.03 Submittals A. Shop Drawings 1. Submit shop drawings for the work in accordance with the General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Section 01300, "Shop Drawings, Submittals and Samples". 2. Complete shop drawings, including material lists, fabrication and erection drawings shall be submitted for review. Complete shop drawings, including material lists, fabrication, schedules for fabrication and shop assembly, joist types, number, spacing, bridging, connections, bearing plates, working drawings and erection drawings shall be submitted -For review. Drawings shall bear the seal of professional Engineer registered in the State of Florida. 3. The Engineer's review of Shop Drawings is for general conformance with design concepts only. Compliance with the requirements for materials, fabrication and erection of structural aluminum is the Contractor's responsibility. 4. Certification: An affidavit shall be furnished from the manufacturer certifying that the materials or products delivered to the Project meet the requirements specified herein. 5. Fabrication shall not be approved until the shop drawing submission has been approved. 1.04 Delivery, Storage and Handling A. Deliver materials to the site at such time intervals to insure uninterrupted progress of the Work. July 29, 2017 Steel Joists Sanford North WRR Class "A" Biosolids Management System - Project Manual 05210-5 B. Deliver anchor bolts and other anchorage devices which are to be embedded in cast -in - place concrete or masonry, in sufficient time to permit their timely installation. Provide proper setting drawings, templates and directions for installation of these items. C. Store materials to permit easy access for inspection and identification. Keep structural steel joists above the ground and spaced by using pallets, platforms or other supports and spacers. Protect joists and packaged materials from erosion and deterioration. D. Store fasteners in a protected place. E. Do not store materials on the structure in a manner that may cause distortion, damage, or overload to members or supporting structures. F. Store all fasteners and welding electrodes in a weather -tight and dry place until ready for use. G. Store packaged materials in their original containers. H. Repair or replace damaged materials or structures as directed. 2. PRODUCTS 2.01 Structural Steel Joists A. Open -web and long -span steel joists shall be of the series and sizes indicated. All structural steel joists shall be designed, fabricated, and erected in compliance with the Standard Specifications, Load Tables and Weight Tables for Steel Joists and Joist Girders", latest edition, as adopted by the SJI and AISC and with modifications as indicated. B. Extended ends for top and/or bottom joist chord members shall be provided to meet structural framing and detailed requirements as indicated on the Drawings or as approved by the Engineer. Bottom chords of joists shall be extended where suspended ceilings are scheduled. C. Shearings and punchings shall be clean and true. Holes for bolts shall be drilled or reamed '/16inch larger than the diameter of the bolt. Provide welded shop connections wherever possible. D. Before shipment, shop prime all steel joists in compliance with Section 09900, Painting". Finish painting of the structural steel joists shall be provided by the Contractor or the contractor's sub, in accordance with Section 09900, "Painting". Color to be selected by the Engineer/Owner. July 29, 2017 Steel Joists Sanford North WRF. Class "A" Biosolids Management System - Project Manual 05210-6 2.02 Fasteners and Anchors A. Provide fastening devices in compliance with Section 05025, "Metal Materials, Methods and Fastening". B. Welding shall comply with the above specified standards. 3. EXECUTION 3.01 General A. Verify elevations of concrete and masonry -bearing surfaces and locations of anchor rods, anchor bolts, bearing plates, and other embedments, with the steel joist erector present, for compliance with the requirements. B. Examine the areas and conditions under which structural steel joist work is to be installed, and notify the Engineer, in writing, of conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the Work. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. C. All erection procedures for steel joists shall comply with applicable SJI recommendations. D. Set steel joists accurately to the lines and levels indicated on the Drawings or on the shop details approved by the Engineer and shall be plumb and level unless otherwise indicated. E. Prior to assembling members, clean bearing surfaces and surfaces to be in permanent contact to remove dirt and scale. F. Exercise care in handling and erection to insure that steel joists are not twisted, bent, or otherwise damaged. Field correction of fabrication errors by use of gas cutting torches shall be allowed only if approved by the Engineer for each specific condition. G. Drifting to enlarge holes will not be permitted. Holes that must be enlarged to admit bolts shall be reamed. Poor matching of holes caused by either shop or erection errors shall be sufficient cause for rejection by the Engineer. 3.02 Erection of Structural Steel Joists A. Erection shall be in accordance with the specified standards and as indicated on the Contract Drawings. July 29, 2017 Steel Joists Sanford North WRF: Class "A" Biosolids Management System - Project Manual 05210-7 B. Set joists with adequate bearings as required for the various conditions of support. Provide all headers, trimmers, bearing plates, bracing, bridging, anchors and other items necessary for a complete installation of the joists. Check all levels and elevations before setting bearing plates. Shim with steel where necessary. C. For uplift purposes, anchorage of roof joists at points of bearing shall develop seventy- five percent (75%) of the maximum joist reaction. D. Unless otherwise indicated, bearing, anchorage and bridging of joists shall be in compliance with the more stringent requirements recommended by either SJI or AISC for the particular installation. E. Equipment hung fromjoists shall be supported from panel points, unless special details are provided on the Drawings or written permission is obtained from the Engineer in advance. F. No other construction loads, other than those required to erect the joists, shall be placed on the joists prior to completion of this work. G. After erection, paint bolts and touch-up all burned and abraded areas in compliance with Section 09900, "Painting". END OF SECTION July 29, 2017 Steel Joists Sanford North WRF. Class "A" Biosolids Management System - Project Manual 05310-1 SECTION 05310 METAL ROOF DECK GENERAL 1.01 Description A. The work in this Section includes providing all labor, materials, equipment and incidentals necessary for fabrication and erection of steel roof deck, ventilating steel roof deck, closure strips, anchors, fasteners and accessories as shown on the Contract Drawings and specified herein. B. Related work specified elsewhere includes: Specification 05025 Metal Materials, Methods, and Fastening 05120 Structural Metal Framing 05210 Steel Joists 07540 TPO Roofing and Deck Insulation 07600 Flashing and Sheet Metal 09900 Painting Contract Drawings and General Provisions of the Contract 1.02 Quality Assurance A. Unless otherwise indicated, all materials, workmanship and practices shall conform to the following standards: July 29, 2017 Metal Roof Deck Sanford North WRF. Class `A" Biosolids Management System - Project Manual 05310-2 B. Fabrication and erection shall be performed by a qualified fabricator and erector approved by the Engineer. Preparation of shop drawings shall not begin until the fabricator and erector have been approved. C. Quality Control 1. The Contractor is responsible for all quality control. 2. Inspect all metal roof deck for compliance with referenced industry standards for the proposed applications. 3. The Contractor shall promptly remove and replace materials or fabricated components which do not comply with requirements of the Contract Documents. 1.03 Submittals A. Shop Drawings 1. Submit shop drawings for the work in accordance with the General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Section 01300, "Shop Drawings, Submittals and Samples". 2. Complete shop drawings, including material lists, fabrication and erection drawings shall be submitted for review. Complete shop drawings, including material lists, fabrication, schedules for fabrication and shop assembly, layout of panels, connections, all details and working drawings and erection drawings shall be submitted for review. The shop drawing shall indicate gage, ASTM grade of steel, section modulus and type of paint or galvanizing. 3. The Engineer's review of Shop Drawings is for general conformance with design concepts only. Compliance with the requirements for materials, fabrication and erection of metal roof decking is the Contractor's responsibility. 4. Certification: Provide written certification of the following: a. Roof deck materials conform to the specifications and have been installed in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. b. The roof deck is suitable to be a component of Factory Mutual Class I Construction. 5. Fabrication shall not be approved until the shop drawing submission has been approved. July 29, 2017 Metal Roof Deck Sanford North WRF. Class "A" Biosolids Management System - Project Manual 05310-3 1.04 Delivery, Storage and Handling A. Deliver materials to the site at such time intervals to insure uninterrupted progress of the Work. B. Store metal roof decking to permit easy access for inspection and identification. Keep metal roof decking and one end elevated to provide drainage. C. Replace all damaged materials at no additional cost to the Owner. 2. PRODUCTS 2.01 Metal Roof Deck Materials A. Steel deck shall be fabricated of steel sheets, zinc -coated (galvanized) by the hot -dip process, complying with ASTM A446, Grade A. Galvanizing repair paint shall comply with Military Specification MIL-P-21035(1). B. Metal roof decking shall be fabricated of steel sheets conforming to ASTM A611, Grade C. Sheets shall be cleaned, pretreated to provide a strong bond between metal and paint, and shop -primed with a rust -inhibiting primer. When deck is specified in Section 09900, "Painting", to be finish painted, the primer shall be certified to be compatible with specified finish painting. C. Miscellaneous metal materials shall comply with Section 05025, "Metal Materials, Methods and Fastening". The color to be selected by the Engineer and Owner. 2.02 Design Criteria A. Type I Steel deck shall be 1'/2 inches deep, Type'B'. The metal roof decking shall be 20 gauge, unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings. B. Type II Steel deck shall be 0.6C26 Metal Form Deck for use in with a composite concrete deck system. C. In no case shall the gauge of the metal roof decking be lighter than indicated on Factory Mutual Span/Gage Tables. D. The upper surface of the metal roof decking shall be flat or slightly convex. Whenever practicable, deck units shall be of sufficient length to span three (3) or more supports. July 29, 2017 Metal Roof Deck Sanford North WRF. Class "A" Biosolids Management System - Project Manual 05310-4 2.03 Fasteners/Deck Attachment A. Attach Type I Deck To structural steel with 5/8-inch puddle welds using a 36/7 pattern and at six (6) inches on -center at deck edge. Fasten side laps with seven (7) #10 Tek screws between each support. B. Attach Type II Deck to the structural steel with 5/8-inch puddle welds with welding washers using a 30/4 pattern and at six (6) inches on -center at deck edge. Fasten side laps with one (1) #12 Tek screw between each support. 2.04 Closure Strips A. Closure strips shall be semi -rigid neoprene or rubber conforming to the decking configuration. 2.05 Accessories A. Furnish all accessories necessary to complete the metal roof deck installation. B. The finish of all accessories shall be the same as the finish of roof deck units except galvanized accessories may be used with primed deck. 3. EXECUTION 3.01 General A. All metal roof deck installation procedures shall conform to applicable Steel Deck Institute recommendations. B. Before installation, panel surfaces shall be clean and free from all dirt and scale. Exercise care in handling and erection to insure that metal roof decking panels are not twisted, bent, or otherwise damaged. 3.02 Inspection A. Check the alignment of steel supports before installing any metal roof decking. July 29, 2017 Metal Roof Deck Sanford North WRF. Class "A" Biosolids Management System - Project Manual 05310-5 B. Do not proceed with installation unless alignment of members meet the tolerances set by AISC and/or SJI. 3.03 Installation of Metal Roof Decking A. Install decking in accordance with "approved' shop drawings. Observe all recommendations of Factory Mutual Loss Prevention Data Sheet 1-28. B. Openings less than 16 square feet and skew cuttings shall be made in the field. Openings in ventilating deck larger than 6 inches square must be reinforced as recommended by the deck manufacturer. C. The Type I deck shall be fastened to each steel support by means of fusion -type electric arc welds not less than 5/8 inch diameter spaced using a 36/7 pattern. Use steel welding washers at each weld. D. The Type II deck shall be fastened to each steel support by means of fusion -type electric arc welds not less than 5/8-inch diameter spaced using a 30/4 pattern. Use steel welding washers at each weld. E. End laps shall be at least two (2) inches and shall be made over supports. Weld at six 6) inches on center at end laps. F. Side joints of adjacent sheets shall be fastened using seven (7) #10 Tek screws between each support for Type I deck and one (1) #12 Tek screw between each support for Type II deck. G. All welding shall comply with AWS D1.1. H. All scarred areas of both surfaces of the metal roof deck, including cuts, drill holes, welds, and rust spots, shall be touched up with a rust inhibiting primer of the same type as used for shop primer. I. All scarred areas of both surfaces of the metal roof deck, including cuts, drill holes, welds, and rust spots, shall be touched up with galvanizing repair paint in compliance with the manufacturer's instructions. END OF SECTION July 29, 2017 Metal Roof Deck Sanford North WRF. Class `A" Biosolids Management System - Project Manual 08120-1 SECTION 08120 ALUMINUM DOORS AND FRAMES 1. GENERAL 1.01 Description A. The work specified in this Section includes furnishing all labor, materials, equipment and incidentals required to deliver and install aluminum doors, frames, panels and appurtenances as indicated on the Contract Drawings, as scheduled, and as specified herein. B. Related Work Specified Elsewhere 1. Related work specified elsewhere includes: 03600 Grout 07900 Caulking and Sealants 08710 Finish Hardware 08800 Division 5 1, Glass and Glazing Information Miscellaneous Metals 1.02 References and Standards A. All work shall be executed and installed in accordance with the requirements of all applicable codes. B. The following publications, listed below, form a part of this specification to the extent referenced. The publications are referred to in the text by the basic designation only. July 29, 2017 Aluminum Doors and Frames Sanford North WRF. Class "A" Siosolids Management System - Project Manual 08120-2 C. Unless otherwise indicated, all materials, workmanship and practices shall conform to the following standards: ASTM B-209 11 Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum -Alloy Sheet and Plate ASTM B-221 Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminun Alloy Extruded Bars, Rods, 11 Wire, Profiles, and Tubes Al17.1 II Specifications for Making Buildings and Facilities Accessible to and Usable by Physically Handicapped People CHM - 1- 74 11 Recommended Architectural Specifications for Hollow Metal Doors and Frames Hollow Metal Technical and Design Manual, Section 6, Installation of Doors and Frames Florida Building Code Uniform Building Code (Latest Edition) 1.03 Quality Assurance A. Provide stock aluminum work manufactured by a single firm specializing in the production of this type of work, unless otherwise acceptable to the Engineer. B. Manufacturer's offering products to comply with the requirements for aluminum doors and frames include Alutech Corporation, Cline Aluminum Doors, or equal. C. Submit a warranty for all aluminum doors and frames in accordance with Section 01740, "Warranties and Bonds". The manufacturer shall warrant each separate door installation against manufacturing defects for the "lifetime of original installation", including the cost of refinishing and rehanging if doors do not comply with specified tolerances. 1.04 Submittals A. Copies of all materials required to establish compliance with the specifications shall be submitted in accordance with the provisions Section 00700, "General Conditions", July 29, 2017 Aluminum Doors and Frames Sanford North WRF. Class "A" Biosolids Management System - Project Manual 08120-3 Section 00800, "Supplementary Conditions, and Section 01300, "Shop Drawings, Submittals and Samples". B. All equipment and materials shall be "new" and shall be specially designed or selected for the function and service specified. No equipment or materials maybe used in the Project that has not been approved by the Engineer. C. Submittals shall include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Elevations of each door type. 2. Size of doors and frames. 3. Metal thickness. 4. Details of door and frame construction. 5. Assembly methods. 6. Methods of anchorage. 7. Glazing details. 8. Provisions for and location of hardware. 9. Schedule showing each door, frame and swing of the door. D. Hardware templates shall be furnished to the door manufacturer by the Contractor for correct hardware location. E. The manufacturer's descriptive literature shall include detailed specifications, door configurations and swing angle. F. Samples of the required colored finish shall be submitted for approval of the Engineer prior to fabrication of the work. 1.05 Performance Requirements A. Framing products furnished herein shall meet or exceed the following performance requirements and shall be certified in writing by an independent testing laboratory: July 29, 2017 Aluminum Doors and Frames Sanford North WRF. Class "A" Biosolids Management System - Project Manual 08120-4 1. Resistance to Air Infiltration a. When tested in accordance with ASTM E-283, the air infiltration shall not exceed 0.06 ft3/min per ft2 of fixed area. 2. Resistance to Water Infiltration a. No water shall pass the interior frame of the system when tested at 8 psf in accordance with ASTM E-331 at a test pressure of 7.5 psf. 3. Performance Under Uniform Loading a. When tested in accordance with ASTM E-330, the maximum stress shall not exceed 12.929 psi and the maximum deflection of any member shall not exceed 1/15 of its span. b. When the load is removed, there shall be no evidence of permanent deformation or damage. The test shall be conducted under a load of 25 psf. 4. Aluminum frames shall be designed to withstand a 140 mph wind. 5. Provide hurricane shelter design considerations at all applicable areas. 1.06 Product Delivery, Storage and Handling A. Inspect materials delivered to the Project Site for damage. Unload and store with minimum handling. B. Provide storage space in a dry location with adequate ventilation, free from dust or water, and easily accessible for inspection and handling. Store all materials neatly, properly stacked in a manner to prevent metal to metal contact and any other type of damage. C. Protect finish surfaces during shipping, handling, storage and installation until Final Project Acceptance by the Owner. Any damaged doors shall be replaced at no additional cost to the Owner. 1.07 Warranty A. Submit a warranty for all aluminum doors and frames in accordance with Section 01740, "Warranties and Bonds". July 29, 2017 Aluminum Doors and Frames Sanford North WRF: Class `A" Biosolids Management System - Project Manual 08120-5 B. Submit written agreement in door manufacturer's standard form signed by manufacturer, Installer and Contractor, agreeing to repair or replace defective doors which have separated from the core, expansion of the core, or otherwise failed due to defects in material and workmanship, improper installation or corrosion from a specified environment, for a period of not less than ten (10) years. 2. PRODUCTS 2.01 Flush Aluminum Doors A. Swing type aluminum doors and frames shall be provided of the size, design and location indicated on the Contract Drawings. Provide doors complete with frames, framing members and all accessories. All materials, equipment and accessories shall conform to the following specifications. B. Aluminum Allov for Doors and Frames 1. ASTM B-221, Alloy 6063-T5 for extrusions. 2. ASTM B-209, alloy and temper best suited for aluminum sheets and finish required. C. Fasteners 1. All screws and miscellaneous fasteners shall be stainless steel, or other corrosion resistant material. D. Materials for Flush Aluminum Doors Doors shall be 1 %-inch thick aluminum flush doors. The door core shall be a fire retardant closed cell urethane foam with a minimum insulation R-value of 9.8. The urethane foam shall pass UL 13369 requirements for non-combustible construction systems. A 1 '/4-inch by 4-inch by'/8-inch thick 6063-T5 aluminum Alloy tube shall be provided on all four sides of the door. The door facing shall be 0.063-inch thickness, smooth surface finish, aluminum sheet laminated to a 0.125-inch thick tempered hardboard. The face sheets and insulated core shall be bonded together with a two-part thermosetting adhesive, to form a waterproof, heat and chemical resistant bond. The entire perimeter of door shall be furnished with a special beveled design using 6063-T5 aluminum alloy extrusions. 2. Aluminum reinforcing plate, %-inch thick, for attaching door hardware except hinges and door closers shall be provided. Reinforcement on doors for hinges and door closers shall be provided using a 5/16 inch thick aluminum reinforcing plate. Door hinges shall be stainless steel. All tapped holes for mortised hardware July 29, 2017 Aluminum Doors and Frames Sanford North WRF. Class "A" Biosolids Management System - Project Manual 08120-6 shall be made at the factory. There shall be an adhesive joint, as well as the mechanical joint, for rigid connection of the reinforcing bar and door panel lamination. Hinges shall be attached using machine screws directly into the reinforcing bar. All standard hinges shall be flush with the door cap. No wood blocks shall be used for hinge attachment. 3. Screws, nuts, washers, bolts, rivets, clips and other miscellaneous fastening devices shall be stainless steel. Pairs of doors shall be equipped with an astragal with weather stripping. Vinyl used for glazing or weather-stripping shall have color to match aluminum as closely as possible and shall be elastomeric type conforming to Federal Specifications CS-230-60. 4. Sealants shall be fully compatible with all other materials, shall be non -staining and in accordance with Federal Specification TT-C-598, Caulking Compound Plastic, and Section 07900, "Caulking and Sealants". 5. Facings shall be monolithic. No pieces with lap joints, butt joints, lock joints or other types of manufactured joints shall be permitted. All cutouts shall be made from the solid sheet and shall be made without distorted edges. Facing shall be large enough so that it will be concealed under the door edging 1/2-inch aluminum. 6. All edging shall be cut to the proper door size. Lock and hinge edging shall be die notched to receive the top and bottom edging. Hinge side edge shall be die cut as needed to give clearance for 4-inch or 4'/2-inch standard duty hinges. The edging shall be fitted to the door with adhesive and shall be nonremovable and watertight. After sizing, the edging and facing joint shall be sealed with the appropriate sealant. Lamination shall be done under controlled production conditions and shall consist of applying adhesive through serrated spreader rolls to proper thickness. The serrations on the rolls shall be such as to apply a "tooth" edge to the core to increase contact surfaces without deleterious cracking of the cells. All units of the sandwich" shall be, placed on a continuous conveyor and go through solvent draw off equipment and a temperature controlled oven so as to reader units, to optimum conditions for bonding. Bonding shall be accomplished on alignment jigs equipped for proper register of all parts in accordance with the door type. After bonding, lamination of the "sandwich" shall take place using rubber covered rolls hydraulically actuated to maintain 100 psi uniform pressure for the proper reactivation of the adhesive. Thereafter, the "sandwich" shall go through a thermostatic temperature control oven to complete the advance and cross -linking of the reactivated adhesive. At the conclusion of this operation, the "sandwich" shall proceed, through additional rubber covered rolls hydraulically actuated as the previous operation. Adhesive preparation, heating, bonding and laminating must take place as a continuous operation to assure proper glue line temperature and pressure control. Edging shall lap over "sandwich" edge to control finished dimensions of assembled doors. July 29, 2017 Aluminum Doors and Frames Sanford North WRF: Class "A" Biosolids Management System - Project Manual 08120-7 8. Complete "sandwich" shall be slabbed on a perfectly flat surface for proper aging. The completed "sandwich" shall be a structural laminate which meets or exceeds the U.S. Forest Products -Laboratory HHFA test, performed in compliance with the ASTM D-1037 test procedure. 2.02 Aluminum Door Frames A. Aluminum door frames shall be furnished by the door manufacturer. B. Door frame member material shall be of an extruded aluminum shape. The aluminum alloy shall be 6063-T5 and of a nominal wall thickness of 1/8-inch. The minimum wall thickness for glazing beads, moldings and trim shall be 0.05-inch. Shapes shown are representations of the design, function, and required profile. Dimensions shown are minimum. Shapes of equivalent design, dimensions, profile, and function may be used subject to engineers approval. C. Door frame members shall be of size and shape as shown on the Contract Drawings. Door rabbetts shall allow for a 1 3%-inch door and weather-stripping. Weatherstripping shall be self-locking in integrally extruded grooves in the door stop. Weatherstripping shall create a weathertight seal when the door is installed properly. D. Door frame members shall be notched to provide a neat joint at header ends and square cut at threshold ends. Notch sections shall be connected by 1/8-inch aluminum angles drilled and tapped for '/4-inch machine screws. Corner angles shall be invisible on erected frames. One -eighth aluminum angle floor knees shall be flush riveted to bottom of jambs for anchoring to floor. E. Hinge reinforcements shall be of '/4-inch aluminum plate drilled and tapped to receive template hinges. Latch plates shall be recessed unless otherwise specified. Frame members shall have 3/4-inch return legs at open back of frame. F. Weatherstripping used for glazing shall be Santoprene Thermoplastic Black Rubber type conforming to Government Specifications, ASTM C-864, ASTM C-542 and NAAMA SG-1-70, and with a Duramador of at least 67 per ASTM D-2240 Hardness (Shore A), and must meet or exceed the following: ASTM D-297 Specific Gravity ASTM; D-412 Tensile Strength, Ultimate Elongation, and 100% Modulus; ASTM D-746 Brittleness Temp; ASTM D-395B Compression Set Percent; ASTM D-624 Tear Resistance. G. Provide anchors of stainless steel, or other corrosion resistant material to secure frames to adjacent construction. Place anchors near top and bottom of each jamb and at intermediate points not more than twenty-five (25) inches apart. July 29, 2017 Aluminum Doors and Frames Sanford North WRF. Class "A" Biosolids Management System - Project Manual 08120-8 H. The aluminum frame system shall be designed to withstand a 140 mph hurricane force wind at the Project Site. Provide all additional internal reinforcing members as recommended by the manufacturer. I. The aluminum frame system shall be designed in accordance with all local, state and federal codes affecting this type of installation. 2.03 Vision Panel A. Vision panel openings, if required, shall be cut to the proper size to allow the window to fit so that it will conceal '/2-inch under the window flange. Glass mouldings shall be non -removable on the outside of the door. Mouldings shall be square cut with butt joints. Weatherstripping used for moulding shall be of the thermoplastic rubber type, conforming to Government Specifications, ASTM C-864, ASTM C-542 and NAAMA SG-1-70. Inside mouldings shall be of the thermoplastic rubber and shall be removable. Inside of the window shall be trimmed with an angle that covers cutout opening edges by '/2-inch . B. Glass for vision panels shall be clear, tempered safety glass conforming to Federal Safety Standard 16CF-R1201, and shall be of a thickness to withstand hurricane force winds of 140 mph, (%-inch minimum thickness). C. Setting blocks and spacer shims shall be fabricated from neoprene. The sealant to be used for glazing shall have a color to match aluminum color. 2.04 Provisions for Hardware A. Hardware is specified in section 08710, "Finish Hardware". Hardware templates and hardware shall be delivered to the door manufacturer for use in fabrication of aluminum doors and frames. All hardware must be approved by the Engineer prior to delivery or installation. B. Cut, reinforce, drill, and tap doors and frames in accordance with hardware manufactures recommendations. C. Surface -applied hardware, push plates, kick plates, and mop plates shall be drilled and tapped in the field. D. Provide hinge reinforcements of 1/4-inch aluminum flat bar and secure to door edge or frames with stainless steel machine screws. Hardware reinforcements shall be provided for hinges, door closers, locks and bolt locations. July 29, 2017 Aluminum Doors and Frames Sanford North WRF. Class "A" Biosolids Management System - Project Manual 08120-9 E. All tapped holes for mortised hardware shall be made in the factory and plaster guards provided to protect holes in reinforcing plates. F. Screws, bolts and fasteners shall be stainless steel. G. Aluminum closers shall be provided on all doors. 2.05 Provisions for Glazing A. Provide extruded aluminum snap -in glazing beads on the interior sides of door, provide extruded aluminum, theft -proof, snap -in glazing beads or fixed glazing beads on exterior or security side of door. Glazing beads shall have vinyl insert glazing gaskets. B. Design glazing beads to receive glass of thickness indicated or specified. Glazing is specified in Specification Section 08800, "Glazing." 2.06 Fabrication A. Glazing channels for fixed sash transoms and sidelights shall be furnished as detailed on the Contract Drawings and shall match door frames. B. Spreaders 1. Spreaders shall be provided across the bottom of all door frames. 2. Frames that become dented, bent, twisted or broken in transit to the job or while stored at the job site shall not be used. Repaired frames will not be acceptable. 2.07 Finishes A. Comply with the NAAMM "Metal Finishes Manual" for recommendations relative to application and designations of finishes. B. Finish designations prefixed by "'AA" conform to the system established by the Aluminum Association for designating aluminum finishes. C. Frame coating at masonry or concrete surfaces shall be a fibered asphalt emulsion with a minimum thickness of/16-inch. July 29, 2017 Aluminum Doors and Frames Sanford North WRF. Class "A" Biosolids Management System - Project Manual 08120-10 D. Aluminum door and frame finish color shall be selected by the Engineer from the manufacturer's standard colors and shall be clear anodized in accordance with AAM12G22A31, Class II. E. All exposed aluminum surfaces and hardware shall be free of scratches and other serious surface blemishes or the materials shall be removed and replaced at the Contractor's cost. 3. EXECUTION 3.01 Examination A. The Contractor shall verify wall opening sizes and tolerances are acceptable. B. The Contractor shall verify the substrate. 3.02 Installation A. Aluminum Door Frames 1. Frames shall be installed in correctly prepared openings according to the manufacturer's recommended installation instructions. 2. They shall be set plumb, square and level in correct alignment with floors, ceilings, walls and other work. 3. They shall be securely anchored and completely ready for operation to produce a watertight job. 4. All joints between frames and masonry shall be tightly caulked and neatly pointed. Excess caulking material shall be removed. 5. Itshall be the Contractor's responsibility to protect aluminum frame members from damage during construction. Damaged frames are unacceptable and shall not be repaired. New frames shall be ordered from the manufacturer at no additional cost to the Owner. B. Door Installation 1. Doors shall be installed plumb, level and true to line. Hardware shall be applied and adjusted to achieve quiet and smooth operation. Hardware shall be as specified in Section 08710, "Finish Hardware". July 29, 2017 Aluminum Doors and Frames Sanford North WRF: Class "A" Biosolids Management System - Project Manual 08120-11 2. Door clearances shall not exceed 1/8-inch at jambs, heads, and meeting stiles at pairs of doors. Clearance between the bottom of door and the finished floor material or threshold shall not exceed '/4-inch. Frames shall be manufactured and machined to within '/32inch for all dimensions. 3.03 Protection from Dissimilar Materials A. Dissimilar Metals 1. Where aluminum surfaces come in contact with metals other than stainless steel, zinc, or small areas of white bronze, the Contractor shall provide protection from direct contact by one or a combination of the following methods: a. Paint the dissimilar metal with one coat of heavy- bodied bituminous paint. b. Apply a good quality caulking material between the aluminum and dissimilar metal. c. Use a non absorptive tape or gasket in permanently dry locations. B. Masonry and Concrete 1. The Contractor shall provide an aluminum surface in contact with mortar, concrete, or other masonry materials with one (1) coat of heavy -bodied bituminous paint. 3.04 Protection A. The Contractor shall protect the installation from damage and touch up scratched areas with the same type primer used for shop coats. B. Damaged work shall be unacceptable and shall be repaired or replaced based strictly and entirely on the Engineers determination. C. New doors, frames, etc., shall be ordered from the manufacturer and installed by the Contractor at the no additional cost to the Owner. 3.05 Cleaning A. Upon completion of installation and again at Final Project Acceptance by the Owner, the metal surfaces of doors and frames shall be cleaned on both the inside and outside. July 29, 2017 Aluminum Doors and Frames Sanford North WRF: Class "A" Biosolids Management System - Project Manual 08120-12 B. Doors and frames shall be washed and cleaned in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. Do not use abrasive, caustic or acid cleaning agents. C. Where the aluminum has become stained, or discolored, it shall be replaced by the Contractor at no additional cost to the Owner. END OF SECTION July 29, 2017 Aluminum Doors and Frames Sanford North WRF. Class `A" Biosolids Management System - Project Manual 08330-1 SECTION 08330 ALUMINUM OVERHEAD COILING DOORS 1. GENERAL 1.01 System Description A. Furnish and install electrically operated aluminum overhead coiling doors as shown on the Contract Drawings. B. Related Work Specified Elsewhere 1. Related work specified elsewhere includes: 05500 Metal Fabrications 06100 Rough Carpentry 08710 Finish Hardware 16 II Electrical C. Design Requirements 1. The aluminum overhead coiling doors shall be designed to withstand hurricane force winds up to 140 mph. 2. The aluminum overhead coiling doors shall be designed in accordance with ASCE 7-98, "Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures" 3. The aluminum overhead coiling doors shall be designed for normal use of up to twenty (20) cycles per day, maximum. September 7, 2017 (Addendum No. 4) Aluminum Overhead Coiling Doors Sanford North WRF. Class `A" Biosolids Management System - Project Manual 08330-2 1.02 Quality Assurance A. Aluminum overhead coiling doors shall be manufactured by a single firm specializing in the production, fabrication and installation of aluminum overhead coiling doors. B. The manufacturer shall be ISO 9002 registered and have a minimum of five (5) years experience in the production, fabrication and installation of aluminum overhead coiling doors. C. The manufacturer shall submit, in accordance with Section 01300, "Shop Drawings, Submittals and Samples", evidence of the ability to meet the performance and fabrication requirements specified, and include a list of five (5) projects of similar design, size and complexity completed within the past five (5) years. D. Installation of the aluminum overhead coiling door shall be performed by the authorized representative of the manufacturer. E. Single -Source Responsibility 1. Provide the aluminum overhead coiling door, guides, motors, and related primary components from a single manufacturer for each type of door. 2. Provide secondary components from a source acceptable to manufacturer of primary components. F. The Contractor shall schedule and convene a pre -installation conference of the aluminum overhead coiling door just prior to commencement of field operations, to establish the procedures to maintain optimum working conditions and to coordinate this work with related and adjacent work. G. Comply with the applicable requirements of the following specifications and standards 1. Florida Building Code 2. Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. H. Acceptable manufacturer's include Overhead Door, Stanley Doors, Best Rolling Doors, Kinnear Rolling Doors or approved equal. 1.03 Submittals A. Submit shop drawings, product data, certifications, etc., in accordance with Section 00700, "General Conditions, Section 00800, "Supplementary Conditions", Section 01300, "Shop Drawings, Submittals and Samples", prior to fabrication of the aluminum overhead coiling doors. September 7, 2017 (Addendum No. 4) Aluminum Overhead Coiling Doors Sanford North WRF. Class `A" Biosolids Management System - Project Manual 08330-3 B. The Contractor shall provide all supporting mechanisms, braces, framing, etc. necessary to install the aluminum overhead coiling door in the location indicated on the Contract Drawings. The cost of such materials shall be included in the Contractors Project Bid Price. C. Shop drawings shall indicate detailed plans, elevations, construction details, sizes, details of framing members, required clearances, anchors, hardware reinforcement and locations, metal thicknesses and wall conditions, and installation details. Include the relationship with adjacent materials. D. Submit the manufacturer's recommended installation, operating and maintenance instructions and procedures for the aluminum overhead coiling doors and the operators in accordance with Section 01300, "Shop Drawings, Submittals and Samples". Include both published data and any specific data prepared for this Project. E. Submit a manufacturer's certification that the aluminum overhead coiling door and accessories conform to all requirements of this specification and of the reference standards. F. Submit a certification, from a structural, Professional Engineer, registered in the State ofFlorida, that the aluminum overhead coiling door has been designed and constructed to withstand hurricane force winds of 140 mph. G. Submit a certification stating that the installed materials comply with this specification section. H. Submit Operation and Maintenance Manuals in accordance with Section 01730, Operation and Maintenance Manuals". 1.04 Product Delivery, Storage and Handling A. Deliver materials and products in labeled protective packages. Protect doors and accessories from damage during delivery, storage, and handling. Clearly mark manufacturer's brand name. B. Store and handle in strict compliance with manufacturers instructions and recommendations. Protect materials from damage from weather, excessive temperatures and construction operations. Store doors in dry locations with adequate ventilation, free from dust and water, and in such a manner as to permit access for inspection and handling. C. Handle doors carefully to prevent damage. Remove damaged items that cannot be restored to like -new condition and provide new items. September 7, 2017 (Addendum No. 4) Aluminum Overhead Coiling Doors Sanford North WRF. Class "A" Biosolids Management System - Project Manual 08330-4 1.05 Operation and Maintenance Manuals A. O&M Manuals shall be furnished for this Project in accordance with Section 01730, Operation and Maintenance Data" and shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01300, "Shop Drawings, Submittals and Samples". B. The O&M Manuals shall be prepared specifically for this installation and shall include all detailed operating instructions (normal startup and shutdown procedures, normal operating conditions and emergency situations), maintenance procedures and instructions and specifications relative to the assembly, alignment, checking, lubrication, placing in operation, adjustment, and maintenance of equipment and auxiliaries furnished under this Contract, together with its complete parts lists therefore, and copies of shop drawings, certified dimensions drawings and design calculations, required cut sheets, drawings, equipment lists, descriptions, etc. that are required to instruct operation and maintenance personnel unfamiliar with such equipment. C. All such material shall be in addition to any instructions or parts lists packaged with or attached to the equipment when delivered. D. The "final" O&M Manuals shall contain plastic laminated pull-out lubrication and maintenance cards detailing all lubrication points, lubricant type, and frequency of lubrications and all additional required maintenance and frequency intervals. E. In addition to standard O&M Manuals, all manufacturers supplying equipment and products specified herein shall also submit their operation and maintenance manuals and data to the SCADA System Integrator for this Project on CD/DVD/BD's in Corel WordPerfect (latest version), Microsoft Word (latest version), or text, "txt", formats. All graphic files shall be in BMP, PCX, CDR, JPEG, DWG or DXF formats (integrators preference for the system shall be required). All O&M Manual files shall also be submitted electronically on CD/DVD/BD's to the Engineer in both PDF and JPEG formats, no exceptions. F. The SCADA System Integrator shall be responsible to configure and compile the O&M Manuals into "hypertext" window help files for use as computer "on-line" help screens for equipment operation and maintenance. The SCADA System Integrator shall return all hypertext files to the equipment and product manufacturer's for review and approval prior to introducing them into the SCADA System at the treatment facility. 1.06 Special Tools and Spare Parts A. Furnish one (1) complete set of all special tools, including lubricating devices, required for normal operation, adjustment and maintenance of the equipment supplied. All such September 7, 2017 (Addendum No. 4) Aluminum Overhead Coiling Doors Sanford North WRF. Class "A" Bioso/ids Management System - Project Manual 08330-5 tools shall be furnished with a heavy duty, thermoplastic tool chest complete with a padlock and duplicate keys. B. Furnish all required lubricants required for operation and maintenance of the aluminum overhead coiling doors for a period of two (2) years. C. Replacement parts required for normal operation, other than routine maintenance items, shall be provided by the manufacturer to assure uninterrupted operation of the aluminum overhead coiling doors. D. Submit a recommended spare pares list for all aluminum overhead coiling door components to the Engineer for approval during the shop drawings review process. Spare parts shall be properly bound and labeled for easy identification without opening the packaging and suitably protected for long-term storage. 1.07 Warranty A. The Contractor shall furnish the Owner with a two (2) year service/parts warranty as specified in Section 01740, "Warranties and Bonds". B. The aluminum overhead coiling doors shall be unconditionally warranted by the manufacturer's for a period of five (5) years from the date of Final Project Acceptance by the Owner. C. The equipment manufacturer shall guarantee that the equipment furnished is suitable for the purpose intended and free from defects of design, material and workmanship. D. In the event that any equipment fails to perform as specified herein, the equipment manufacturer shall promptly repair or replace the defective equipment at no additional cost to the Owner. E. This warranty is in addition to any other warranty required by the Contract Documents. 2. PRODUCTS 2.01 Aluminum Coiling Doors A. Shall be counterbalanced, overhead coiling type, and shall be designed for use on exterior openings, as indicated on the Contract Drawings. September 7, 2017 (Addendum No. 4) Aluminum Overhead Coiling Doors Sanford North WRF: Class "A" Biosolids Management System - Project Manual 08330-6 B. Doors shall be operated automatically by an electric operator/motor with an manual override (hand chain with gear or sprocket reduction operator). C. Doors shall be complete with framing members, guides, hardware, fastenings, operating mechanisms, anchors and accessories. D. Doors shall be surface -mounted type with guides at jambs set back a sufficient distance to provide a clear opening when door is in the "open" position. Exterior doors shall be mounted in accordance with the manufacturers recommendations for the proposed Project application. E. Doors, hardware, and anchors shall be designed to withstand a hurricane force wind of 140 mph without damage to any components. Fabricate interlocking sections with high strength nylon endlocks on alternate slats each secured with two inch rivets. Provide wind/ocks as required to meet the specified wind load. 2.02 Materials A. Aluminum Alloy for Curtains 1. ASTM B-221, Alloy 6063-T5 for extrusion. ASTM B-209, alloy and temper best suited for the purpose for aluminum sheets and strips (16 gauge min. thickness). 2. The door (slats and hood) shall have a bronze anodized finish. B. Weatherstripping 1. A replaceable, 3-point, compressible vinyl gasket extending into the guides (bottom bar). 2. Provide a continuous neoprene rubber piece fastened to the inside of the hood and contacting the top of the curtain thus forming a seal. C. Bottom Bar 1. Extruded aluminum shall be used up to a door width of 15 feet - 4 inches. 2. Two structural steel angles shall be used on doors with widths over 16 4" wide. The angles shall be galvanized steel. September 7, 2017 (Addendum No. 4) Aluminum Overhead Coiling Doors Sanford North WRF. Class `A" Biosolids Management System - Project Manual 08330-7 D. Guides 1. Roll -formed steel shapes attached to continuous steel wall angle shall be standard for doors up to 15"- 4" wide. 2. Three (3) structural steel angles with a minimum thickness of 3/16-inch shall be used for doors over 15"- 4" wide. 3. Provide windlock bars of the same material when windlocks are required to meet the specified wind load. E. Brackets 1. Fabricate from galvanized steel plate with permanently lubricated ball or roller bearings at rotating support points to support the counterbalance shaft assembly and form end closures. F. Counterbalance Shaft Assembl Oil -tempered, heat treated steel helical torsion spring assembly designed for the proper balance of the door to ensure that the maximum effort to operate will not exceed twenty-five pounds (25 lb). Provide wheel for applying and adjusting spring torque. 2. The counterbalance shall be housed in a steel tube or pipe barrel, supporting the curtain with deflection limited to 0.03 inches per foot of span. 3. The counterbalance shall be adjustable by means of an adjusting tension wheel. G. Hood 1. Provide an aluminum hood with reinforced top and bottom edges. Provide intermediate support brackets as required to prevent excessive sag. H. Weather/Sensing Edge 1. Provide an automatic reversing control by an automatic sensing switch within a neoprene or rubber astragal extending the full width of the door bottom bar. I. Electric Motor Operation 1. Provide a UL listed, industrial duty, belt drive type, jackshaft type, 480-volt, 3-phase, electric operator. The electric door motor/operator shall be of the size and capacity September 7, 2017 (Addendum No. 4) Aluminum Overhead Coiling Doors Sanford North WRF. Class `A" Biosolids Management System - Project Manual 08330-8 recommended by the door manufacturer for the conditions specified herein. The unit shall be complete with an electric motor and factory pre -wired motor controls, positive locking mechanical brake, emergency manual chain hoist, and operator control stations. 2. The motor shall be of the high starting torque, continuous duty, industrial type, protected against overload by a current sensing or thermal overload device. 3. Primary speed reduction shall be heavy duty 5L V-belt and sprocket double reduced secondary providing mechanical braking to hold the door in any position. The operator shall be equipped with an adjustable friction clutch and floor level disconnect and emergency manual chain hoist assembly, an output and door driven sprocket shall be provided with the operator. 4. The operator shall be capable of driving the door, in either direction, from any position, at a speed of 8 to 9 inches per second. A fully adjustable, driven linear type limit switch mechanism shall synchronize the operator with the door. Low friction nylon limit nuts fitted on threaded steel shaft, rotating on oilite self-lubricating bronze bushings shall be provided. The motor shall be removable with affecting the limit switch settings. 5. Automatic Operator Controls a. A push-button and key operated control station shall be provided for each door with open, close, and stop buttons (NEMA 4). b. The control station shall be mounted inside the building; with a surface/flush mounting, at the locations to be designated by the Owner and Engineer. 6. Special Operator Controls a. Radio control operation shall also be provided for operation of the door. Three (3) door remotes, programmed and ready for operation, shall be provided to the Owner. b. Explosion and dust ignition proof control wiring shall be provided. 7. Manual Operation a. A chain hoist, with gear or sprocket reduction operator, shall be provided as specified herein. September 7, 2017 (Addendum No. 4) Aluminum Overhead Coiling Doors Sanford North WRF. Class "A" Biosolids Management System - Project Manual 08330-9 J. Locking Mechanism 1. Masterkeyable cylinder operable from both sides of the bottom bar. 2. Chain keeper locks for chain hoist operation shall be provided. 3. Provide interlock switches on motor operated units. K. Anchors 1. All anchors (size, type material) for installation of the aluminum overhead coiling doors shall be the standard of the aluminum overhead coiling door manufacturer for the type and weight of door to be installed as part of this Project and shall be corrosion resistant. L. Fasteners 1. All fasteners (size, type material) for installation of the aluminum overhead coiling doors shall be the standard of the aluminum overhead coiling door manufacturer for the type and weight of door to be installed as part of this Project and shall be corrosion resistant. M. Structural Steel 1. All structural steel for installation of the aluminum overhead coiling doors shall by ASTM A-36, hot -dipped galvanized. 2.03 Fabrication A. Curtains 1. Shall be formed on interlocking anodized aluminum slats of shapes standard with the manufacturer, except that slats for exterior doors shall be flat type. 2. Curtains shall roll up on a barrel supported at head of opening on brackets and be balanced by a helical torsion spring assembly system in the barrel. 3. The assembled and installed door shall be able to withstand a hurricane force wind of 140 mph. The slats shall be 16 gauge, minimum. September 7, 2017 (Addendum No. 4) Aluminum Overhead Coiling Doors Sanford North WRF. Class "A" Biosolids Management System - Project Manual 08330-10 B. Endlocks and Windlocks 1. Both ends of each slat or each alternate slat shall be fitted with endlocks. In addition to endlocks, exterior doors shall have windlocks or integral slat lugs of manufacturer's standard design at ends of at least every sixth slat. 2. Windlocks of lugs shall prevent the curtain from leaving the guide because of deflection from wind pressure or other forces. C. Bottom Bar 1. The bottom of the curtain shall be reinforced with the T-shaped extruded aluminum section for door widths up to 164". For door widths greater than 15'-4", two galvanized steel angles shall be utilized. 2. In addition, exterior doors shall have a compressible and replaceable vinyl weather seal. D. Guides 1. Steel structural shapes or formed steel shapes fastened to the wall with steel shapes not less than 3/16-inch thick. Guides shall be of sufficient depth or shall incorporate a steel locking bar to retain the curtain in place under the wind pressure specified. 2. Provide continuous vinyl weather seals on guides at exterior doors. Securely attach guides to adjoining construction with not less than 3/8-inch diameter bolts, placed near each end and not over twenty-four (24) inches apart. E. Barrel 1. Steel pipe or commercial welded steel tubing, galvanized, of proper diameter and thickness for the size of curtain. Deflection shall not exceed diameter and thickness for the size of curtain. 2. Deflections shall not exceed 0.03 inches per foot of span. 3. Close the ends of barrel with cast-iron plugs, machined to fit the pipe and either pinned or attached with screws in the spring barrel, except that drive end plug may be steel welded in place. Welding shall not be used on the tension end. Install within the barrel and oil -tempered, stress relieved, helical, counterbalancing steel spring having a 25% safety factor, and capable of producing sufficient torque to assure easy operation of the door curtain from any position. September 7, 2017 (Addendum No. 4) Aluminum Overhead Coiling Doors Sanford North WRF: Class "A" Biosolids Management System - Project Manual 08330-11 4. At least eighty percent (80%) of the door weight shall be counterbalanced at any position. The spring -tension shall be adjustable without removing the hood. F. Brackets 1. Fabricated of galvanized steel plate to support the barrel, curtain, and operator and to form a supporting ring and end closure for the hood. 2. Provide a weather baffle at the lintel or inside the hood or each exterior door. G. Locking Device 1. For each manually operated exterior rolling door provide manufacturer's standard chain or bar type locking device on the inside. 2. The locking device shall be of type capable of receiving a padlock with a 5/16inch diameter shackle. 2.04 Automatic Reversing Control A. Furnish each door with an automatic safety switch, extending full width of door bottom, and located within a U-shaped vinyl astragal mounted to the bottom door rail. B. Contact with switch before fully closing will immediately stop the downward travel and reverse direction to the fully opened position. Connect to the control circuit through a retracting safety cord and reel. 2.05 Manual Operation A. Manual Hand -Chain Operation 1. Provide a galvanized, endless chain operating over a sprocket and extending to within three (3) feet of the floor. Obtain reduction by use of roller chain and sprocket drive or suitable gearing. 2. Gears shall be high-grade gray iron, cast from machine -cut patterns. The pull required to operate the door shall not exceed twenty-five (25) pounds. September 7, 2017 (Addendum No. 4) Aluminum Overhead Coiling Doors Sanford North WRI=: Class `A" Biosolids Management System - Project Manual 08330-12 2.06 Ferrous Metal Finishes A. All steel and cast iron materials used in the manufacture of the door and frame shall be hot -dip galvanized after fabrication and machining. B. All ferrous surfaces exposed to view (including galvanized) except working parts of machinery or bearing surfaces shall receive one (1) shop coat of "rust inhibitive" metal primer compatible with the finish coating system in Specification Section 09900, Painting". C. Finish paint in the field as specified in Section 09900, "Painting". 2.07 Aluminum Finishes A. Comply with the NAAMM "Metal Finishes Manual" for recommendations relative to application and designations of finishes. B. Finish designations prefixed by "AK conform to the system established by the Aluminum Association for designating aluminum finishes. C. High -Performance Organic Coating 1. AA-Cl2C42R1 x (Chemical Finish: cleaned with inhibited chemicals; chemical finish; chemical conversion coating, acid chromate -fluoride -phosphate pretreatment; Organic Coating: as specified below). 2. Prepare, pretreat, and apply coating to exposed metal surfaces to comply with coating and resin manufacturer's instructions. 3. KYNAR-500 Fluoropolymer 3-Coat System a. Manufacturer's standard 3-coat thermocured system, complying with AAMA 605.2, composed of specially formulated inhibitive primerand fluorocarbon color topcoat containing not less than seventy percent (70%) polyvinyldene fluoride resin by weight. b. The color shall be selected by the Engineer from manufacturer's standard colors. September 7, 2017 (Addendum No. 4) Aluminum Overhead Coiling Doors Sanford North WRF. Class "A" Biosolids Management System - Project Manual 08330-13 3. EXECUTION 3.01 Preparation A. Coordination and Measurements 1. Measurements shall be taken at the at each door location to assure proper erection of the work. The Contractor shall be responsible for checking in the field all dimensions, whether or not shown on the Drawings, upon which the accurate fitting together and installation of the door may depend, or which would affect the proper operation of the door. 2. The Contractor shall examine the conditions of substrates, supports, and other conditions under which this Work is to be performed. Verify that conditions are in accordance with the shop drawings. B. Do not proceed with any work until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. C. Commencement of work by the installer shall mean acceptance of the substrate. 3.02 Installation A. Install aluminum overhead coiling doors in accordance with the instructions and recommendations of the manufacturer and in such a manner that will prevent damage or deformation. Doors shall be delivered, stored and handled in accordance with Article 1.04, "Product Delivery, Storage and Handling", herein. B. Doors shall be installed plumb, level and true to line in accordance with the details shown on the approved shop drawings. Hardware shall be applied and adjusted to achieve quiet and smooth operation. C. Install the doors securely in appropriate frames, and adjusted for proper operation without sticking or binding. D. Install door and operating equipment complete with necessary hardware, jamb, and head mold strips, anchors, inserts, hangers, and equipment supports in accordance with approved shop drawings, manufacturer's instructions, and as specified herein. E. Instruct the Owner's personnel in the proper operating procedures and maintenance schedule. September 7, 2017 (Addendum No. 4) Aluminum Overhead Coiling Doors Sanford North WRP Class `A" Biosolids Management System - Project Manual 08330-14 3.03 Adjusting and Cleaning A. Upon completion of installation including work by other trades, lubricate, test and adjust doors to operate easily, free from warp, twist or distortion and fitting weathertight for the entire perimeter. B. Clean exposed surfaces using non-abrasive materials and the methods recommended by the manufacturer of the material or product being cleaned. C. Touch-up damaged coatings and finishes and repair minor damage. Remove all surplus materials and debris from the site. END OF SECTION September 7, 2017 (Addendum No. 4) Aluminum Overhead Coiling Doors Sanford North WRF. Class "A" Biosolids Management System - Project Manual 08520-1 SECTION 08520 ALUMINUM WINDOWS 1. GENERAL 1.01 Description A. This section includes providing all labor, materials and equipment necessary to install heavy commercial -grade aluminum window units of the performance class in the locations shown on the Contract Drawings and/or specified herein. Window types include, as identified on the Contract Drawings, the following: 1. Fixed windows. B. All window units shall be constructed of tubular aluminum sections, shop fabricated, factory finished, with vision glass, related flashings, anchorage and attachment devices. C. Related Work Described Elsewhere 1. Related work specified elsewhere includes: Caulkinq and Sealants Glass and Glazing 1.02 System Performance Requirements A. Provide aluminum window units that comply with performance requirements specified, as demonstrated by testing manufacturer's corresponding stock systems according to test methods indicated. July 29, 2017 Aluminum Windows Sanford North WRF. Class `A" Biosolids Management System - Project Manual 08520-2 B. Design and size components to withstand dead and live loads caused by positive and negative wind pressure acting normal to the plane of the wall in accordance with the Florida Building Code, all applicable codes and as measured in accordance with ASTM E-330. C. Limit member deflection to the flexure limit of the glass or 1/250 (0.4%); with full recovery of the glazing materials, whichever is less. D. Comply with structural performance, air infiltration, and water penetration requirements indicated in AAMA 101 for the type, grade, and performance class of window units required. E. The aluminum windows, frames and glazing materials shall be able to withstand hurricane force winds up to 140 mph without damage or failure. Where the required design pressure exceeds the minimum for the specified window grade, complywith requirements of AAMA 101, Section 3, "Optional Performance Classes" for higher than minimum performance class. F. Heights of window units above grade at the window centerline are indicated or can be determined from the Contract Drawings. G. The window systems shall accommodate, without damage to components or deterioration of seals, movement between the window and perimeter framing, and deflection of lintel. H. Provide window units with no failure or permanent deflection in excess of 0.4% of any member's span after removal of the imposed load, for a positive (inward) and negative outward) test pressure of 30 Ib#t2. I. Limit air filtration (leakage). J. Provide units with air infiltration rate of not more than 0.11 cfm/ft of operable sash joint for an inward test pressure of 6.24 Ib#t2. K. Provide units with no water penetration in accordance with ASTM E-331 as defined in the test method at an inward test pressure of 15 percent of the design pressure. L. Provide units that have been tested for thermal performance in accordance with AAMA 1503.1 showing a condensation resistance factor (CRF) of not less than 45. M. Provide window units that comply with the requirements for Forced -Entry Resistance, Performance Level 10, when tested in accordance with ASTM F-588. N. Fabricate aluminum window units that have been certified to provide a Sound Transmission Class (STC) rating of at least 40 when tested in accordance with ASTM E-90 and classified according to ASTM E-413. July 29, 2017 Aluminum Windows Sanford North WRF: Class `A" Biosolids Management System - Project Manual 08520-3 O. All exterior windows shall have a deep, dark, colored tinting to reduce the transmission of heat and UV energy into the buildings to which they are to be installed. 1.03 Submittals A. Submit shop drawings to the Engineer, as provided in Section 00700, "General Conditions", Section 00800, "Supplementary Conditions", Section 00805, "FDEP Supplementary Conditions" and in accordance with Section 01300, "Shop Drawings, Submittal and Sample". B. All materials specified shall be certified by the producer or manufacturer that the furnished material meets the specific requirements of the Contract Documents. C. Submit product data for each type of window required, including, but not limited to, the following: 1. Construction details and fabrication methods. 2. Profiles and dimensions of individual components. 3. Data on hardware, accessories, and finishes. 4. Recommendations for maintenance and cleaning of exterior surfaces. D. Submit shop drawings for each type of window required. Include information not fully detailed in the manufacturer's standard product data and the following: 1. Schedule showing the location and size of each window. 2. Details of window and frame construction along with metal gauges and fasteners. 3. Layout and installation details, including anchorage. 4. Elevations of continuous work at 1/4-inch scale and typical window unit elevations at %-inch scale along with detailed cross references. 5. Full-size section details of typical composite members, including reinforcement. 6. Hardware details, including operators, and all required reinforcement. 7. Glazing and weatherstripping details. 8. Accessories. July 29, 2017 Aluminum Windows Sanford North WRF. Class `A" Biosolids Management System - Project Manual 08520-4 E. Calculations by a professional civil or structural engineer, registered in the State of Florida, showing that the window, window walls, entrances, and storefront systems and their structural connections are designed to meet the code requirements, the design requirements herein and the loads associated with hurricane force winds up to 140 mph. F. Submit samples of each specified finish on 12 inch -long sections of window members for initial color selection. Where finishes involve normal color variations, include sample sets showing the full range of variations expected. G. The Engineer reserves the right to require additional samples for verification purposes, that show fabrication techniques and workmanship, and design of hardware and accessories. H. Provide certification by a recognized independent testing laboratory or agency showing that each type, grade, and size of window unit complies with performance requirements indicated. 1.04 Quality Assurance A. Installer Qualificatio 1. Engage an experienced Installer, who has at least five (5) years experience in this field, who has completed installation of aluminum windows similar in design and extent to those required for the Project and whose work has resulted in construction with a record of successful in-service performance. B. Single -Source Responsibility 1. Provide aluminum window units from one source and produced by a single manufacturer. C. Design Concept 1. The Contract Drawings indicate the size, profiles, and dimensional requirements of the aluminum window types required. 2. Aluminum windows by other manufacturers maybe considered provided deviations in dimensions and profiles are minor and do not change the design concept as judged by the Engineer and Owner. The burden of proof of equality is on the Proposer. July 29, 2017 Aluminum Windows Sanford North WRF: Class `A" Biosolids Management System - Project Manual 08520-5 D. Standards 1. Requirements for aluminum windows, terminology and standards of performance, and fabrication workmanship are those specified and recommended in AAMA 101 and applicable general recommendations published by AAMA. 2 Unless otherwise indicated, all materials, workmanship and practices shall conform to the latest revision of the following codes, specifications and standards, except where more stringent requirements are shown or specified: AAMA 101 Specifications for Aluminum Prime Windows and Sliding Glass Doors AAMA 603.8 Performance Requirements and Test Procedures for Pigmented Organic Coatings on Extruded Aluminum AAMA 605.2 Specifications for High Performance Organic Coatings on Architectural Extrusions and Panels AAMA 606.1 Specifications and Inspection Methods for Integral Color Anodic Finishes for Architectural Aluminum AAMA 607.1 Specifications and Inspection Methods for Clear Anodic Finishes for Architectural Aluminum AAMA 608.1 Specifications and Inspection Methods for Electrolytically Deposited Color Anodic American Society Finishes for Architectural Aluminum for Materials ASTM A-386 Testing iand (ASTM) Zinc Coating (Hot Dip) on Assembled Steel Products ASTM B-209 Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum -Alloy Sheet and Plate ASTM B-221 Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum -Alloy Extruded Bars, Rods, Wire, Profiles, and Tubes ASTM E-283 Standard Test Method for Determining Rate ofAirLeakage Through Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, and Doors Under Specified Pressure Differences Across the Specimen ASTM E-330 Standard Test Method for Structural Performance of Exterior Windows, Doors, Skylights and Curtain Walls by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference ASTM E-331 Standard Test Method for Water Penetration of Exterior Windows, Skylights, Doors, and Curtain Walls by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference July 29, 2017 Aluminum Windows Sanford North WRF. Class `A" Biosolids Management System - Project Manual 08520-6 1.05 Project Conditions A. Field Measurements 1. Check actual window openings by accurate field measurement before fabrication. Show all recorded measurements on the final shop drawings. 2. Coordinate the fabrication schedule with the construction progress to avoid any delay in the Project Work. 1.06 Delivery, Storage, and Handling A. Deliver aluminum windows and all components in the manufacturer's original protective packaging. B. Protect the aluminum windows and components from damage during delivery, storage and handling. Clearly mark the manufacturer's brand name and all identification details on the packaging in indelible ink. C. Store aluminum windows and components in a clean dry location with adequate ventilation, free from dust and water, and in such a manner as to permit access for inspection and handling. D. Stack all components in a manner that will prevent bending and avoid significant or permanent damage. E. Handle all window components carefully to prevent damage. Remove damaged items that cannot be restored to a "like -new" condition and provide new items at no additional cost to the Owner. 1.07 Warranty A. Aluminum Window Warranty 1. Submit a written warranty, executed by the window manufacturer, agreeing to repair or replace window units that fail in materials or workmanship within the specified warranty period. Failures include, but are not necessarily limited to, the following: a. Structural failures including excessive deflection, excessive leakage, or air infiltration. b. Faulty operation of sash and hardware. July 29, 2017 Aluminum Windows Sanford North WRF: Class "A" Bioso/ids Management System - Project Manual 08520-7 c. Deterioration of metals, metal finishes, and other materials beyond normal weathering. 2. The warranty shall be for a period of ten (10) years from the date of Final Project Acceptance by the Owner. B. The warranty shall not deprive the Owner of other rights or remedied that the Owner may have under other provisions of the Contract Documents and is in addition to, and runs concurrent with, other warranties made by the Contractor under requirements of the Contract Documents. 2. PRODUCTS 2.01 Acceptable Manufacturers A. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products of one of the following: 1. Alenco, Division of Redman Industries, Inc. 2. Capitol Products Corporation. 3. Kawneer Company. 4. Or approved equal. 2.02 Materials A. Aluminum Extrusions 1. Provide the aluminum alloy and temper (6063 T5) recommended by the window manufacturer for the strength, corrosion resistance, and application of required finish, but not less than 22,000 psi ultimate tensile strength, 16,000 psi yield strength, and not less than 0.062 inch thick at any location for the main frame and sash members. B. Fasteners 1. Provide non-magnetic stainless steel or aluminum fasteners that are compatible with aluminum window members, trim, hardware, anchors, and other components of the window units. July 29, 2017 Aluminum Windows Sanford North WRF: Class "A" Biosolids Management System - Project Manual 08520-8 2. Reinforcement a. Where fasteners screw -anchor into aluminum less than 0.125 inch thick, reinforce the interior with aluminum or non-magnetic stainless steel to receive screw threads or provide standard non -corrosive pressed -in splined grommet nuts. 3. Exposed Fasteners a. Except where unavoidable for application of hardware, do not use exposed fasteners. b. For application of hardware, use fasteners that match the finish of the member or hardware being fastened, as appropriate. C. Frames and Sills 1. Frames shall have a 2'/2-inches deep profile with applied aluminum glass stops. 2. Sills shall be fabricated of extruded aluminum; sloped for positive wash; shall fit under the sash to'/4-inch beyond the wall face; and shall be one piece extending the full width of the opening. D. Anchors, Clips, and Window Accessories 1. Fabricate anchors, clips, and window accessories of aluminum or non-magnetic stainless steel. 2. Provide sufficient strength to withstand the design pressure and hurricane force winds indicated. E. Glass and Glazing Materials 1. Glass in exterior windows shall have a deep, dark, colored tinting and emissivity coating to reduce the transmission of heat and UV energy into the buildings to which they are to be installed. 2. The Contractor shall refer to Section 08800, "Glazing" for additional information. F. Compression -Type Glazing Strips and Weatherstripping 1. Unless otherwise indicated, and at the manufacturer's option, provide compressible stripping for glazing and weatherstripping such as molded EPDM or neoprene gaskets complying with AAMA SG-1 or with ASTM D-2000 Designation 2BC415 to July 29, 2017 Aluminum Windows Sanford North WRF. Class `A" Biosolids Management System - Project Manual 08520-9 3BC620, or molded PVC gaskets complying with ASTM D-2287, or molded expanded EPDM or neoprene gaskets complying with ASTM C-509, Grade 4. G. Sliding -Type Weatherstripping 1. Provide woven pile weatherstripping of wool, polypropylene, or nylon pile and resin -impregnated backing fabric. Comply with AAMA 701.2. H. Sealants 1. For sealants required within fabricated window units, provide the type recommended by the manufacturer for joint size and movement. The sealant shall remain permanently elastic, non -shrinking, and non -migrating. Comply with Section 07900, "Caulking and Sealants" of these specifications for selection and installation of sealants. I. Wire Fabric Insect Screen 1. Provide 18 by 18, 18 by 16, or 18 by 14 mesh of 0.013-inch diameter coated aluminum wire mesh, complying with FS RR-W-365, Type VII, where indicated. 2.03 Hardware A. Provide the manufacturer's standard hardware fabricated from aluminum, stainless steel, or other corrosion -resistant material compatible with aluminum and of sufficient strength to perform the function for which it is intended. B. Project Sash Arms 1. Cadmium plated steel, friction pivot joints with nylon bearings and removable pivot clips for cleaning. C. Sash lock shall be a lever handle with cam lock. 2.04 Accessories A. Provide the manufacturer's standard accessories that comply with indicated standards. B. Insect Screens 1. Provide insect screens for each operable exterior sash or ventilator. July 29, 2017 Aluminum Windows Sanford North WRF. Class "A" Biosolids Management System - Project Manual 08520-10 2. Locate screens on the inside or outside of the window sash or ventilator, depending upon window type. 3. Design windows and hardware to accommodate screens in a tightfitting removable arrangement, with a minimum of exposed fasteners and latches. 4. Fabricate screen frames of tubular -shaped extruded or formed aluminum members of 0.040-inch maximum wall thickness, with mitered or coped joints and concealed mechanical fasteners. Finish frames to match window units. Fit frame with four spring loaded steel pin retainers. 5. Provide removable PVC spline -anchor concealing the edge of the screen frame. C. Weatherstripping 1. Provide sliding -type weatherstripping where sash rails slide horizontally or vertically along the unit frame. Provide compression -type weatherstripping at the perimeter of each operating sash where sliding type is not appropriate. 2. Provide weatherstripping locked in to extruded grooves in the sash. D. Window Grade and Class 1. Provide window units that comply with requirements of AAMA Grade and Performance Class HC40, including vertical deflection test, hardware load test, and torsion test performance requirements specified in AAMA 101. 2.05 Horizontal Sliding Windows A. Provide window units that comply with requirements of AAMA Grade and Performance Class HC40, including operating force and deglazing test requirements specified in AAMA 101. B. Provide window units with sash that can be removed from the inside for cleaning. C. Hardware 1. Provide the following operating equipment and hardware: a. Sash Rollers: Nylon rollers. b. Sash Lock: Cam action sweep sash lock and keeper at meeting rails. July 29, 2017 Aluminum Windows Sanford North WRF. Class "A" Biosolids Management System - Project Manual 08520-11 2.06 Top -Hinged Windows A. Provide window units that comply with requirements of AAMA Grade and Performance Class HC40. Window units shall successfully pass the following test requirements as specified in AAMA 101: 1. Hold -open arm or stay bar load test. 2. Torsion test. 3. Horizontal concentrated load test. 4. Vertical concentrated test. 2.07 Fixed Windows A. Provide window units that comply with requirements of AAMA Grade and Performance Class HC40. 2.08 Fabrication A. General 1. Fabricate aluminum window units to comply with the indicated standards. Include a complete system for assembly of components and anchorage of window units. a. Provide units that are re-glazable without dismantling sash or ventilator framing. b. Prepare window sash or ventilators for glazing except where pre -glazing at the factory is indicated. 2. Fabricate components with minimum clearances and shim spacing around the perimeter of the assembly, yet enabling installation and dynamic movement of the perimeter seal. 3. Accurately fit and secure joints and corners. Make joints flush, hairline and weatherproof. 4. Prepare components to receive anchor devices. Fabricate anchors. 5. Arrange fasteners and attachments to ensure concealment from view July 29, 2017 Aluminum Windows Sanford North WRF. Class "A" Biosolids Management System - Project Manual 08520-12 6. Prepare components with internal reinforcement for operating hardware. 7. Provide internal reinforcement in mullions with non -corrosive structural members to maintain rigidity. 8. Permit internal drainage weep holes and channels to migrate moisture to the exterior. Provide internal drainage of glazing spaces to the exterior through weep holes. 9. Assemble insect screens of rolled aluminum rectangular screen sections. Miter and reinforce the frame corners. Fit mesh taught in frame into the frame and secure. Fit frame with four spring loaded steel pin retainers. 10. Double weatherstrip operable units. 11. Factory glaze window units. B. Thermal -Break Construction 1. Fabricate window units with an integral concealed low conductance thermal barrier, located between exterior materials and window members exposed on the interior, in a manner that eliminates direct metal -to -metal contact. 2. Provide thermal -break construction that has been in use for not less than three (3) years, has been tested to demonstrate resistance to thermal conductance and condensation, and has been tested to show adequate strength and security of glass retention. 3. Provide hardware with low conductivity or nonmetallic material for hardware bridging thermal breaks at frame or vent sash. 4. Provide weepholes and internal passages to conduct infiltrating water to the exterior. 5. Provide water -shed members above side -hinged ventilators and similar lines of natural water penetration. 6. Provide subframes with anchors for window units, where shown, of profile and dimensions indicated but not less than 0.062-inch-thick extruded aluminum. Miter or cope corners, and weld and dress smooth with concealed mechanical joint fasteners. Finish to match window units. 7. Provide mullions and cover plates, matching window units, complete with anchors for support to the structure and installation of the window units. Allow for erection July 29, 2017 Aluminum Windows Sanford North WRF. Class "A" Biosolids Management System - Project Manual 08520-13 tolerances and provide for movement of window units due to thermal expansion and building deflections, in the manner indicated. 8. Provide screw -applied or snap -on glazing stops, coordinated with the glass selection and glazing system indicated. Finish glazing stops to match window units. C. Pre -glaze window units at the factory where possible and practical for applications indicated. Comply with glass and glazing requirements of Section 08800, "Glazing", of these specifications and AAMA 101. 2.09 Finishes A. Comply with the NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products" for recommendations relative to applying and designating finishes. B. Finish designations prefixed by AA conform to the system established by the Aluminum Association for designating aluminum finishes. C. High -Performance Organic Coating 1. AA-C12C42R1x (Chemical Finish: cleaned with inhibited chemicals; Chemical Finish: chemical conversion coating, acid chromate -fluoride -phosphate pretreatment; Organic Coating: as specified below). Prepare, pretreat, and apply coating to exposed metal surfaces to comply with coating and resin manufacturer's instructions. 2. KYNAR-500 Fluoropolymer 2-Coat Coating System a. Manufacturer's standard 2-coat thermocured system, complying with AAMA 605.2, composed of specially formulated inhibitive primer and fluorocarbon color topcoat containing not less than seventy percent (70%) polyvinyldene fluoride resin by weight. 3. The color shall be as selected by the Engineer and Owner from manufacturer's standard colors. D. Appearance of Finished Work 1. Variations in appearance of abutting or adjacent pieces are acceptable if they are within one-half of the range of approved samples. July 29, 2017 Aluminum Windows Sanford North WRF. Class "A" Biosolids Management System - Project Manual 08520-14 2. Noticeable variations in the same piece are not acceptable. Variations in appearance of other components are acceptable if they are within the range of approved samples and are assembled or installed to minimize contrast. 3. EXECUTION 3.01 Inspection A. Inspect all openings before beginning installation. B. Verify that rough or masonry opening is correct and the sill plate is level. C. Masonry surfaces shall be visibly dry and free of excess mortar, sand, and other construction debris. 3.02 Installation A. Install window frames, glass and glazing, operators and hardware, and all other components in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. B. Attach window frame and shims to the perimeter opening to accommodate construction tolerances and other irregularities. C. Set window units plumb, level, and true to line, without warp or rack of frames or sash. Maintain dimensional tolerances, aligning with adjacent work. Provide proper support and anchor securely in place. D. Separate aluminum and other corrodible surfaces from sources of corrosion or electrolytic action at points of contact with other materials by complying with the requirements specified under the paragraph entitled "Dissimilar Materials" in the Appendix to AAMA 101. E. Set sill members and other members in a bed of compound or with joint fillers or gaskets, as shown, to provide weathertight construction. Refer to Section 07900, Caulking and Sealants" for compounds, fillers, and gaskets to be installed concurrently with window units. Coordinate installation with wall flashings and other components of the work. F. Install perimeter sealant by the method required to achieve the performance criteria. July 29, 2017 Aluminum Windows Sanford North WRR Class "A" Biosolids Management System - Project Manual 08520-15 G. Tolerances 1. The maximum variation from level or plumb shall not exceed 0.06 inches every three (3) feet, non -cumulative; or 0.5 inches per 100 feet; whichever is less. 3.03 Adjusting A. Adjust operating sash and hardware to provide a tight fit at contact points and at weatherstripping. B. Adjust operating hardware for smooth operation and a weathertight closure. 3.04 Cleaning A. Clean glass promptly after installation of the windows and in accordance with the manufacturers recommendations. B. Remove any protective material from pre -finished aluminum surfaces. C. Clean aluminum surfaces promptly after installation of the windows. Use cleaning agents and materials recommended by the manufacturer. Exercise care to avoid damage to protective coatings and finishes. D. Remove excess glazing and sealant compounds, dirt and other substances. Lubricate hardware and other moving parts. E. Trademarks, nameplates or similar items shall not be visible nor attached to the installation. 3.05 Testing and Protection A. After completion of the installation, the window units shall be tested for water leaks. B. Provide final protection and maintain conditions in a manner acceptable to the manufacturer and installer. C. Ensure window systems are without damage or deterioration at the time of Final Project Acceptance by the Owner. END OF SECTION July 29, 2017 Aluminum Windows Sanford North WRF. Class "A" Biosolids Management System - Project Manual 08800-1 SECTION 08800 GLASS AND GLAZING 1. GENERAL 1.01 Description of the Work A. Furnish all labor, materials and equipment for the complete installation of the glass and glazing work as indicated on the Contract Drawings and as specified herein. B. Glass includes prime glass, processed glass and fabricated glass products. Glazing includes glass installation and materials used to install glass. This Section includes glazing for the following products, including those specified in other Sections where glazing requirements are specified by reference to this Section: 1. Window units. 2. Vision lites. 3. Glazed curtain walls. 4. Entrances and other doors. C. All exterior glass and glazing systems shall be designed to withstand wind and pressure loadings (internal and external) from hurricane force winds up to 140 mph. All exterior windows shall have new, "impact resistant glazing" (large missile). D. Related Work Specified Elsewhere 1. Related work specified elsewhere includes: Aluminum Doors and Frames Aluminum windows July 29, 2017 Glass and Glazing Sanford North WRF: Class "A" Biosolids Management System - Project Manual 08800-2 1.02 Definitions A. The term "manufacturer" is used in this Section to refer to a firm that produces primary glass or fabricated glass as defined in the referenced glazing standard. B. Deterioration of Coated Glass 1. Defects developed from normal use that are attributed to the manufacturing process and not to causes other than glass breakage and practices for maintaining and cleaning coated glass contrary to manufacturer's directions. 2. Defects include peeling, cracking, and other indications of deterioration in metallic coating. C. Deterioration of Insulated Glass 1. Failure of the hermetic seal under normal use due to causes other than glass breakage and improper practices for maintaining, and cleaning insulating glass. 2. Evidence of failure is the obstruction of vision by dust, moisture, or film on the interior surfaces of glass. Improper practices for maintaining and cleaning glass do not comply with the manufacturer's directions. D. Deterioration of Laminated Glass Defects developed from normal use that are attributed to the manufacturing process and not to glass breakage and practices for maintaining and cleaning laminated glass contrary to manufacturer's directions. 2. Defects include edge separation, delamination materially obstructing vision through the glass, and blemishes exceeding those allowed by referenced laminated glass standards. 1.03 System Performance Requirements A. Provide glazing systems that are produced, fabricated, and installed to withstand normal thermal movement, wind loading, and impact loading (exterior windows), without failure including loss or glass breakage attributable to defective manufacture, fabrication, and installation; failure of sealants or gaskets to remain watertight and airtight; deterioration of glazing materials; and other defects in construction. B. All exterior windows shall be fabricated with a deep, dark, colored tinting to reduce the transmission of heat and UV energy into the buildings to which they are to be installed. July 29, 2017 Glass and Glazing Sanford North WRF: Class `A" Biosolids Management System - Project Manual 08800-3 C. Cyclical Wind Pressure Loading 1. All glazing assemblies used in this Project are required to have been successfully tested under Protocol PA 203-94, as required by Section 2314.5 of the Florida Building Code. D. Impact Resistance 1. All glazing assemblies are required to have been successfully tested under Protocol PA 201-94, as required by Section 2315 of the Florida Building Code. E. The design wind load criteria to determine impact resistance, and cyclic wind pressure loading adequacy shall be as follows: 1. Design wind speed is to be 140 mph. 2. Assemblies are to be capable of withstanding pressures calculated in accordance with the procedures of ASCE 7-88 using the Florida Building Code's Importance Factor, and Exposure Category. F. Testing Facilities shall be as described in protocol PA 301-94. G. Thermal movement 1. Normal thermal movement results from the following maximum change (range) in ambient and surface temperatures acting on glass -framing members and glazing components. Base engineering calculations on the materials' actual surface temperatures due to both solar heat gain and nighttime sky heat loss. 2. Temperature Change (Range) a. 120OF (670C), ambient. b. 180°F (100°C), material surfaces. H. Glass Design 1. The manufacturer shall determine the required glass thicknesses by analyzing the required Project loads (interior and exterior) and in-service conditions. 2. Provide glass lites for the various size openings in the thicknesses and strengths annealed or heat -treated) to meet or exceed the following criteria: July 29, 2017 Glass and Glazing Sanford North WRF: Class `A" Bioso/ids Management System - Project Manual 08800-4 a. The minimum glass thickness, nominally, of lites in exterior walls shall be 6.0 mm (0.23 inch). b. Tinted and heat -absorbing glass thicknesses for each tint indicated are the same throughout Project. c. The minimum glass thicknesses of lites, whether composed of annealed or heat -treated glass, are selected so the worst -case probability of failure does not exceed the following: 1) 8 lites per 1000 for lites set vertically or not over 150 off vertical and under wind action. Determine minimum thickness of monolithic annealed glass according to ASTM E-1300. For other than monolithic annealed glass, determine the thickness per the glass manufacturer's standard method of analysis including applying adjustment factors to ASTM E-1300 based on the type of glass. 2) 1 lite per 1000 for lites set over 15' off vertical and under action of wind or snow. 1.04 Quality Assurance A. Comply with published recommendations of glass product manufacturers and organizations below, except where more stringent requirements are indicated. B. Comply with the recommendations of the Flat Glass Marketing Association (FGMA) Glazing Manual and Sealant Manual and the Consumer Product Safety Commission's CPSC) 16 CFR, Part 1201, "Safety Standard for Architectural Glazing Materials", except where stringent requirements of glass and glazing terms not otherwise defined in this Section or other referenced standards. C. To ensure quality of appearance and performance, provide materials produced by a single manufacturer/fabricator for each kind and condition of glass indicated and composed of primary glass obtained from a single source for each type and class required. D. Engage a single firm, to assume the undivided responsibility for the glazing task, which can demonstrate not less than five (5) years of successful experience in glazing work similar to the scope and complexity of the work required for this project. E. Unless otherwise indicated, all materials, workmanship and practices shall conform to the latest revision of the following codes, specifications and standards, except where more stringent requirements are shown or specified: July 29, 2017 Glass and Glazing Sanford North WRF. Class `A" Biosolids Management System - Project Manual 08800-5 ASTM C-542 Standard Specification for Lock -Strip Gaskets ASTM C-716 Standard Specification for Installing Lock -Strip Gaskets and Infill Glazing Materials Standard Specification for Dense Elastomeric Compression Seal Gaskets, SettingASTMC-864 Blocks, and Spacers ASTM C-920 Standard Specification for Elastomeric Joint Sealants ASTM C-1036 Standard Specification for Flat Glass ASTM C-1048 Standard Specification for Heat -Treated Flat Glass - Kind HS, Kind FT Coated and Uncoated Glass ASTM C-1115 Standard Specification for Dense Elastomeric Silicone Rubber Gaskets and Accessories ASTM C-1172 Standard Specification for Laminated Architectural Flat Glass ASTM E-774 Standard Specification for the Classification of the Durability of Sealed Insulating Glass Federalp. Units DD-G-451 General Glass Standard DD-G-140313 Tempered Glass Standard TT-S-00230C Sealing Compound, Elastomeric Type, Single Component July 29, 2017 Glass and Glazing Sanford North WRF: Class "A"Biosolids Management System - Project Manual 08800-6 F. Safety Glass 1. Products complying with ANSI Z97.1 and testing requirements of the CPSC's 16 CFR, Part 1201, for Category 11 materials. 2. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide safety glass permanently marked with certification label of the Safety Glazing Certification Council (SGCC) or other certification agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. G. Mirror Glass 1. Comply with the recommendations of the National Association of Mirror Manufacturers (NAMM) in their publication "Tips for the Professional on the Care and Handling of Mirrors". 2. Where safety glass mirrors are indicated or required by authorities having jurisdiction, provide the types of products indicated which comply with ANSI Z97.1 and the testing requirements of CPSC's 16 CFR, Part 1201 for Category II materials. 3. Submit mirror mastic products to the manufacturer of protective organic coatings for testing by the coating manufacturer's standard test method to determine compatibility of the adhesive with the mirror coating. 4. Submit twelve (12) inch square samples of each type of mirror glass required, including edge treatment on two adjoining edges of samples. 5. Submit certificates from respective manufacturer's attesting that mirror products furnished for the Project comply with the requirements. 6. Submit mirror mastic -glass coating compatibility test reports, including the organic productive coating manufacturers findings and recommendations. H. Insulating Glass Certification Program 1. Provide insulating glass units permanently marked either on spacers or at least one component lite of units with appropriate certification label of inspecting and testing agency indicated below: a. Insulating Glass Certification Council (IGCC) b. Associated Laboratories c. National Certified Testing Laboratories (NCTL). July 29, 2017 Glass and Glazing Sanford North WRF. Class `A" Biosolids Management System - Project Manual 08800-7 Glazier Qualifications 1. Engage an experienced glazier who has completed glazing similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for Project with a record of successful in-service performance. J. Preconstruction Compatibility and Adhesion Testing Submit preparation data that is based on previous testing of current sealant products for adhesion to and compatibility with submitted glazing materials. K. A "pre -installation" conference shall be conducted at the Project site in accordance with the requirements of Section 01200, "Project Meetings". 1.05 Submittals A. Submit shop drawings, product data, certifications, etc., in accordance with the Section 00700, "General Conditions", Section 00800, "Supplementary Conditions", Section 00805, "FDEP Supplementary Conditions (Construction)" and Section 01300, "Shop Drawings, Submittals and Samples". B. The Contractor shall submit the manufacturer's technical data for each glazing material and fabricated glass product required, including installation and maintenance instructions. C. The Contractor shall submit samples for verification purposes of 12-inch-square samples of each type of glass indicated except for clear monolithic glass products, and 12-inch-long samples of each color required (except black) for each type of sealant or gasket exposed to view. Install sealant or gasket sample between two strips of material representative in color of the adjoining framing system. D. The Contractor shall submit certificates from respective manufacturers attesting that glass and glazing materials furnished for the Project comply with the requirements. 1. Submit product certificates signed by glazing materials manufacturers certifying that their products comply with the specified requirements. 2. Separate certifications are not required for glazing materials bearing the manufacturer's permanent labels designating type and thickness of glass, provided labels represent a quality control program of a recognized certification agency or independent testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. July 29, 2017 Glass and Glazing Sanford North WRF. Class "A" Biosolids Management System - Project Manual 08800-8 E. The Contractor shall submit compatibility and adhesion test reports from the sealant manufacturer and laminated glass manufacturer indicating that the glass and glazing materials have been tested for compatibility and adhesion. Include evaluation of a test relative to material performance, including recommendations for primers and substrate preparation needed for adhesion. F. The Contractor shall submit a compatibility test report from the manufacturer of the insulating glass edge sealant indicating that glass edge sealants were tested for compatibility with other glazing materials including sealants, glazing tape, gaskets, setting blocks, and edge blocks. G. The Contractor shall submit product test reports for each type of glazing sealant and gasket indicated, evidencing compliance with requirements specified. H. The Contractor shall submit maintenance data for glass and other glazing materials to include in the Operation and Maintenance Manual as specified in Section 01730, Operation and Maintenance Data". 1.06 Product Delivery, Storage and Handling A. Deliver glass to the Project site in suitable containers that will protect the glass from the weather and from breakage. B. Carefully store material, as directed, in a safe place where breakage can be reduced to a minimum. Deliver sufficient glass to allow for normal breakage. Glazing compounds shall arrive at the Project site in labeled containers which have not been opened. C. Protect glass and glazing materials during delivery, storage and handling to comply with manufacturer's directions and as required to prevent damage to glass and glazing materials from the effects of moisture, condensation, temperature changes, direct exposure to sun, or from other causes. D. Where insulating glass will be exposed to substantial altitude changes, comply with the insulating glass fabricator's recommendations for venting and sealing to avoid hermetic seal ruptures. E. Remove any damaged items from the Project site and provide new items at no additional cost to the Owner. July 29, 2017 Glass and Glazing Sanford North WRF. Class "A" Biosolids Management System - Project Manual 08800-9 1.07 Project Conditions A. Do not proceed with glazing when ambient and substrate temperature conditions are outside the limits permitted by the glazing materials manufacturer or when joint substrates are wet due to rain, frost, condensation or other causes. B. Install glazing sealants only when temperatures are in the middle third of the manufacturer's recommended installation temperature range. 1.08 Operation and Maintenance Manuals A. O&M Manuals shall be furnished for this Project in accordance with Section 01730, Operation and Maintenance Data" and shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01300, "Shop Drawings, Submittals and Samples". B. The O&M Manuals shall be prepared specifically for this installation and shall include all detailed operation and maintenance procedures and instructions and specifications relative to the assembly, alignment, checking, adjustment and maintenance, togetherwith complete parts lists therefore, and copies of shop drawings, certified dimensions drawings and design calculations, required cut sheets, drawings, equipment lists, descriptions, etc. that are required to instruct operation and maintenance personnel unfamiliar with such materials. C. All such material shall be in addition to any instructions or parts lists packaged with or attached to the equipment when delivered. D. The "final" O&M Manuals shall contain plastic laminated pull-out maintenance cards detailing all required maintenance and frequency intervals. E. In addition to standard O&M Manuals, all manufacturers supplying equipment and products specified herein shall also submit their operation and maintenance manuals and data to the SCADA System Integrator for this Project on CD/DVD/BD's in Corel WordPerfect (latest version), Microsoft Word (latest version), or text, "txt", formats. All graphic files shall be in BMP, PCX, CDR, JPEG, DWG or DXF formats (integrators preference for the system shall be required). All O&M Manual files shall also be submitted electronically on CD/DVD/BD's to the Engineer in both PDF and JPEG formats, no exceptions. F. The SCADA System Integrator shall be responsible to configure and compile the O&M Manuals into "hypertext" window help files for use as computer "on-line" help screens for equipment operation and maintenance. The SCADA System Integrator shall return all hypertext files to the equipment and product manufacturer's for review and approval prior to introducing them into the SCADA System at the treatment facility. July 29, 2017 Glass and Glazing Sanford North WRF. Class "A" Biosolids Management System - Project Manual 08800-10 1.09 Warranty and Guarantees A. Provide a Contractor's special project warranty for watertightness of installation for a period of ten (10) years after the date of Final Project Acceptance by the Owner. B. Manufacturer's Warranty on Coated Glass Products 1. Submit a written warranty signed by the coated glass manufacturer agreeing to furnish replacements for those coated glass units that deteriorate as defined in Article 1.02, "Definitions", f.o.b. from point of manufacture, freight allowed Project site, within the specified warranty period indicated below. 2. The warranty covers only deterioration due to normal conditions of use and not to handling, installing, and cleaning practices contrary to glass manufacturer's published instructions. 3. The manufacturer's standard warranty period shall be for a period often (10) years after the date of Final Project Acceptance by the Owner. C. Manufacturer's Warranty on Laminated Glass Products 1. Submit a written warranty signed by the laminated glass manufacturer agreeing to furnish replacements for those insulated glass units that deteriorate as defined in Article 1.02, "Definitions", f.o.b. from point of manufacture, freight allowed Project site, within the specified warranty period indicated below. 2. The warranty covers only deterioration due to normal conditions of use and not to handling, installing, and cleaning practices contrary to glass manufacturer's published instructions. 3. The manufacturer's standard warranty period shall be for a period often (10) years after the date of Final Project Acceptance by the Owner. D. Manufacturer's Warranty on Insulating Glass 1. Submit written warranty signed by manufacturer of the insulating glass agreeing to furnish replacements for insulating glass units that deteriorate as defined in Article 1.02, "Definitions", f.o.b. from point of manufacture, freight allowed Project site, within specified warranty period indicated below. 2. The warranty covers only deterioration due to normal conditions of use and not to handling, installing, protecting, and maintaining practices contrary to glass manufacturer's published instructions. July 29, 2017 Glass and Glazing Sanford North WRF. Class `A" Biosolids Management System - Project Manual 08800-11 3. The manufacturer's standard warranty period shall be ten (10) years after the date of Final Project Acceptance by the Owner. E. Warranties specified in this Article shall not deprive the Owner of other rights the Owner may have under other provisions of the Contract Documents and will be in addition to and run concurrent with other warranties made by the Contractor under the requirements of the Contract Documents. F. The Contractor shall refer to Section 01740, "Warranties and Bonds" for additional requirements. 2. PRODUCTS 2.01 Manufacturers 2.02 A. Primary Glass shall be the standard product of one of the following manufacturer's: 1. PPG 2. Guardian 3. Ford 4. LOF 5. AFGD 6. Or approved equal. B. Architectural Glass shall be the standard product of one of the following manufacturer's: 1. Primary glass manufacturers, except PPG 2. Globe -Amerada Glass 3. Interpane/Spectrum Glass Products 4. Arch Amarlite 5. Viracon 6. Tempglass 7. Laminated Glass Corporation 8. HGP Architectural Glass 9. Or approved equal. Exterior Window Glazing Material A. All exterior windows shall be installed with "Impact Resistant' and "Insulated' Glass. B. All exterior windows shall be installed with a glass and/or laminated glass assembly which has passed Dade County Product Approval Protocols PA 201-94, PA 20294 and PA 203-94 as part of aluminum and glass storefront system passing the above protocols. July 29, 2017 Glass and Glazing Sanford North WRF. Class "A" Biosolids Management System - Project Manual 08800-12 C. All exterior windows shall be fabricated with a deep, dark, colored tinting to reduce the transmission of heat and UV energy into the buildings to which they are to be installed. D. Curtain Wall Glazing - NOT USED 2.03 Interior Window Glazing - Laminated Glass A. Comply with ASTM C-1172 for kinds of laminated glass indicated and other requirements specified, including requirements of the Dade County Product Approval. 1. Use polyvinyl butyral sheet interlayer material, clear in color and of thickness with a proven record of no tendency to bubble, discolor, or lose physical or mechanical properties after laminating glass lite and installation. Comply with ANSI 97.1-1975 and Federal Safety Standard 16 CFR 1201, Category I and II. 2. Fabricate laminated glass to produce glass free of foreign substances and air or glass pockets as follows a. Laminate lites with polyvinyl butyral interlayer in autoclave with heat plus pressure. 3. The exterior pane of one inch insulated skylight units shall be '/-inch thick total consisting of 1/8-inch glass, 0.030-inch PVB interlayer, 1/8-inch glass. Interior pane of one inch insulated skylight units shall be %-inch thick total consisting of 1/8-inch glass, 0.030-inch PVB clear interlayer, 1/8-inch glass. 2.04 Skylight Glazing A. Shall be one (1) inch thick insulated glass consisting of/4-inch thick clear laminated exterior pane, '/2-inch wide hermetically sealed air space, and 1/4-inch thick laminated inner pane. Sandblast the #4 surface. 1. Glazing shall meet or exceed the following performance values: a. U-value in summer conditions: 0.33 b. U-value in winter conditions: 0.31 c. Shading coefficient: 0.26 July 29, 2017 Glass and Glazing Sanford North WRF. Class "A" Biosolids Management System - Project Manual 08800-13 2.05 Wired Glass A. Wired glass shall conform to ASTM C-1036, Type II, Class 1 (clear), Quality q8 glazing); '/-inch thick; of Polished Wired Glass, Form 1 (wired, polished both sides), with Mesh m2 (1 inch square minimum mesh opening). 2.06 Primary Float Glass Products A. Float Glass 1. ASTM C-1036, Type I (transparent glass, flat), Class as indicated below, and Quality q3 (glazing select): a. Class 1 (clear) unless otherwise indicated. b. Class 2 (tinted, heat -absorbing, and light -reducing) where indicated. 2.07 Heat -Treated Float Glass Products A. Fabrication Process 1. By horizontal (roller -hearth) process with roll -wave distortion parallel to the bottom edge of the glass as installed, unless otherwise indicated. B. Coated, Tinted, Heat -Treated Float Glass 1. ASTM C-1048, Condition C (other coated glass), Type I (transparent glass, flat), Class 2 (tinted heat -absorbing and light -reducing), Quality q3 (glazing select), tinting color to be selected by the Engineer and Owner from the manufacturer's standard colors tinted; 50% reflective; fully tempered at all locations. C. Uncoated, Clear, Heat -Treated Float Glass 1. ASTM C-1048, Condition A (uncoated surfaces), Type I (transparent glass, flat), Class 1 (clear), Quality q3 (glazing select), fully tempered at all locations. July 29, 2017 Glass and Glazing Sanford North WRF: Class `A" Biosolids Management System - Project Manual 08800-14 2.08 Coated Monolithic Glass Products A. Performance characteristics designated for coated monolithic glass products are nominal values based on the manufacturer's published test data for glass products 6.0 mm thick (0.23 inch thick), minimum, unless otherwise indicated. Comply with the requirements specified including those for primary and heat -treated float glass products as they relate to the properties of glass to which coatings are applied. 1. U-values are expressed as BTU/hour x ft2 x 'F. 2. Provide heat -treated coated float glass of the kind indicated or, if not otherwise indicated, Kind HS (heat strengthened) where recommended by the manufacturer to comply with system performance requirements specified and Kind FT (fully tempered) where coated safety glass is designated or required. 3. Low "E" coating with the coating on the #2 surface. The low "E" coating shall meet the coating quality specifications as published by the manufacturer of the low "C" glass. Provide a ten (10) year coating warranty for the low "E" glass. The basis of design shall be "Gray" (VE3-2M) as manufactured by Viracon. B. Pyrolytically Coated Glass Products 1. Float glass with solar -reflective metallic oxide coating applied pyrolytically either during initial manufacture or during heat treatment. C. Ceramic coated, Heat -Treated Spandrel Glass 1. Ceramic coated spandrel glass shall be in accordance with ASTM C-1048, Condition B (spandrel glass, one -surface ceramic coated), Type I (transparent glass, flat), Class 1 (clear), Quality q3 (glazing select), in a color selected by the Owner and Engineer. 2. The glass shall be Kind FT (fully tempered). 3. Fallout Resistance: Provide spandrel units identical to those passing ASTM C-1048 fallout resistance test for spandrel glass. 2.09 Insulating Glass Products A. Sealed Insulating Glass Units 1. Preassembled units consisting of organically sealed lites of glass separated by dehydrated air spaces complying with ASTM E-774 and with other requirements indicated. July 29, 2017 Glass and Glazing Sanford North WRF. Class `A" Biosolids Management System - Project Manual 08800-15 2. For properties of individual glass lites making up units, refer to the requirements specified elsewhere in this Section applicable to types, classes, kinds, and conditions of glass products comprising lites of insulating glass units. 3. Provide heat -treated, coated float glass of the kind indicated or, if not otherwise indicated, Kind HS (heat strengthened) where recommended by the manufacturer to comply with the system performance requirements specified and Kind FT (fully tempered) where safety glass is designated or required. 4. Performance characteristics designated for coated insulating glass are nominal values based on the manufacturer's published test data for units with lites 6.0 mm 0.23 inch) thick and nominal '/2-inch dehydrated space between lites, unless otherwise indicated. 5. U-values are expressed as BTU/hour x ft2 x 'F. 2.10 One -Way View Glass (Transparent Mirror) A. The basis of design shall be "Mirrorpane EP" as manufactured by Pilkington, Libby - Owens -Ford, Toledo, Ohio. B. Install the one-way view glass at the locations indicated on the Contract Drawings. The mirror side shall be on the outside of the room C. Ratios 2.11 Safety Glass Mirrors A. Glass 1. Provide float glass manufactured by the horizontal (roller hearth) process and roll wave distortion parallel with the bottom edge of the glass as installed, unless otherwise indicated, and complying with FS DD-G-1403 for Grade B, Style I uncoated surfaced), Type I (float), Quality q2. July 29, 2017 Glass and Glazing Sanford North WRF. Class `A" Biosolids Management System - Project Manual 08800-16 B. Mirror Glass Production and Fabrication 1. Glass Coating a. Coat the second surface of the glass, unless otherwise indicated, with a glass coating system complying with FS DD-M-0041 requirements and consisting of successive layers of chemically deposited silver, electrically or chemically deposited copper, and the manufacturer's standard protective organic coating. C. Mirror Sizes 1. After application of the glass coating, cut the mirror glass to the size shown on the Contract Drawings and in 1/4-inch glass thickness. D. Seal the edges after treatment to prevent chemical or atmospheric penetration of the backing. Preform edge treatment and sealing in the factory immediately after cutting to final sizes. E. Mastic used shall be Mirro-Mastic, as manufactured by Palmer Products Corporation, or approved equal. F. Provide CRL mirror mounting system in a satin anodized finish. Continuous top channel shall be in two (2) pieces, D1638 channel and D1637 cleat. Bottom and ends shall have a D638 channel. The system shall be manufactured by C.R. Lawrence, or equal. 2.12 Elastomeric Glazing Sealants A. Provide products of the type indicated, complying with the following requirements specified herein. B. Select glazing sealants and tapes of proven compatibility with other materials they will contact, including glass products, seals of insulating glass units, and glazing channel substrates, under conditions of installation and service, as demonstrated by testing and field experience. C. Comply with the sealant and glass manufacturer's recommendations for selecting glazing sealants and tapes that are suitable for applications indicated and conditions existing at time of installation. D. Provide the color of exposed joint sealants based on selections made by the Engineer from the manufacturer's full range of standard colors for products of the type indicated. July 29, 2017 Glass and Glazing Sanford North WRF. Class `A" Biosolids Management System - Project Manual 08800-17 E. Elastomeric Glazina Sealant Standard Provide the manufacturer's standard chemically curing, elastomeric sealants of base polymer indicated that comply with the ASTM C-920 requirements. F. Silicone Rubber Glazing Sealant 1. Silicone rubber glazing sealant shall be silicon rubber, one part elastomeric sealant, Class A. 2. Provide an acid type for non -porous channel surfaces and provide a non-acid medium -modulus type for porous channel surfaces. G. Preformed Butyl Rubber Glazing Sealant 1. Preformed butyl rubber glazing sealant shall be tape or ribbon (coiled on release paper) of polymerized butyl or a mixture of butyl and polisobutylene, compounded with inert fillers and pigments, solvent -based with a minimum of ninety-five percent 95%) solids with thread or fabric reinforcement, tack -free within 24 hours and non- staining. 2. Provide combination tape and encased continuous rubber shim of approximately 50 durometer hardness. 2.13 Glazing Tapes A. Back -Bedding Mastic Glazing Tape 1. Preformed, butyl -based elastomeric tape with a solids content of one hundred percent (100%), non -staining and non -migrating in contact with nonporous surfaces, with or without a spacer rod as recommended by the tape and glass manufacturers for the application indicated, packaged on rolls with a release paper backing, and complying with AAMA 800. B. Expanded Cellular Glazing Tape 1. Closed -cell, polyvinyl chloride foam tape, factory coated with adhesive on both surfaces, packaged on rolls with release liner protecting adhesive, and complying with AAMA 800 for product 810.5. July 29, 2017 Glass and Glazing Sanford North WRF. Class `A" Biosolids Management System - Project Manual 08800-18 2.14 Glazing Gaskets A. Lock -Strip Gaskets 1. Neoprene extrusions in the size and shape indicated, fabricated into frames with molded corner units and zipper lock strips, complying with ASTM C-542, black. B. Dense Compression Gaskets 1. Molded or extruded gaskets of material indicated below, complying with the standards referenced with the name of the elastomer indicated below, and of the profile and hardness required to maintain a watertight seal: a. Neoprene, ASTM C-864. b. EPDM, ASTM C-864. c. Silicone, ASTM C-1115. d. Thermoplastic polyolefin rubber, ASTM C-1115. e. Or approved equal. C. Soft Compression Gaskets 1. Molded or extruded gaskets, closed -cell, integral -skinned gaskets of the material indicated below, complying with ASTM C-509, Type II, black, and of the profile and hardness required to maintain a watertight seal: a. Neoprene d. Thermoplastic polyolefin rubber b. EPDM e. Or approved equal. c. Silicone D. Manufacturers 1. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following manufacturers: a. Lock -Strip Gaskets 1) Stanlock Division, Griffith Rubber Mills. 2) Or approved equal. b. Preformed Gaskets 1) Advanced Elastomer Systems, L.P. 2) Schnee -Morehead, Inc. 3) Tremco, Inc. 4) Or approved equal. July 29, 2017 Glass and Glazing Sanford North WRF: Class "A" Biosolids Management System - Project Manual 08800-19 2.15 Miscellaneous Glazing Materials A. Provide products of the material, size, and shape complying with the referenced glazing standard, requirements of the manufacturers of glass and other glazing materials involved for the glazing application indicated, and with a proven record of compatibility with the surfaces contacted in installation. B. Cleaners, primers and sealers shall be of the type recommended by the sealant or gasket manufacturer. C. Setting Blocks shall be an elastomeric material with a Shore A durometer hardness of 85±5. D. Spacers shall be elastomeric blocks or continuous extrusions with a Shore A durometer hardness required by the glass manufacturer to maintain glass lites in place for the installation indicated. E. Edge blocks shall be an elastomeric material of the hardness needed to limit glass lateral movement (side -walking). F. Plastic foam joint fillers shall be preformed, compressible, resilient, non -staining, non - extruding, non-outgassing, strips of closed -cell plastic foam of the density, size, and shape required to control the sealant depth and otherwise contribute to produce an optimum" sealant performance. G. Compressible filler rod shall be closed -cell or waterproof jacketed rodstock of synthetic rubber or plastic foam with proven compatibility with the sealants used. The rod shall be flexible and resilient with 5 - 10 psi compression strength for 25% deflection. H. Perimeter Insulation for Fire -Resistive Glazing 1. Identical to the product used in the test assembly to obtain the fire -resistive rating. 2.16 Fabrication of Glass and Other Glazing Products A. Fabricate glass and other glazing products in the sizes required to glaze openings indicated for the Project, with edge and face clearances, edge and surface conditions, and bite complying with recommendations of the product manufacturer and referenced glazing standard as required to comply with system performance requirements. B. Clean cut or flat grind vertical edges of butt -glazed monolithic lites in a manner that produces square edges with slight kerfs at junctions with the indoor and outdoor faces. July 29, 2017 Glass and Glazing Sanford North WRF: Class "A" Biosolids Management System - Project Manual 08800-20 2.17 Miscellaneous Materials A. Setting Blocks and Edge Blocks Lead, or neoprene of 70 to 90 shore "A" durometer hardness, chemically compatible with the sealants used, and of the sizes recommended by the glass manufacturer. B. Accessories 1. As required to provide a complete installation, include glazing points, clips, shims, angles, beads, and spacer strips. 2. Provide non -corroding metal accessories. 3. Provide primer -sealers and cleaners as recommended by the glass and sealant manufacturers. 3. EXECUTION 3.01 Standards and Performance A. Watertight and airtight installation of each piece of glass is required, except as otherwise shown. Each installation must withstand normal temperature changes, wind loading, impact loading without failure, including loss or breakage of glass, failure of sealants or gaskets to remain watertight and airtight, deterioration of glazing materials, and other defects in the Work. All exterior windows shall be installed with "Impact Resistant" and "Insulated" Glass and shall be able to withstand hurricane force winds of up to 140 mph (interior and exterior loadings). B. Protect all glass from edge damage at all times during handling, installation and operation of the building. C. Glazing channel dimensions shall be determined by the manufacturer for the service required and shall be sized to provide the necessary intended bite on the glass, minimum edge clearance, and adequate sealant thickness with reasonable tolerances. The glazier is responsible for the correct glass size for each opening within the tolerances and necessary dimensions established. D. Comply with the combined recommendations of the glass manufacturer and the manufacturer of the sealants and other materials used in glazing and their technical representatives except where more stringent requirements are shown or specified. July 29, 2017 Glass and Glazing Sanford North WRF: Class `A" Biosolids Management System - Project Manual 08800-21 E. Comply with the "Glazing Manuaf' by the Flat Glass Manufacturers Association and the manufacturers of the glass and glazing materials, except as shown and specified elsewhere. F. Inspect each piece of glass immediately before installation and eliminate those which have observable edge damage or face imperfections. G. Unify the appearance of each series of lights by setting each piece to match others as nearly as possible. Inspect each piece and set with pattern, draw and blow oriented in the same direction as other pieces. 3.02 Precautions and Procedures A. Determine the sizes to provide the required clearances by measuring the actual opening to receive the glass. B. Grind smooth all edges of the glass that will be exposed in the finish work. C. Leave labels in place until the installation is approved, except remove applied labels on heat absorbing glass and on insulating glass units as soon as the glass is installed. D. Securely fix movable items or keep in a closed and locked position until the glazing compound has thoroughly set. 3.03 Examination A. Examine glass framing, with glazier present, for compliance with the following: 1. Manufacturing and installation tolerances, including those for the size, squareness, offsets at corners. 2. Presence and functioning of the weep system. 3. Minimum required face or edge clearances. 4. Effective sealing between the joints of glass -framing members. B. Do not proceed with glazing until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected to the satisfaction of the Engineer and Owner. July 29, 2017 Glass and Glazing Sanford North WRF. Class "A" Biosolids Management System - Project Manual 08800-22 3.04 Preparation A. Prior to glazing, inspect frames and surroundings for any defects, improper materials and workmanship or other conditions which would adversely affect satisfactory installation of glass. B. Clean glazing channels and other framing members receiving glass immediately before glazing. C. Remove coatings that are not firmly bonded to substrates. 3.05 Glazing - General A. Items to be glazed shall be factory or field glazed using the quality and thickness specified or indicated. B. Beads or straps which are furnished with the items to be glazed shall be used to secure the glass in place. The use of non -skinning compounds, non -resilient type performed sealers, and preformed impregnated gaskets will not be permitted. C. Factory or field glazing of frames and fronts shall be in accordance with recommendations of the manufacturers of the respective items, and as required to meet the Performance Test Reports specified in applicable sections of Specifications, except as otherwise specified and as follows: 1. Color glazing compounds and sealants used for aluminum frames shall match the color of the finished aluminum and be non -staining. 2. Glass sizes and edge clearances shall be determined by measuring the actual unit to receive the glass. 3.06 Glazing Provisions A. Comply with the combined recommendations of the manufacturers of glass, sealants, gaskets, and other glazing materials and the FGMA Manual, except where more stringent requirements are indicated, including those in referenced glazing publications. B. Glazing channel dimensions shall provide the necessary bite on the glass, minimum edge and face clearances, and adequate sealant thicknesses, with reasonable tolerances. The glazer is responsible for the correct glass size for each opening, within the tolerances and necessary dimension established. July 29, 2017 Glass and Glazing Sanford North WRF. Class "A" Biosolids Management System - Project Manual 08800-23 C. Where a combination of sealing materials is required for glazing in the same frame, the manufacturer must certify that all of the glazing materials furnished are compatible with each other and also compatible with the material used for setting blocks and spacer shims. D. Protect glass from contact with contaminating substances resulting from construction operations including weld splatter. E. Protect glass from edge damage during handling and installation as follows: 1. Use a rolling block in rotating glass units to prevent damage to glass corners. 2. Do not impact glass with metal framing. Use suction cups to shift glass units within openings; do not raise or drift glass with a pry bar. 3. Rotate glass lites with flares or bevels on bottom horizontal edges so edges are located at top of opening, unless otherwise indicated by manufacturer's label. 4. Remove damaged glass from the Project site and legally dispose of the material off - site. Damaged glass is glass with edge damage or other imperfections that, when installed, weaken glass and impair performance and appearance. F. Apply primers to joint surfaces where required for adhesion of sealants, as determined by preconstruction sealant -substrate testing. G. Install elastomeric setting blocks in sill rabbets, sized and located to comply with the referenced glazing standard, unless otherwise required by glass manufacturer. Set blocks in a thin course of compatible sealant suitable for heel bead. H. Do not exceed edge pressures stipulated by the glass manufacturers for installing glass lites. I. Provide spacers for glass sizes larger than 50 united inches (length plus height) as follows: 1. Locate spacers inside, outside, and directly opposite each other. Install correct size and spacing to preserve required face clearances, except where gaskets and glazing tapes are used that have demonstrated the ability to maintain the required face clearances and comply with system performance requirements. 2. Provide a 1/8-inch minimum bite of spacers on the glass and use a thickness equal to the sealant width. With glazing tape, use a thickness slightly less than the final compressed thickness of tape. July 29, 2017 Glass and Glazing Sanford North WRF: Class "A" Biosolids Management System - Project Manual 08800-24 Provide edge blocking to comply with the requirements of the referenced glazing publications, unless otherwise required by the glass manufacturer. K. Set glass lites in each series with uniform pattern, draw, bow, and similar characteristics. L. Where wedge-shaped gaskets are driven into one side of the channel to pressurize the sealant or gasket on the opposite side, provide adequate anchorage so that the gasket cannot walk out when installation is subjected to movement. M. Square cut wedge-shaped gaskets at corners and install gaskets in a manner recommended by the gasket manufacturer to prevent the corners from pulling away; seal corner joints and butt joints with the sealant recommended by gasket manufacturer. N. Wash all glass on both faces in each area of the Project not sooner than three (3) days prior to scheduled substantial and final Project completion. Wash glass as recommended by the glass manufacturer. 3.07 Tape Glazing A. Position tapes on fixed stops so that when compressed by the glass their exposed edges are flush with or protrude slightly above the sightline of stops. B. Install tapes continuously but not in one continuous length. Do not stretch tapes to make them fit: the opening. C. Where framing joints are vertical, cover these joints by applying tapes to heads and sills first and then to the jambs. Where framing joints are horizontal, cover these joints by applying tapes to the jambs and then to the heads and sills. D. Place joints in tapes at the corners of openings with adjoining lengths butted together, not lapped. Seal joints in tapes with compatible sealant approved by the tape manufacturer. E. Do not remove release paper from the tape until just before each lite is installed. Apply a heel bead of elastomeric sealant. F. Center glass lites in openings on setting blocks and press firmly against the tape by inserting dense compression gaskets formed and installed to lock -in -place against the faces of removable stops. Start gasket applications at the corners and work toward the centers of openings. G. Apply a cap bead of elastomeric sealant over the exposed edge of the tape. July 29, 2017 Glass and Glazing Sanford North WRF. Class `A" Biosolids Management System - Project Manual 08800-25 3.08 Gasket Glazing (Dry) A. Fabricate compression gaskets in lengths recommended by the gasket manufacturer to fit the openings exactly, with a stretch allowance during installation. B. Secure compression gaskets in place with joints located at the corners to compress gaskets producing a weathertight seal without developing bending stresses in the glass. Seal gasket joints with the sealant recommended by gasket manufacturer. C. Install gaskets so they protrude past the face of the glazing stops. 3.09 Sealant Glazing (Wet) A. Install continuous spacers between glass lites and glazing stops to maintain glass face clearances and to prevent the sealant from extruding into the glass channel weep systems until sealants cure. Secure spacers in place and in position to control the depth of installed sealant relative to the edge clearance for optimum sealant performance. B. Force sealants into the glazing channels to eliminate voids and to ensure complete wetting or bond of the sealant to the glass and channel surfaces. C. Tool exposed surfaces of sealants to provide a substantial wash away from the glass. Install pressurized gaskets to protrude slightly out of the channel to eliminate dirt and moisture pockets. 3.10 Lock -Strip Glazing A. Comply with ASTM C-716 and the gasket manufacturer's printed recommendations. B. Provide a supplementary wet seal and weep system unless otherwise indicated. 3.11 Cleaning and Protection A. Protect exterior glass from breakage immediately after installation by attaching crossed streamers to framing held away from glass. Do not apply markers to the glass surface. Remove non -permanent labels, and clean all surfaces. July 29, 2017 Glass and Glazing Sanford North WRF. Class `A" Biosolids Management System - Project Manual 08800-26 B. Protect glass from contact with contaminating substances resulting from construction operations including weld splatter. If, despite such protection, contaminating substances do come into contact with glass, remove them immediately as recommended by glass manufacturer. C. Examine glass surfaces adjacent to or below exterior concrete and other masonry surfaces at frequent intervals during construction, but not less than once a month, for build-up of dirt, scum, alkali deposits, or stains, and remove as recommended by the glass manufacturer. D. Remove and replace glass that is broken, chipped, cracked, abraded, or damaged in anyway, including natural causes, accidents and vandalism, during construction period at no additional cost to the Owner. E. Wash glass on both faces in each area of Project not more than two (2) days prior to the date .scheduled for inspections that establish the date of Final Project Acceptance by the Owner. Wash glass as recommended by the glass manufacturer. 3.12 Mirror Installation A. Mirrors shall be butt mounted to an unpainted wall with mastic to comply with the manufacturer's recommendations. END OF SECTION July 29, 2017 Glass and Glazing Sanford North WRF: Class A" Biosolids Management System Proj ect Manual Conf ormed Documents Volume III COp April 2018 4 P. A This page intentionally left blank SANFORD NORTH WRF: CLASS "A" BIOSOLIDS MANAGEMENT SYSTEM PROJECT MANUAL - VOLUME III CONFORMED DOCUMENTS" Prepared for: The City of Sanford, Florida 300 North Park Avenue Sanford, FL 32771 Prepared by: CPH, Inc. 500 West Fulton Street Sanford, FL 32771 April 2018 SANFORD NORTH WRF: CLASS "A" BIOSOLIDS MANAGEMENT SYSTEM PROJECT CERTIFICATION 9 enja in M./Fries Vice -President Project Manager CPH, Inc. 500 West Fulton Street Sanford, FL 32771 Certificate of Authorization No. 3215 Date p.LLEN aQ :' \GENSF: 9nZ No. 38642 _ David A. rr3ie yh,.p4D.R10 President '., S'S•........ NC: Principal- in-CtiAr %5' ONAL CPH, Inc. 111111100 500 West Fulton Street Sanford, FL 32771 Certificate of Authorization No. 3215 3 / 7 Date INDEX TO PROJECT MANUAL SANFORD NORTH WRF: CLASS "A" BIOSOLIDS MANAGEMENT SYSTEM APRIL 2018 CONFORMED DOCUMENTS" DIVISION 0 - BIDDING AND CONTRACT REQUIREMENTS 00020 Advertisement for Bids 00100 Instructions to Bidders 00300 Bid Form 00305 Qualifications Statement 00410 Bid Bond Form 00415 Corporate Resolution 00420 Public Entity Crimes Statement 00425 Criminal Background Check Requirements and Affidavit 00430 Trench Safety Act Compliance 00470 Drug -Free Workplace Certification 00480 Non -Collusion Affidavit 00482 Conflict of Interest Affidavit 00484 Compliance with the Public Records Law Affidavit 00486 Disputes Disclosure Form 00500 Agreement Form 00550 Contract Claim Form 00610 Performance Bond Form 00620 Labor and Materials Payment Bond Form 00625 Material and Workmanship Bond Form 00627 Consent of Surety to Final Payment 00630 Americans with Disabilities Ac:t. Affidavit 00632 Unauthorized (Illegal) Alien Workers Affidavit 00634 E-Verify Compliance Affidavit 00636 Financial Information Form 00645 Insurance Requirements 00650 Insurance Endorsement Form 00653 Certification of Non -Segregated Facilities 006.55 Acknowledgment of Receipt of Exempt Public Records and Agreement of Safeguard 00657 Solicitation, Giving and Acceptance of Gifts Policy 00660 Notice of Award Form 00661 Notice to Proceed Form 00662 Contractor's Partial Release of Lien Form 00663 Contractor's Final Affidavit and Release of Lien 00664 Subcontractors / Supplier's Final Release of Lien Form 0066.5 Request for Authorization of Changes 00680 Application and Certificate for Payment Form 00681 Contract Change Order Form 00683 Work Directive Form 00685 Field Order Form 00695 Acknowledgrent of Receipt - Consideration for Indemnification INDEX TO PROJECT MANUAL SANFORD NORTH WRF: CLASS "A" BIOSOLIDS MANAGEMENT SYSTEM APRIL 2018 CONFORMED DOCUMENTS" DIVISION 0 - BIDDING AND CONTRACT REQUIREMENTS 00700 General Conditions 00800 Supplementary Conditions 00805 FDEP Supplementary Conditions (Construction) 00807 Classification and Wage Determination (Davis Bacon Act) 00809 American Iron and Steel (AIS) 00840 Schedule of Values Form 00845 Materials Stored On -Site Form 00848 Certificate of Substantial Completion 00849 Certificate of Final Completion 008.50 Contractors Request for Information Form 00852 Construction Accident Report Form 00855 Report of Unsatisfactory Materials and/or Service 00862 Daily Construction Report Form 00863 Change Proposal Summary Form 00864 Request for Proposal for Proposed Change Form 00865 Check -Out Form 00866 Certificate of Completed Demonstration Form 00870 Demonstration Test Procedures (Sample) 00880 Certificate of Final Inspection 00883 Certificate of the Engineer 00885 Contractor's Release 00950 Shop Drawing Submittal Form 00955 Pressure Test Form 00960 Air Pressure Test Data Form 00965 Concrete Tank - Hydraulic Test Form 00980 O & M Manual Submittal Form 00990 Preventive Maintenance and Operating Requirement Sheets 00995 Prime Contractor's Report DIVISION 1 - GENERAL. REQUIREMENTS 01000 Project Requirements 01010 Summary of Work 01019 Contract Cash Allowances 01025 Measurement and Pavment 01030 Applications for Payment 01040 Project Coordination 01045 Cutting and Patching INDEX TO PROJECT MANUAL SANFORD NORTH WRF: CLASS i°A" BIOSOLIDS MANAGEMENT SYSTEM APRIL 2018 i°CONFORMED DOCUMENTS" DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS (Cont'd) 01050 Field Engineering 01060 Regulatory Requirements 01065 Permits and Fees 01070 Abbreviations and Symbols 01075 Reference Specifications 01120 Special Project Procedures 01200 Project Meetings 01300 Shop Drawings, Submittals and Samples 01311 Construction Progress Schedules 01370 Schedule of Values 01380 Construction Photographs 01390 Preconstruction Video Recording 01400 Quality Control 01410 Testing and Testing Laboratory Services 01430 Manufacturer's Services 01500 Temporary Facilities 01505 Pest Control 01510 Mobilization / Demobilization 01530 Construction Aids 01550 Maintenance of Traffic 01560 Environmental Protection 01570 Temporary Erosion and Sedimentation Control 01580 Project Information and Signs 01600 Materials and Equipment 01650 System's Start -Up and Demonstration 01700 Project Closeout 01710 Cleaning 01720 Project Record Documents 01730 Operation and Maintenance Data 01740 Warranties and Bonds 01800 Miscellaneous Work and Cleanup DIVISION 2 - SITEWORK 02075 Dewatering and Drainage 02100 Site Preparation 02200 Earthwork INDEX TO PROJECT MANUAL SANFORD NORTH WRF: CLASS "A" BIOSOLIDS MANAGEMENT SYSTEM APRIL 2018 CONFORMED DOCUMENTS" DIVISION 2 - SITEWORK (Cont'd) 02210 Site Gradi°-ig 02215 Finish Grading 02220 Excavation, Backfilling and Compaction 02230 Stabilized Subgrade 02232 Limerock Base Course 02276 Gravel and Crushed Rock Base for Structures 02610 Stabilized Sub -Base 02720 Concrete Sidewalks, Driveways and Pads 02815 Solid Sodding DIVISION 3 - CONCRE"fE 03100 Concrete Formwork 03200 Concrete Reinforcement 032.50 Concrete Accessories 03300 Cast -in -Place Concrete 03400 Precast Concrete Structures 03600 Grout 03700 Concrete Electrical Raceway Encasement 03800 Leakage Testing of Hydraulic Structures DIVISION 4 - MASONRY 04050 Masonry 04230 Reinforced Unit Masonry 04250 Masonry Building Insulation INDEX TO PROJECT MANUAL SANFORD NORTH WRF: CLASS "A" BIOSOLIDS MANAGEMENT SYSTEM APRIL 2018 CONFORMED DOCUMENTS" DIVISION 5 - METALS 05025 Metal Materials, Methods and Fastening 05120 Structural Steel 05140 Structural Aluminum 05210 Steel Joists 05310 Metal Roof Deck 05500 Metal Fabrications 05510 Metal Stairs and Walkways 05520 Handrails and Accessories 05530 Grating, Plates and Frames 05570 Miscellaneous Metal Assemblies 05810 Expansion Joint Cover Assemblies DIVISION 6 - WOOD AND PLASTICS 06100 Rough Carpentry 06200 Finish Carpentry 06600 Fabricated Fiberglass Reinforced Plastic (FRP) Products 06605 Fiberglass Reinforced Plastic (FRP) Grating 06700 Chemical .Storage Tanks (HDLPE) DIVISION 7 - THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION 07050 Vapor Barrier 07100 Waterproofing 07210 Building Insulation 07214 Foamed -in -Place Masonry Wall Insulation 07270 Fire Stopping 07600 Flashing and Sheet Metal 07900 Caulking and Sealants INDEX TO PROJECT MANUAL SANFORD NORTH WRF: CLASS "A" BIOSOLIDS MANAGEMENT SYSTEM APRIL 2018 CONFORMED DOCUMENTS" DIVISION 8 - DOORS AND WINDOWS 08120 Aluminum Doors and Frames 08330 Aluminum Overhead Coiling Doors 08350 Aluminum Access Hatch Doors 08370 Roof Access Hatch Doors 08390 Watertight. Manways 08520 Aluminum Windows 08710 Finish Hardware 08800 Glass and Glazing DIVISION 9 - FINISHES 09000 Finish Schedule 09110 Metal Stud Partitions 09510 Suspended Acoustical Tile Ceilings 09750 Protective Floor Coating 09820 Cementitious Coating Systems for New Concrete Surfaces 09900 Painting 09901 Surface Preparation and Shop Prime Painting 09905 Piping, Valve and Equipment Identification System DIVISION 10 -SPECIALTIES 10250 Louvers 10400 Signage Systems 10450 Cast Bronze Plaque 10550 Fire Extinguishers, Cabinets and Accessories DIVISION 11 -EQUIPMENT 11314 Progressive Cavity Sludge Pumps 11381 Autothermal Thermophilic Aerobic Digestion (ThermAerTM) System 11390 Biosolids Solar Drying System 11553 Biosolids Dewatering Screw Press INDEX TO PROJECT MANUAL SANFORD NORTH WRF: CLASS "A" BIOSOLIDS MANAGEMENT SYSTEM APRIL 2018 CONFORMED DOCUMENTS" DIVISION 12 - FURNISHINGS - NOT USED DIVISION 13 - SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION 13300 Process Instrumentation and Control System - General Requirements 13301 Process Instrumentation and Control System - System Integrator Requirements 13310 Process Instrumentation and Control System - Field Instruments 13315 Process Instrumentation and Control System - Control Panels 13321 Process Instrumentation and Control System - HMI Programming 13325 Process Instrumentation and Control System - Control System Hardware 13326 Process Instrumentation and Control System - System Programming 13360 Process Instrumentation and Control System - Fiber Optic System 13999 SCADA Screens and Input/Output (1/0) DIVISION 14 - CONVEYING SYSTEMS 14100 Dewatered and Dried Biosolids Shaft -Less Screw Conveyors DIVISION 15 - MECHANICAL 15000 Mechanical - General Requirements 15041 Disinfection of Piping and Structures 15044 Pressure Testing of Piping 15060 Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings 15065 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe and Fittings 15066 Stainless Steel Pipe and Fittings 15100 Valves and Appurtenances 15125 Pipe Hangers and Supports 15127 Pipe Insulation 15129 Couplings and Connectors 15400 Plumbing 15421 Floor Drains 15422 Roof Drains 15423 Cleanouts and Cleanout Access Covers 15800 Heating, Ventilating and Air Conditioning INDEX TO PROJECT MANUAL SANFORD NORTH WRF: CLASS "A" BIOSOLIDS MANAGEMENT SYSTEM APRIL 2018 CONFORMED DOCUMENTS" DIVISION 16 - ELECTRI 16050 Electrical - General Provisions 16108 Miscellaneous Equipment 16110 Raceways and Fittings 16120 Wires and Cables 16150 Motors 16160 Panelboards 16380 MCC's, VFD's and Fiber Optic Cable - Contractor Requirements 16402 Underground System 16450 Grounding System 16501 Lighting System 16670 Lightning Protection System 16921 480-Volt Motor Control Centers Sanford North WRF. Class `A" Biosolids Management System - Project Manual 10250-1 SECTION 10250 LOUVERS 1. GENERAL 1.01 Description A. Furnish all labor, material, equipment, and incidentals required to install Fixed Louver Systems, as shown on the Contract Drawings and as specified herein. B. Related Work Described Elsewhere 1. Related work specified elsewhere includes: Specification 00700 General Conditions 00800 Supplementary Conditions 03300 Cast -in -Place Concrete 04230 Reinforced Unit Masonry 05120 Structural Steel 06100 Rough Carpentry 07600 Flashing and Sheet Metal 07900 Caulking and Sealants 09900 Painting 2. Provide and install all hardware including hardware to attach units to the structure. The Contractor shall coordinate this Work. C. Material and Installation by the Contractor 1. The Contractor shall provide all material and labor to prepare the louver openings and to provide all structural support for the louver frames. July 29, 2017 Louvers Sanford North WRF. Class "Ai" Biosolids Management System - Project Manual 10250-2 2. All painting preparation, cleaning, painting, and other such work to complete the installation of the louver shall be provided by the Contractor. 1.02 Quality Assurance A. Unless otherwise indicated, all materials, workmanship and practices shall conform to the following standards: AAMA 2604 High Performance Organic Coatings on Architectural Extrusions and Panels AAMA 2605 High Performance Organic Coatings on Architectural Extrusions and Panels AAMA 611 Voluntary Specification for anodized Architectural Aluminum AMCA 5001 Test Methods for Louvers, Dampers and Shutters AMCA 511 Certified Ratings Program for Air Control Devices ASCE 7 11 Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures FBC Notice of Acceptance Florida Building Testing Application Standard (TAS) No. 201 Large and Small Missile Test Standards Code (FBC:) Testing Application Standard (TAS) No. 202 Uniform Structural Load Standards Testing Application Standard (TAS) No.203 Uniform Cyclic Pressure Test Standards Aluminum Association Architectural Aluminum Recommendations for design, fabrication, construction details, and installation Manufacturers' procedures, except as otherwise shown or specified Association SMACNA Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" B. Verify size, location, and placement of louver units prior to fabrication. Coordinate field measurements with shop drawings, fabrication, and shop assembly. July 29, 2017 Louvers Sanford North WRF: Class "A" Biosolids Management System - Project Manual 10250-3 C. Standards 1. The Contractor shall verify the size, location and placement of all louvers prior to fabrication. The Contractor shall coordinate field measurements and shop drawings with fabrication and shop assemblyto minimize field adjustments, splicing, mechanical joints and field assembly of units. Whenever possible, louver units shall be assembled before shipment to the site. 2. All louvers shall be designed to meet all wind load requirements ofthe Florida Building Code, but in no case shall they be designed for a wind load less than 40 pounds per square foot or 140 mph (whichever is greater). 3. All louvers shall be AMCA licensed and certified. 1.03 Manufacturers A. The louvers shall be designed, constructed and installed following the best current practices and methods of the industry. B. The louver manufacturer shall have implemented the management of quality objectives, continual improvement, and monitoring of customer satisfaction to assure that customer needs and expectations are met. C. Provide louvers as manufactured by Airolite, Marietta, Ohio; All-Lite Metal Company, Levittown, Pennsylvania; Ruskin Co., Kansas City, Missouri; or approved equal. 1.04 Product Information Submittals A. Complete information describing the product including fully dimensioned and detailed shop drawings showing materials and accessories and including all Certified Test Data shall be submitted for review with the Shop Drawings in accordance with Section 01300, Shop Drawings, Submittals and Samples", including but not limited to, the following: 1. Materials list of items proposed to be provided under this Section. 2. Manufacturers' specifications and other data needed to provide compliance with the specified requirements. Shop Drawings in sufficient detail to show fabrication, storage and handling requirements and recommendations, installation, accessories, anchorage, and interface of the work of this Section with the work of adjacent trades. 4. Submit two (2) samples of finishes for approval. July 29, 2017 Louvers Sanford North WRF. Class `A" Siosolids Management System - Project Manual 10250-4 1.05 Delivery, Storage and Handling A. Store products in the manufacturer's unopened packaging until ready for installation. B. Store materials in a dry area, indoors, protected from damage and in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. C. Protect materials and finishes during handling and installation to prevent damage. D. Store and dispose of solvent -based materials, and materials used with solvent -based materials, in accordance with requirements of local authorities having jurisdiction. 1.06 Warranty and Guarantees A. The ventilation louvers shall be guaranteed against defective workmanship and materials for .a period of five (5) years from the time of Final Project Acceptance by the Owner in accordance with Section 01740, "Warranty and Bonds". B. When notified in writing from the Owner of a manufacturing defect, the louver manufacturer shall promptly correct deficiencies without cost to the Owner. C. The manufacturer shall provide a twenty (20) year limited warranty for the finish on all extruded aluminum substrates. 1. The finish coating shall not peel, blister, chip, crack or check. 2. Chalking, fading or erosion of finish when measured by the following tests: a. The finish coating shall not chalk in excess of 8 numerical ratings when measured in accordance with ASTM D4214. b. The finish coating shall not change color or fade in excess of 5 NBS units as determined by ASTM D2244 and ASTM D822. c. The finish coating shall not erode at a rate in excess of 10% / 5 year as determined by the Florida test sample. 1.07 Project Conditions A. Maintain environmental conditions (temperature, humidity, and ventilation) within limits recommended by manufacturer for optimum results. July 29, 2017 Louvers Sanford North WRF: Class "A" Biosolids Management System - Project Manual 10250-5 B. Do not install products under environmental conditions outside manufacturer's absolute limits. 2. PRODUCTS 2.01 Materials A. Aluminum Extrusions shall comply with the requirements of ASTM B-221, Alloy 6063-T52. B. Fastenings 1. Fasteners shall be stainless steel or aluminum and shall be vandalproof type. Provide types, gages, and lengths to suit unit installation conditions. 2. Use Phillips flat -head machine screws for exposed fasteners, unless otherwise shown, with a finish to match the louver. C. Anchors and Inserts 1. Use non-ferrous metal for anchors and inserts. 2. Use stainless steel expansion bolt devices for drilled -in -place anchors. 3. Furnish inserts, as required, to be set into concrete or masonry work. 2.02 Fixed Louvers A. Manufacture 1. Fixed louvers shall be high efficiency, stationary, extruded aluminum with horizontal blades. 2. The louvers shall be fixed louvers, drainable, with fifty-one percent (51 %) free area, and maximum free air velocity of 940 fpm at the point of beginning water penetration at 0.01 oz/ft2 (for a 15 minute test period). 3. Louver assemblies shall be six (6) inches deep. B. Furnish louvers with frames and blades fabricated of not less than 0.125-inch thick extruded aluminum of profile depth with reinforcing bosses, and sizes indicated. July 29, 2017 Louvers Sanford North WRR Class "A" Biosolids Management System - Project Manual 10250-6 C. Heads, sills, and jambs shall be one piece structural members and shall have integral caulking slots and retaining beads. Frames shall be fabricated to suit adjacent construction. D. Slidable, interlocked mullions shall have provision for expansion and contraction. E. Closed cell PVC compression gaskets shall be provided for expansion and contraction. F. Assemble louvers and provide all supports, anchorages, and accessories for complete installation. G. Provide concealed horizontal and vertical supports where louver openings exceed seventy-two (72) inches in any direction, unless otherwise shown on the Contract Drawings. 2.03 Finish A. Comply with the NAAMM "Metal Finishes Manual" for recommendations relative to application and designations of finishes. B. Finish designations prefixed by "AA" conform to the system established by the Aluminum Association for designating aluminum finishes. C. High -Performance Organic Coating 1. A high-performance organic coating, AA-Cl2C42R1x, shall be provided with a chemical finish that is cleaned with inhibited chemicals, have a chemical conversion coating, and acid chromate -fluoride -phosphate pretreatment. An organic coating shall be applied as specified below. 2. Prepare, pretreat, and apply coating to expose metal surfaces to comply with coating and resin manufacturer's instructions. 3. KYNAR-500 Fluoropolymer 2-Coat Coating System a) Manufacturer's standard 2- coat thermo-cured system, complying with AAMA 605.2, composed of specially formulated inhibitive primer and fluorocarbon color topcoat containing not less than seventy percent (70%) polyvinyldene fluoride resin by weight. b) Color: As selected by the Engineer and Owner from the manufacturer's standard choices for colors. July 29, 2017 Louvers Sanford North WRF: Class `A" Biosolids Management System - Project Manual 10250-7 2.04 Screens A. Provide removable insect screens for all louvers unless otherwise indicated. B. Insect Screens 1. Rolled or extruded aluminum frames with mitered comers; 18 x 14 fine aluminum mesh, 0.0123-inch diameter wire. 2. The color of the insect screens shall match the color of the louver. 3. Provide insect screens for all louvers and locate the insect screens on inside face of the louvers. C. Secure the insect screens to the louver frames with clips or sheet metal screws, spaced at each corner and at 12 inches on -center between. D3. EXECUTION 3.01 Inspection A. Examine the areas and conditions under which louvers and associated items are to be installed. Do not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. B. Throughout the installation process and in particular prior to substantial completion inspection, the manufacturer and the Contractor shall perform inspections of the Work to determine if the Work is in conformance with the specifications and the shop drawings and as follows: 1. Inspect the completed installation for conformance with this Specification Section. 2. Prior to final inspection, state in a signed letter to the Engineer that the Work of this Section has been installed in complete accordance with the approved Shop Drawings. 3.02 Preparation A. Coordinate shop drawings, templates, directions for the installation and delivery of anchorages to be embedded in concrete and masonry and to be fabricated. Coordinate the delivery of items to the Project site. July 29, 2017 Louvers Sanford North WRF. Class "A" Biosolids Management System - Project Manual 10250-8 B. Clean the opening(s) thoroughly prior to installation. C. Prepare surfaces using the methods recommended by the manufacturer for achieving the best result for the substrate under the project conditions. 3.03 Installation A. Locate and place louver units square, plumb, level and in proper alignment with adjacent work. B. Where the contact of dissimilar metals may cause electrolysis and where aluminum will contact concrete, mortar or plaster, the contact surface of the metals shall be separated using not less than one coat of zinc chromate primer and one heavy coat of aluminum pigmented asphalt painton each surface; orwhere deemed necessary by the Engineer, not less than one course of asphalt saturated cotton fabric cemented to both metals with flashing cement, shall be used. Finished works shall be cleaned and excess cement removed. C. All work shall be squared, plumb and true, accurately fitted with tight joints and intersections. D. All work shall be adequately anchored in place at proper elevations, planes and locations. Use concealed anchorages wherever possible. Provide brass or lead washers fitted to screws where required to protect metal surfaces and to make a weathertight connection. E. Form tight joints with exposed connections accurately fitted together. Provide reveals and opening -for sealants and joint fillers as shown on Drawings. F. Exposed work shall be finished smooth with welds ground smooth. Repair damaged finishes that are approved for field finish repair. Provide new units when field finished repair is not acceptable. G. Provide concealed gaskets, flashings, sealants and install as the work progresses to make the installations weathertight. H. Refer to Section 07900, "Caulking and Sealants", for sealants installed in connection with the installation of the louvers. I. The louver surfaces shall be cleaned in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Touch-up, repair or replace damaged products prior to Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION July 29, 2017 Louvers Sanford North WRF: Class A" Biosolids Management System Proj ect Manual Conformed Documents Volume II April 2018 Zjh: 1171 km I* lot 0 This page intentionally left blank SANFORD NORTH WRF: CLASS "A" BIOSOLIDS MANAGEMENT SYSTEM PROJECT MANUAL - VOLUME 11 CONFORMED DOCUMENTS" Prepared for: The City of Sanford, Florida 300 North Park Avenue Sanford, FL 32771 Prepared by: CPH, Inc. 500 West Fulton Street Sanford, FL 32771 April 2018 CLASS "A" BIOSOLI®S MANAGEMENT SYSTEM PROJECT CERTIFICATION enja in M.tFries Vice -President Project Manager CPH, Inc. 500 West Fulton Street Sanford, FL 32771 Certificate of Authorization No. 3215 fitlo yst Date EN No. 38642 DaviDR10P. President '., SS "'..''•'NC` Principal-in-Ci%r4",eONALCPH, Inc. rrrrii` 500 West Fulton Street Sanford, FL 32771 Certificate of Authorization No. 3215 i7 Date INDEX TO PROJECT MANUAL SANFORD NORTH WRF: CLASS i°A" BIOSOLIDS MANAGEMENT SYSTEM APRIL 2018 CONFORMED DOCUMENTS" DIVISION 0 - BIDDING AND CONTRACT REQUIREMENTS 00020 Advertisement for Bids 00100 Instructions to Bidders 00300 Bid Form 00305 Qualifications Statement 00410 Bid Bond Form 00415 Corporate Resolution 00420 Public Entitv Crimes Statement 00425 Criminal Background Check Requirements and Affidavit 00430 Trench Safety Act Compliance 00470 Drug -Free Workplace Certification 00480 Non -Collusion Affidavit 00482 Conflict of Interest Affidavit 00484 Compliance with the Public Records Law Affidavit 00486 Disputes Disclosure Form 00500 Agreement Form 00550 Contract Claim Form 00610 Performance Bond Form 00620 Labor and Materials Payrnent Bond Form 00625 Material and Workmanship Bond Form 00627 Consent of Surety to Final Payment 00630 Americans with Disabilities Act Affidavit 00632 Unauthorized (Illegal) Alien Workers Affidavit 00634 E-Verify Compliance Affidavit 00636 Financial Information Form 00645 Insurance Requirement:. 00650 Insurance Endorsement Form 00653 Certification of Non -Segregated Facilities 00655 Acknowledgment of Receipt of Exempt Public Records and Agreement of Safeguard 00657 Solicitation, Giving and Acceptance of Gifts Policy 00660 Notice of Award Form 00661 Notice to Proceed Form 00662 Contractor's Partial Release of Lien Form 00663 Contractor's Final Affidavit and Release of Lien 00664 Subcontractors ; Supplier's Final Release of Lien Form 00665 Request for Authorization of Changes 00680 Application and Certificate for Payment Form 00681 Contract Change Order Form 00683 Work Directive Form 00685 Field Order Form 00695 Acknowledgment of Receipt - Consideration for Indemnification INDEX TO PROJECT MANUAL SANFORD NORTH WRF: CLASS "A" BIOSOLIDS MANAGEMENT SYSTEM APRIL 2018 CONFORMED DOCUMENTS" DIVISION 0 - BIDDING AND CONTRACT REQUIREMENTS 00700 General Conditions 00800 Supplementary Conditions 00805 FDEP Supplementary Conditions (Construction) 00807 Classification and Wage Determination (Davis Bacon Act) 00809 American Iron and Steel (AIS) 00840 Schedule of Values Form 00845 Materials Stored On -Site Form 00848 Certificate of Substantial Completion 00849 Certificate of Final Completion 00850 Contractors Request for Information Form 00852 Construction Accident Report Form 00855 Report of Unsatisfactory Materials and/or Service 00862 Daily Construction Report Form 00863 Change Proposal Summary Form 00864 Request for Proposal for Proposed Change Form 00865 Check -Out Form 00866 Certificate of Completed Demonstration Form 00870 Demonstration Test Procedures (Sample) 00880 Certificate of Final Inspection 00883 Certificate of the Engineer 00885 Contractor's Release 00950 Shop Drawing Submittal Form 00955 Pressure Test Form 00960 Air Pressure Test Data Form 00965 Concrete Tank - Hydraulic Test Form 00980 O & M Manual Submittal Form 00990 Preventive Maintenance and Operating Requirement Sheets 00995 Prime Contractor's Report DIVISION 1 - GENERAL. REQUIREMENTS 01000 Project Requirements 01010 Summary of Work 01019 Contract Cash Allowances 01025 Measurement and Payment 01030 Applications for Payment 01040 Project Coordination 01045 Cutting and Patching INDEX TO PROJECT MANUAL SANFORD NORTH WRF: CLASS "A" BIOSOLIDS MANAGEMENT SYSTEM APRIL 2018 CONFORMED DOCUMENTS" DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS (Cont'd 01050 Field Engineering 01060 Regulatory Requirements 01065 Permits and Fees 01070 Abbreviations and Symbols 01075 Reference Specifications 01120 Special Project Procedures 01200 Project Meetings 01300 Shop Drawings, Submittals and Samples 01311 Construction Progress Schedules 01370 Schedule of Values 01380 Construction Photographs 01390 Preconstruction Video Recording 01400 duality Control 01410 Testing and Testing Laboratory Services 01430 Manufacturer's Services 01500 Temporary Facilities 01505 Pest Control 01510 Mobilization / Demobilization 01530 Construction Aids 01550 Maintenance of Traffic 01560 Environmental Protection 01570 Temporary Erosion and Sedimentation Control 01580 Project Information and Signs 01600 Materials and Equipment 01650 System's Start -Up and Demonstration 01700 Project Closeout 01710 Cleaning 01720 Project Record Documents 01730 Operation and Maintenance Data 01740 Warranties and Bonds 01800 Miscellaneous Work and Cleanup DIVISION 2 - SITEWORK 02075 Dewatering and Drainage 02100 Site Preparation 02200 Earthwork INDEX TO PROJECT MANUAL SANFORD NORTH WRF: CLASS "A" BIOSOLIDS MANAGEMENT SYSTEM APRIL 2018 CONFORMED DOCUMENTS" DIVISION 2 - SITEWORK (Cont' 02210 Site Grading 02215 Finish Grading 02220 Excavation, Backfilling and Compaction 02230 Stabilized Subgrade 02232 Limerock Base Course 02276 Gravel and Crushed Rock Base for Structures 02610 Stabilized Sub -Base 02720 Concrete Sidewalks, Driveways and Pads 02815 Solid Sodding DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE 03100 Concrete Formwork 03200 Concrete Reinforcement 03250 Concrete Accessories 03300 Cast -in -Place Concrete 03400 Precast Concrete Structures 03600 Grout 03700 Concrete Electrical Raceway Encasement 03800 Leakage Testing of Hydraulic Structures DIVISION 4 - MASONRY 04050 Masonry 04230 Reinforced Unit Masonry 04250 Masonry Building Insulation INDEX TO PROJECT MANUAL SANFORD NORTH WRF: CLASS "A" BIOSOLIDS MANAGEMENT SYSTEM GT2A1q 'z11r-3 CONFORMED DOCUMENTS" DIVISION 5 - METALS 05025 Metal Materials, Methods and Fastening 05120 Structural Steel 05140 Structural Aluminum 05210 Steel Joists 05310 Metal Roof Deck 05500 Metal Fabrications 05510 Metal Stairs and Walkways 05520 Handrails and Accessories 05530 Grating, Plates and Frames 05570 Miscellaneous Metal Assemblies 05810 Expansion Joint Cover Assemblies DIVISION 6 - WOOD AND PLASTICS 06100 Rough Carpentry 06200 Finish Carpentry 06600 Fabricated Fiberglass Reinforced Plastic (FRP) Products 06605 Fiberglass Reinforced Plastic (FRP) Grating 06700 Chemical Storage Tanks (HDLPE) DIVISION 7 - THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION 07050 Vapor Barrier 07100 Waterproofing 07210 Building Insulation 07214 Foamed -in -Place Masonry Wall Insulation 07270 Fire Stopping 07600 Flashing and Sheet Metal 07900 Caulking and Sealants INDEX TO PROJECT MANUAL SANFORD NORTH WRF: CLASS "A" BIOSOLIDS MANAGEMENT SYSTEM APRIL 2018 CONFORMED DOCUMENTS" DIVISION 8 - DOORS AND WINDOWS 08120 Aluminum Doors and Frames 08330 Aluminum Overhead Coiling Doors 08350 Aluminum Access Hatch Doors 08370 Roof Access Hatch Doors 08390 Watertight Manways 08520 Aluminum Windows 08710 Finish Hardware 08800 Glass and Glazing DIVISION 9 - FINISHES 09000 Finish Schedule 09110 Metal Stud Partitions 09510 Suspended Acoustical Tile Ceilings 09750 Protective Floor Coating 09820 Cernentitious Coating Systems for New Concrete Surfaces 09900 Painting 09901 Surface Preparation and Shop Prime Painting 09905 Piping, Valve and Equipment Identification System DIVISION 10 - SPECIALTIES 10250 Louvers 10400 Signage Systems 10450 Cast Bronze Plaque 10550 Fire Extinguishers, Cabinets and Accessories DIVISION 11 - EQUIPMENT 11314 Progressive Cavity Sludge Pumps 11381 Autothermal Thermophilic Aerobic Digestion (ThermAerT") System 11390 Biosolids Solar Drying System 11553 Biosolids Dewatering Screw Press INDEX TO PROJECT MANUAL SANFORD NORTH WRF: CLASS i°A" BIOSOLIDS MANAGEMENT SYSTEM APRIL 2018 CONFORMED DOCUMENTS" DIVISION 12 -FURNISHINGS - NOT USED DIVISION 13 - SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION 13300 Process Instrumentation and Control System - General Requirements 13301 Process Instrumentation and Control System - System Integrator Requirements 13310 Process Instrumentation and Control System - Field Instruments 13315 Process Instrumentation and Control System - Control Panels 13321 Process Instrumentation and Control System - HMI Programming 13325 Process Instrumentation and Control System - Control System Hardware 1332E Process Instrumentation and Control System - System Programming 13360 Process Instrumentation and Control System - Fiber Optic System 13999 SCADA Screens and Input/Output (1/0) DIVISION 14 - CONVEYING SYSTEMS 14100 Dewatered and Dried Biosolids Shaft -Less Screw Conveyors DIVISION 15 - MECHANICAL 15000 Mechanical - General Requiremonts 15041 Disinfection of Piping and Structures 15044 Pressure Testing of Piping 15060 Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings 15065 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe and Fittings 15066 Stainless Steel Pipe and Fittings 15100 Valves and Appurtenances 15125 Pipe Hangers and Supports 15127 Pipe Insulation 15129 Couplings and Connectors 15400 Plumbing 15421 Floor Drains 15422 Roof Drains 15423 Cleanouts and Cleanout Access Covers 15800 Heating, Ventilating and Air Conditioning INDEX TO PROJECT MANUAL SANFORD NORTH WRF: CLASS "A" BIOSOLIDS MANAGEMENT SYSTEM APRIL 2018 i°CONFORMED DOCUMENTS" DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL 16050 Electrical - General Provisions 16108 Miscellaneous Equipment 16110 Raceways and Fittings 16120 Wires and Cables 16150 Motors 16160 Panelboards 16380 MCC's, VFD's and Fiber Optic, Cable - Contractor Requirements 16402 Underground System 16450 Grounding System 16501 Lighting System 16670 Lightning Protection System 16921 480-Volt Motor Control Centers Sanford North WRF. Class "A"Biosolids Management System - Project Manual 05210-1 SECTION 05210 STEEL JOISTS 1. GENERAL 1.01 Description A. The work in this Section includes providing all labor, materials, equipment and incidentals necessary for fabrication and erection of long span steel joists, open web joists, anchors and fastening and shop painting, etc. as shown on the Contract Drawings and specified herein. B. Furnish anchor bolts with templates to be installed. Furnish and install nuts and washers for anchor bolts. C. Install portions of masonry ties to be welded to structural steel as shown on the Contract Drawings and as specified herein. D. Related work specified elsewhere includes: Specification Section 01300 Shop Drawings, Submittals and Samples 05025 Metal Materials, Methods, and Fastening 05120 Structural Metal Framing 05310 Metal Roof Deck 07600 Flashing and Sheet Metal 09900 Painting Contract Drawings and General Provisions of the Contract 1.02 Quality Assurance A. Unless otherwise indicated, all materials, workmanship and practices shall conform to the following standards: July 29, 2017 Steel Joists Sanford North WRF: Class `A" Biosolids Management System - Project Manual 05210-2 ANSI/AISI North American Specification for Design of Cold -Formed Steel Structural S100-2007 Members ANSI/AISI Supplement No. 1 to the North American Specification for the Design of Cold- S100-07/S1-09 Rolled Steel Structural Members ANSI/AISI Supplement No. 1 to the North American Specification for the Design of Cold- S100-07/S2-10 Steel Structures Rolled Steel Structural Members Painting Council (SSPC) Surface Preparation Specifications for Testing and Materials (ASTM) Standard Specification for General Requirements for Rolled Structural Steel Bars, American Society ASTM A-6 Plates, Shapes, and Sheet Piling ASTM A-36 Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel ASTM A-242 Standard Specification for High Strength, Low -Alloy Structural Steel ASTM A-108 Standard Specification for Steel Bar, Carbon and Alloy, Cold -Finished ASTM A-307-7b Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs, 60,000 psi Tensile Strength ASTM A-153 Standard Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot -Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware ASTM A-307 Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Externally Threaded Standard Fastener ASTM A-325 Standard Specification for Structural Bolts, Steel, Heat Treated, 120/105 ksi Minimum Tensile Strength ASTM A-370 Standard Methods and Definitions for Mechanical Testing of Steel Products ASTM A-500 Standard Specification for Cold -Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel Structural Tubing in Rounds and Shapes ASTM A-529 Standard Specification for High -Strength Carbon -Manganese Steel of Structural Quality ASTM A-572 Standard Specification for High -Strength Low Alloy Columbian -Vanadium Structural Steel Standard Specification for High -Strength, Low -Alloy, Structural Steel, up to 50 ksiASTMA-588 Minimum Yield Point, with Atmospheric Corrosion Resistance ASTM A-•606 Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet and Strip, High -Strength, Low -Alloy, Hot - Rolled and Cold -Rolled, with Improved Atmospheric Corrosion Resistance ASTM A-•992 Standard Specification for Structural Steel Shapes July 29, 2017 Steel Joists Sanford North WRF: Class `A" Biosolids Management System - Project Manual 05210-3 Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet, Cold -Rolled, Carbon, Structural, High- ASTM A-1008 Strength, Low -Alloy and High -Strength, Low -Alloy with Improved Formability, Solution Hardened, and Bake Hardenable Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet and Strip, Hot -Rolled, Carbon, Structural, ASTM A-1011 High -Strength, Low -Alloy, High -Strength, Low -Alloy with Improved Formability, and Ultra -High Strength AWS A5.1 Specification for Carbon Steel Electrodes for Shielded Metal Are Welding AWS A5.5 Specification for Low -Alloy Steel Electrodes for Shielded Metal Arc Welding AWS A5.18 Specification for Carbon Steel Electrodes and Rods for Gas Shielded Arc Welding AWS D1.1 Standards!Other Structural Welding Code - Steel Florida Building Code B. Fabrication and erection shall be performed by a qualified fabricator and erector approved by the Engineer. Preparation of shop drawings shall not begin until the fabricator and erector have been approved. C. Quality Control 1. The Contractor is responsible for all quality control. The Contractor shall be responsible to correct structural steel joists which do not conform to the specified requirements. 2. Inspect all structural steel joints for compliance with referenced industry standards for the proposed applications. 3. The Contractor shall promptly remove and replace materials or fabricated components which do not comply with requirements of the Contract Documents. 4. The Contractor is responsible for the design and adequacy ofall connections that are not designed on the Contract Documents. 5. All details shown are typical, similar details apply to similar conditions, unless otherwise indicated. Verify dimensions at the Project site wherever possible without causing delay in the Work. July 29, 2017 Steel Joists Sanford North WRF. Class "A" Biosolids Management System - Project Manual 05210-4 D. Qualifications 1. Installer: A qualified installer who participates in the AISC Quality Certification Program and is designated an AISC-Certified Erector, Category CSE. 2. Fabricator: A qualified fabricator who participates in the AISC Quality Certification Program and is designated an AISC-Certified Plant, Category Sbd. 3. Shop Painting Applicators: Qualified according to AISC's Sophisticated Paint Endorsement P2 or SSPC-QP 3, "Standard Procedure for Evaluating Qualifications of Shop Fainting Applicators". 1.03 Submittals A. Shop Drawings 1. Submit shop drawings for the work in accordance with the General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Section 01300, "Shop Drawings, Submittals and Samples". 2. Complete shop drawings, including material lists, fabrication and erection drawings shall be submitted for review. Complete shop drawings, including material lists, fabrication, schedules for fabrication and shop assembly, joist types, number, spacing, bridging, connections, bearing plates, working drawings and erection drawings shall be submitted -For review. Drawings shall bear the seal of professional Engineer registered in the State of Florida. 3. The Engineer's review of Shop Drawings is for general conformance with design concepts only. Compliance: with the requirements for materials, fabrication and erection of structural aluminum is the Contractor's responsibility. 4. Certification: An affidavit shall be furnished from the manufacturer certifying that the materials or products delivered to the Project meet the requirements specified herein. 5. Fabrication shall not be approved until the shop drawing submission has been approved.. 1.04 Delivery, Storage and Handling A. Deliver materials to the site at such time intervals to insure uninterrupted progress of the Work. July 29, 2017 Steel Joists Sanford North WRP Class "A" Biosolids Management System - Project Manual 05210-5 B. Deliver anchor bolts and other anchorage devices which are to be embedded in cast -in - place concrete or masonry, in sufficient time to permit their timely installation. Provide proper setting drawings, templates and directions for installation of these items. C. Store materials to permit easy access for inspection and identification. Keep structural steel joists above the ground and spaced by using pallets, platforms or other supports and spacers. Protect joists and packaged materials from erosion and deterioration. D. Store fasteners in a protected place. E. Do not store materials on the structure in a manner that may cause distortion, damage, or overload to members or supporting structures. F. Store all fasteners and welding electrodes in a weather -tight and dry place until ready for use. G. Store packaged materials in their original containers. H. Repair or replace damaged materials or structures as directed. 2. PRODUCTS 2.01 Structural Steel Joists A. Open -web and long -span steel joists shall be of the series and sizes indicated. All structural steel joists shall be designed, fabricated, and erected in compliance with the Standard Specifications, Load Tables and Weight Tables for Steel Joists and Joist Girders", latest edition, as adopted by the SJI and AISC and with modifications as indicated. B. Extended ends for top and/or bottom joist chord members shall be provided to meet structural framing and detailed requirements as indicated on the Drawings or as approved by the Engineer. Bottom chords of joists shall be extended where suspended ceilings are scheduled. C. Shearings and punchings shall be clean and true. Holes for bolts shall be drilled or reamed '/16 inch larger than the diameter of the bolt. Provide welded shop connections wherever possible. D. Before shipment, shop prime all steel joists in compliance with Section 09900, Painting". Finish painting of the structural steel joists shall be provided by the Contractor or the contractor's sub, in accordance with Section 09900, "Painting". Color to be selected by the Engineer/Owner. July 29, 2017 Steel Joists Sanford North WRF. Class "A" Biosolids Management System - Project Manual 05210-6 2.02 Fasteners and Anchors A. Provide fastening devices in compliance with Section 05025, "Metal Materials, Methods and Fastening". B. Welding shall comply with the above specified standards. 3. EXECUTION 3.01 General A. Verify elevations of concrete and masonry -bearing surfaces and locations of anchor rods, anchor bolts, bearing plates, and other embedments, with the steel joist erector present, for compliance with the requirements. B. Examine the areas and conditions under which structural steel joist work is to be installed, and notify the Engineer, in writing, of conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the Work. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. C. All erection procedures for steel joists shall comply with applicable SJI recommendations. D. Set steel joists accurately to the lines and levels indicated on the Drawings or on the shop details approved by the Engineer and shall be plumb and level unless otherwise indicated. E. Prior to assembling members, clean bearing surfaces and surfaces to be in permanent contact to remove dirt and scale. F. Exercise care in handling and erection to insure that steels joists are not twisted, bent, or otherwise damaged. Field correction of fabrication errors by use of gas cutting torches shall be allowed only if approved by the Engineerfor each specific condition. G. Drifting to enlarge holes will not be permitted. Holes that must be enlarged to admit bolts shall be reamed. Poor matching of holes caused by either shop or erection errors shall be sufficient cause for rejection by the Engineer. 3.02 Erection of Structural Steel Joists A. Erection shall be in accordance with the specified standards and as indicated on the Contract Drawings. July 29, 2017 Steel Joists Sanford North WRF. Class "A" Biosolids Management System - Project Manual 05210-7 B. Set joists with adequate bearings as required for the various conditions of support. Provide all headers, trimmers, bearing plates, bracing, bridging, anchors and other items necessary for a complete installation of the joists. Check all levels and elevations before setting bearing plates. Shim with steel where necessary. C. For uplift purposes, anchorage of roof joists at points of bearing shall develop seventy- five percent (75%) of the maximum joist reaction. D. Unless otherwise indicated, bearing, anchorage and bridging of joists shall be in compliance with the more stringent requirements recommended by either SJI or AISC for the particular installation. E. Equipment hung from joists shall be supported from panel points, unless special details are provided on the Drawings or written permission is obtained from the Engineer in advance. F. No other construction loads, other than those required to erect the joists, shall be placed on the joists prior to completion of this work. G. After erection, paint bolts and touch-up all burned and abraded areas in compliance with Section 09900, "Painting". END OF SECTION July 29, 2017 Steel Joists Sanford North WRF. Class `A" Biosolids Management System - Project Manual 05310-1 SECTION 05310 METAL ROOF DECK GENERAL 1.01 Description A. The work in this Section includes providing all labor, materials, equipment and incidentals necessary for fabrication and erection of steel roof deck, ventilating steel roof deck, closure strips, anchors, fasteners and accessories as shown on the Contract Drawings and specified herein. B. Related work specified elsewhere includes: Specification Section 05025 Metal Materials, Methods, and Fastening 05120 Structural Metal Framing 05210 Steel Joists 07540 TPO Roofing and Deck Insulation 07600 Flashing and Sheet Metal 09900 Painting Contract Drawings and General Provisions of the Contract 1.02 Quality Assurance A. Unless otherwise indicated, all materials, workmanship and practices shall conform to the following standards: July 29, 2017 Metal Roof Deck Sanford North WRF. Class "A" Biosolids Management System - Project Manual 05310-2 B. Fabrication and erection shall be performed by a qualified fabricator and erector approved by the Engineer. Preparation of shop drawings shall not begin until the fabricator and erector have been approved. C. Quality Control 1. The Contractor is responsible for all quality control. 2. Inspect all metal roof deck for compliance with referenced industry standards for the proposed applications. 3. The Contractor shall promptly remove and replace materials or fabricated components which do not comply with requirements of the Contract Documents. 1.03 Submittals A. Shop Drawings 1. Submit shop drawings for the work in accordance with the General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Section 01300, "Shop Drawings, Submittals and Samples". 2. Complete! shop drawings, including material lists, fabrication and erection drawings shall be submitted for review. Complete shop drawings, including material lists, fabrication, schedules for fabrication and shop assembly, layout of panels, connections, all details and working drawings and erection drawings shall be submitted for review. The shop drawing shall indicate gage, ASTM grade of steel, section modulus and type of paint or galvanizing. 3. The Engineer's review of Shop Drawings is for general conformance with design concepts only. Compliance with the requirements for materials, fabrication and erection of metal roof decking is the Contractor's responsibility. 4. Certification: Provide written certification of the following: a. Roof deck materials conform to the specifications and have been installed in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. b. The roof deck is suitable to be a component of Factory Mutual Class I Construction. 5. Fabrication shall not be approved until the shop drawing submission has been approved. July 29, 2017 Metal Roof Deck Sanford North WRF. Class "A" Biosolids Management System - Project Manual 05310-3 1.04 Delivery, Storage and Handling A. Deliver materials to the site at such time intervals to insure uninterrupted progress of the Work. B. Store metal roof decking to permit easy access for inspection and identification. Keep metal roof decking and one end elevated to provide drainage. C. Replace all damaged materials at no additional cost to the Owner. 2. PRODUCTS 2.01 Metal Roof Deck Materials A. Steel deck shall be fabricated of steel sheets, zinc -coated (galvanized) by the hot -dip process, complying with ASTM A446, Grade A. Galvanizing repair paint shall comply with Military Specification MIL-P-21035(1). B. Metal roof decking shall be fabricated of steel sheets conforming to ASTM A611, Grade C. Sheets shall be cleaned, pretreated to provide a strong bond between metal and paint, and shop -primed with a rust -inhibiting primer. When deck is specified in Section 09900, "Painting", to be finish painted, the primer shall be certified to be compatible with specified finish painting. C. Miscellaneous metal materials shall comply with Section 05025, "Metal Materials, Methods and Fastening". The color to be selected by the Engineer and Owner. 2.02 Design Criteria A. Type I Steel deck shall be 1'/2 inches deep, Type'B'. The metal roof decking shall be 20 gauge, unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings. B. Type II Steel deck shall be 0.6C26 Metal Form Deck for use in with a composite concrete deck system. C. In no case shall the gauge of the metal roof decking be lighter than indicated on Factory Mutual Span/Gage Tables. D. The upper surface of the metal roof decking shall be flat or slightly convex. Whenever practicable, deck units shall be of sufficient length to span three (3) or more supports. July 29, 2017 Metal Roof Deck Sanford North WRF. Class `A" Biosolids Management System - Project Manual 05310-4 2.03 Fasteners/Deck Attachment A. Attach Type I Deck To structural steel with 5/8 inch puddle welds using a 36/7 pattern and at six (6) inches on -center at deck edge. Fasten side laps with seven (7) #10 Tek screws between each support. B. Attach Type II Deck to the structural steel with 5/8-inch puddle welds with welding washers using a 30/4 pattern and at six (6) inches on -center at deck edge. Fasten side laps with one (1) #12 Tek screw between each support. 2.04 Closure Strips A. Closure strips shall be semi -rigid neoprene or rubber conforming to the decking configuration. 2.05 Accessories A. Furnish all accessories necessary to complete the metal roof deck installation. B. The finish of all accessories shall be the same as the finish of roof deck units except galvanized accessories may be used with primed deck. 3. EXECUTION 3.01 General A. All metal roof deck installation procedures shall conform to applicable Steel Deck Institute recommendations. B. Before installation, panel surfaces shall be clean and free from all dirt and scale. Exercise care in handling and erection to insure that metal roof decking panels are not twisted, bent, or otherwise damaged. 3.02 Inspection A. Check the alignment of steel supports before installing any metal roof decking. July 29, 2017 Metal Roof Deck Sanford North WRF. Class "A" Biosolids Management System - Project Manual 05310-5 B. Do not proceed with installation unless alignment of members meet the tolerances set by AISC and/or SJI. 3.03 Installation of Metal Roof Decking A. Install decking in accordance with "approved" shop drawings. Observe all recommendations of Factory Mutual Loss Prevention Data Sheet 1-28. B. Openings less than 16 square feet and skew cuttings shall be made in the field. Openings in ventilating deck larger than 6 inches square must be reinforced as recommended by the deck manufacturer. C. The Type I deck shall be fastened to each steel support by means of fusion -type electric arc welds not less than 5/,-inch diameter spaced using a 36/7 pattern. Use steel welding washers at each weld. D. The Type 11 deck shall be fastened to each steel support by means of fusion -type electric arc welds not less than 5/,-inch diameter spaced using a 30/4 pattern. Use steel welding washers at each weld. E. End laps shall be at least two (2) inches and shall be made over supports. Weld at six 6) inches on center at end laps. F. Side joints of adjacent sheets shall be fastened using seven (7) #10 Tek screws between each support for Type I deck and one (1) #12 Tek screw between each support for Type II deck. G. All welding shall comply with AWS D1.1. H. All scarred areas of both surfaces of the metal roof deck, including cuts, drill holes, welds, and rust spots, shall be touched up with a rust inhibiting primer of the same type as used for shop primer. I. All scarred areas of both surfaces of the metal roof deck, including cuts, drill holes, welds, and rust spots, shall be touched up with galvanizing repair paint in compliance with the manufacturer's instructions. END OF SECTION July 29, 2017 Metal Roof Deck Sanford North WRF. Class "A" Biosolids Management System - Project Manual 08120-1 SECTION 08120 ALUMINUM DOORS AND FRAMES 1. GENERAL 1.01 Description A. The work specified in this Section includes furnishing all labor, materials, equipment and incidentals required to deliver and install aluminum doors, frames, panels and appurtenances as indicated on the Contract Drawings, as scheduled, and as specified herein. B. Related Work Specified Elsewhere 1. Related work specified elsewhere includes: 03600 Grout 07900 Caulking and Sealants 08710 Finish Hardware 08800 Division 5 Glass and Glazing Miscellaneous Metals 1.02 References and Standards A. All work shall be executed and installed in accordance with the requirements of all applicable codes. B. The following publications, listed below, form a part of this specification to the extent referenced. The publications are referred to in the text by the basic designation only. July 29, 2017 Aluminum Doors and Frames Sanford North WRP Class "A" Biosolids Management System - Project Manual 08120-2 C. Unless otherwise indicated, all materials, workmanship and practices shall conform to the following standards: ASTM B-209 Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum -Alloy Sheet and Plate ASTM B-221 Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum -Alloy Extruded Bars, Rods, Wire, Profiles, and Tubes Al17.1 Specifications for Making Buildings and Facilities Accessible to and Usable by Physically Handicapped People of Architectuial Metal Manufacturers (NAAIVIM) CHM - 1- 74 Recommended Architectural Specifications for Hollow Metal Doors and Frames Hollow Metal Technical and Design Manual, Section 6, Installation of Doors and Frames Florida Building Code Uniform Building Code (Latest Edition) 1.03 Quality Assurance A. Provide stock aluminum work manufactured by a single firm specializing in the production of this type of work, unless otherwise acceptable to the Engineer. B. Manufacturer's offering products to comply with the requirements for aluminum doors and frames include Alutech Corporation, Cline Aluminum Doors, or equal. C. Submit a warranty for all aluminum doors and frames in accordance with Section 01740, "Warranties and Bonds". The manufacturer shall warrant each separate door installation against manufacturing defects for the "lifetime of original installation", including the cost of refinishing and rehanging if doors do not comply with specified tolerances. 1.04 Submittals A. Copies of all materials required to establish compliance with the specifications shall be submitted in accordance with the provisions Section 06700, "General Conditions", July 29, 2017 Aluminum Doors and Frames Sanford North WRF. Class "A" Biosolids Management System - Project Manual 08120-3 Section 00800, "Supplementary Conditions, and Section 01300, "Shop Drawings, Submittals and Samples". B. All equipment and materials shall be "new" and shall be specially designed or selected for the function and service specified. No equipment or materials may be used in the Project that has not been approved by the Engineer. C. Submittals shall include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Elevations of each door type. 2. Size of doors and frames. 3. Metal thickness. 4. Details of door and frame construction. 5. Assembly methods. 6. Methods of anchorage. 7. Glazing details. 8. Provisions for and location of hardware. 9. Schedule showing each door, frame and swing of the door. D. Hardware templates shall be furnished to the door manufacturer by the Contractor for correct hardware location. E. The manufacturer's descriptive literature shall include detailed specifications, door configurations and swing angle. F. Samples of the required colored finish shall be submitted for approval of the Engineer prior to fabrication of the work. 1.05 Performance Requirements A. Framing products furnished herein shall meet or exceed the following performance requirements and shall be certified in writing by an independent testing laboratory: July 29, 2017 Aluminum Doors and Frames Sanford North WRF. Class "A"' Biosolids Management System - Project Manual 08120-4 1. Resistance to Air Infiltration a. When tested in accordance with ASTM E-283, the air infiltration shall not exceed 0.06 ft3/min per ft2 of fixed area. 2. Resistance to Water Infiltration a. No water shall pass the interior frame of the system when tested at 8 psf in accordance with ASTM E-331 at a test pressure of 7.5 psf. 3. Performance Under Uniform Load a. When tested in accordance with ASTM E-330, the maximum stress shall not exceed 12.929 psi and the maximum deflection of any member shall not exceed 1/175 of its span. b. When the load is removed, there shall be no evidence of permanent deformation or damage. The test shall be conducted under a load of 25 psf. 4. Aluminum frames shall be designed to withstand a 140 mph wind. 5. Provide hurricane shelter design considerations at all applicable areas. 1.06 Product Delivery, Storage and Handling A. Inspect materials delivered to the Project Site for damage. Unload and store with minimum handling. B. Provide storage space in a dry location with adequate ventilation, free from dust or water, and easily accessible for inspection and handling. Store all materials neatly, properly stacked in a manner to prevent metal to metal contact and any other type of damage. C. Protect finish surfaces during shipping, handling, storage and installation until Final Project Acceptance by the Owner. Any damaged doors shall be replaced at no additional cost to the Owner. 1.07 Warranty A. Submit a warranty for all aluminum doors and frames in accordance with Section 01740, "Warranties and Bonds". July 29, 2017 Aluminum Doors and Frames Sanford North WRF. Class "A" Biosolids Management System - Project Manual 08120-5 B. Submit written agreement in door manufacturer's standard form signed by manufacturer, Installer and Contractor, agreeing to repair or replace defective doors which have separated from the core, expansion of the core, or otherwise failed due to defects in material and workmanship, improper installation or corrosion from a specified environment, for a period of not less than ten (10) years. 2. PRODUCTS 2.01 Flush Aluminum Doors A. Swing type aluminum doors and frames shall be provided of the size, design and location indicated on the Contract Drawings. Provide doors complete with frames, framing members and all accessories. All materials, equipment and accessories shall conform to the following specifications. B. Aluminum Alloy for Doors and Frames 1. ASTM B-221, Alloy 6063-T5 for extrusions. 2. ASTM B-209, alloy and temper best suited for aluminum sheets and finish required. C. Fasteners 1. All screws and miscellaneous fasteners shall be stainless steel, or other corrosion resistant material. D. Materials for Flush Aluminum Doors Doors shall be 1 %-inch thick aluminum flush doors. The door core shall be a fire retardant closed cell urethane foam with a minimum insulation R-value of 9.8. The urethane foam shall pass UL 13369 requirements for non-combustible construction systems. A 1 '/4-inch by 4-inch by 1/8-inch thick 6063-T5 aluminum Alloy tube shall be provided on all four sides of the door. The door facing shall be 0.063-inch thickness, smooth surface finish, aluminum sheet laminated to a 0.125-inch thick tempered hardboard. The face sheets and insulated core shall be bonded together with a two-part thermosetting adhesive, to form a waterproof, heat and chemical resistant bond. The entire perimeter of door shall be furnished with a special beveled design using 6063-T5 aluminum alloy extrusions. 2. Aluminum reinforcing plate, %-inch thick, for attaching door hardware except hinges and door closers shall be provided. Reinforcement on doors for hinges and door closers shall be provided using a 5/16inch thick aluminum reinforcing plate. Door hinges shall be stainless steel. All tapped holes for mortised hardware July 29, 2017 Aluminum Doors and Frames Sanford North WRF. Class "A" Biosolids Management System - Project Manual 08120-6 shall be made at the factory. There shall be an adhesive joint, as well as the mechanical joint, for rigid connection of the reinforcing bar and door panel lamination. Hinges shall be attached using machine screws directly into the reinforcing bar. All standard hinges shall be flush with the door cap. No wood blocks shall be used for hinge attachment. 3. Screws, nuts, washers, bolts, rivets, clips and other miscellaneous fastening devices shall be stainless steel. Pairs of doors shall be equipped with an astragal with weather stripping. Vinyl used for glazing or weather-stripping shall have color to match aluminum as closely as possible and shall be elastomeric type conforming to Federal Specifications CS-230-60. 4. Sealants shall be fully compatible with all other materials, shall be non -staining and in accordance with Federal Specification TT-C-598, Caulking Compound Plastic, and Section 07900, "Caulking and Sealants". 5. Facings shall be monolithic. No pieces with lap joints, butt joints, lock joints or other types of manufactured joints shall be permitted. All cutouts shall be made from the solid sheet and shall be made without distorted edges. Facing shall be large enough so that it will be concealed under the door edging '/z-inch aluminum. 6. All edging shall be cut to the proper door size. Lock and hinge edging shall be die notched to receive the top and bottom edging. Hinge side edge shall be die cut as needed to give clearance for 4-inch or 4'/z-inch standard duty hinges. The edging shall be fitted to the door with adhesive and shall be nonremovable and watertight. After sizing, the edging and facing joint shall be sealed with the appropriate sealant. 7. Lamination shall be done under controlled production conditions and shall consist of applying adhesive through serrated spreader rolls to proper thickness. The serrations on the rolls shall be such as to apply a "tooth" edge to the core to increase contact surfaces without deleterious cracking of the cells. All units of the sandwich" shall be, placed on a continuous conveyor and go through solvent draw off equipment and a temperature controlled oven so as to reader units, to optimum conditions for bonding. Bonding shall be accomplished on alignmentjigs equipped for proper register of all parts in accordance with the door type. After bonding, lamination of the "sandwich" shall take place using rubber covered rolls hydraulically actuated to maintain 100 psi uniform pressure for the proper reactivation of the adhesive. Thereafter, the "sandwich" shall go through a thermostatic temperature control oven to complete the advance and cross -linking of the reactivated adhesive. At the conclusion of this operation, the "sandwich" shall proceed, through additional rubber covered rolls hydraulically actuated as the previous operation. Adhesive preparation, heating, bonding and laminating must take place as a continuous operation to assure proper glue line temperature and pressure control. Edging shall lap over "sandwich" edge to control finished dimensions of assembled doors. July 29, 2017 Aluminum Doors and Frames Sanford North WRF. Class "A" Siosolids Management System - Project Manual 08120-7 8. Complete "sandwich" shall be slabbed on a perfectly flat surface for proper aging. The completed "sandwich" shall be a structural laminate which meets or exceeds the U.S. Forest Products -Laboratory HHFA test, performed in compliance with the ASTM D-1037 test procedure. 2.02 Aluminum Door Frames A. Aluminum door frames shall be furnished by the door manufacturer. B. Door frame member material shall be of an extruded aluminum shape. The aluminum alloy shall be 6063-T5 and of a nominal wall thickness of 1/8-inch. The minimum wall thickness for glazing beads, moldings and trim shall be 0.05-inch. Shapes shown are representations of the design, function, and required profile. Dimensions shown are minimum. Shapes of equivalent design, dimensions, profile, and function may be used subject to engineers approval. C. Door frame members shall be of size and shape as shown on the Contract Drawings. Door rabbetts shall allow for a 1 3%-inch door and weather-stripping. Weatherstripping shall be self-locking in integrally extruded grooves in the door stop. Weatherstripping shall create a weathertight seal when the door is installed properly. D. Door frame members shall be notched to provide a neat joint at header ends and square cut at threshold ends. Notch sections shall be connected by 1/8-inch aluminum angles drilled and tapped for %-inch machine screws. Corner angles shall be invisible on erected frames. One -eighth aluminum angle floor knees shall be flush riveted to bottom of jambs for anchoring to floor. E. Hinge reinforcements shall be of '/4-inch aluminum plate drilled and tapped to receive template hinges. Latch plates shall be recessed unless otherwise specified. Frame members shall have 3/4-inch return legs at open back of frame. F. Weatherstripping used for glazing shall be Santoprene Thermoplastic Black Rubber type conforming to Government Specifications, ASTM C-864, ASTM C-542 and NAAMA SG-1-70, and with a Duramador of at least 67 per ASTM D-2240 Hardness (Shore A), and must meet or exceed the following: ASTM D-297 Specific Gravity ASTM; D-412 Tensile Strength, Ultimate Elongation, and 100% Modulus; ASTM D-746 Brittleness Temp; ASTM D-395B Compression Set Percent; ASTM D-624 Tear Resistance. G. Provide anchors ofstainless steel, or other corrosion resistant material to secure frames to adjacent construction. Place anchors near top and bottom of each jamb and at intermediate points not more than twenty-five (25) inches apart. July 29, 2017 Aluminum Doors and Frames Sanford North WRF. Class `A," Biosolids Management System - Project Manual 08120-8 H. The aluminum frame system shall be designed to withstand a 140 mph hurricane force wind at the Project Site. Provide all additional internal reinforcing members as recommended by the manufacturer. I. The aluminumn frame system shall be designed in accordance with all local, state and federal codes affecting this type of installation. 2.03 Vision Panel A. Vision panel openings, if required, shall be cut to the proper size to allow the window to fit so that it will conceal '/2-inch under the window flange. Glass mouldings shall be non -removable on the outside of the door. Mouldings shall be square cut with butt joints. Weatherstripping used for moulding shall be of the thermoplastic rubber type, conforming to Government Specifications, ASTM C-864, ASTM C-542 and NAAMA SG-1-70. Inside mouldings shall be of the thermoplastic rubber and shall be removable. Inside of the window shall be trimmed with an angle that covers cutout opening edges by '/2-inch . B. Glass for vision panels shall be clear, tempered safety glass conforming to Federal Safety Standard 16CF-Rl 201, and shall be of a thickness to withstand hurricane force winds of 140 mph, (%-inch minimum thickness). C. Setting blocks and spacer shims shall be fabricated from neoprene. The sealant to be used for glazing shall have a color to match aluminum color. 2.04 Provisions for Hardware A. Hardware is specified in section 08710, "Finish Hardware". Hardware templates and hardware shall be delivered to the door manufacturer for use in fabrication of aluminum doors and frames. All hardware must be approved by the Engineer prior to delivery or installation. B. Cut, reinforce, drill, and tap doors and frames in accordance with hardware manufactures recommendations. C. Surface -applied hardware, push plates, kick plates, and mop plates shall be drilled and tapped in the field. D. Provide hinge reinforcements of/4-inch aluminum flat bar and secure to door edge or frames with stainless steel machine screws. Hardware reinforcements shall be provided for hinges, door closers, locks and bolt locations. July 29, 2017 Aluminum Doors and Frames Sanford North WRF. Class `A" Biosolids Management System - Project Manual 08120-9 E. All tapped holes for mortised hardware shall be made in the factory and plaster guards provided to protect holes in reinforcing plates. F. Screws, bolts and fasteners shall be stainless steel. G. Aluminum closers shall be provided on all doors. 2.05 Provisions for Glazing A. Provide extruded aluminum snap -in glazing beads on the interior sides of door, provide extruded aluminum, theft -proof, snap -in glazing beads orfixed glazing beads on exterior or security side of door. Glazing beads shall have vinyl insert glazing gaskets. B. Design glazing beads to receive glass of thickness indicated or specified. Glazing is specified in Specification Section 08800, "Glazing." 2.06 Fabrication A. Glazing channels for fixed sash transoms and sidelights shall be furnished as detailed on the Contract Drawings and shall match door frames. B. Spreaders 1. Spreaders shall be provided across the bottom of all door frames. 2. Frames that become dented, bent, twisted or broken in transit to the job or while stored at the job site shall not be used. Repaired frames will not be acceptable. 2.07 Finishes A. Comply with the NAAMM "Metal Finishes Manual" for recommendations relative to application and designations of finishes. B. Finish designations prefixed by "'AA" conform to the system established by the Aluminum Association for designating aluminum finishes. C. Frame coating at masonry or concrete surfaces shall be a fibered asphalt emulsion with a minimum thickness of/16 inch. July 29, 2017 Aluminum Doors and Frames Sanford North WRF. Class `A" Biosolids Management System - Project Manual 08120-10 D. Aluminum door and frame finish color shall be selected by the Engineer from the manufacturer's standard colors and shall be clear anodized in accordance with AAM12G22A31, Class II. E. All exposed aluminum surfaces and hardware shall be free of scratches and other serious surface blemishes or the materials shall be removed and replaced at the Contractor's cost. 3. EXECUTION 3.01 Examination A. The Contractor shall verify wall opening sizes and tolerances are acceptable. B. The Contractor shall verify the substrate. 3.02 Installation A. Aluminum Door Frames 1. Frames shall be installed in correctly prepared openings according to the manufacturer's recommended installation instructions. 2. They shah be set plumb, square and level in correct alignment with floors, ceilings, walls and other work. 3. They shall be securely anchored and completely ready for operation to produce a watertight job. 4. All joints between frames and masonry shall be tightly caulked and neatly pointed. Excess caulking material shall be removed. 5. Itshallbe, the Contractor's responsibility to protect aluminum frame members from damage during construction. Damaged frames are unacceptable and shall not be repaired. New frames shall be ordered from the manufacturer at no additional cost to the Owner. B. Door Installation 1. Doors shall be installed plumb, level and true to line. Hardware shall be applied and adjusted to achieve quiet and smooth operation. Hardware shall be as specified in Section 08710, "Finish Hardware". July 29, 2017 Aluminum Doors and Frames Sanford North WRP Class "A" Biosolids Management System - Project Manual 08120-11 2. Door clearances shall not exceed 1/8-inch at jambs, heads, and meeting stiles at pairs of doors. Clearance between the bottom of door and the finished floor material or threshold shall not exceed'/4-inch. Frames shall be manufactured and machined to within '/32inch for all dimensions. 3.03 Protection from Dissimilar Materials A. Dissimilar Metals 1. Where aluminum surfaces come in contact with metals other than stainless steel, zinc, or small areas of white bronze, the Contractor shall provide protection from direct contact by one or a combination of the following methods: a. Paint the dissimilar metal with one coat of heavy- bodied bituminous paint. b. Apply a good quality caulking material between the aluminum and dissimilar metal. c. Use a non absorptive tape or gasket in permanently dry locations. B. Masonry and Concrete 1. The Contractor shall provide an aluminum surface in contact with mortar, concrete, or other masonry materials with one (1) coat of heavy -bodied bituminous paint. 3.04 Protection A. The Contractor shall protect the installation from damage and touch up scratched areas with the same type primer used for shop coats. B. Damaged work shall be unacceptable and shall be repaired or replaced based strictly and entirely on the Engineers determination. C. New doors, frames, etc., shall be ordered from the manufacturer and installed by the Contractor at the no additional cost to the Owner. 3.05 Cleaning A. Upon completion of installation and again at Final Project Acceptance by the Owner, the metal surfaces of doors and frames shall be cleaned on both the inside and outside. July 29, 2017 Aluminum Doors and Frames Sanford North WRF. Class "A" Bioso/ids Management System - Project Manual 08120-12 B. Doors and frames shall be washed and cleaned in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. Do not use abrasive, caustic or acid cleaning agents. C. Where the aluminum has become stained, or discolored, it shall be replaced by the Contractor at no additional cost to the Owner. END OF SECTION July 29, 2017 Aluminum Doors and Frames Sanford North WRF: Class `A" Biosolids Management System - Project Manual 08330-1 SECTION 08330 ALUMINUM OVERHEAD COILING DOORS 1. GENERAL 1.01 System Description A. Furnish and install electrically operated aluminum overhead coiling doors as shown on the Contract Drawings. B. Related Work Specified Elsewhere 1. Related work specified elsewhere includes: 05500 Metal Fabrications 06100 Rough Carpentry 08710 Finish Hardware 16 II Electrical C. Design Requirements 1. The aluminum overhead coiling doors shall be designed to withstand hurricane force winds up to 140 mph. 2. The aluminum overhead coiling doors shall be designed in accordance with ASCE 7-98, "Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures" 3. The aluminum overhead coiling doors shall be designed for normal use of up to twenty (20) cycles per day, maximum. September 7, 2017 (Addendum No. 4) Aluminum Overhead Coiling Doors Sanford North WRF. Class "A" Biosolids Management System - Project Manual 08330-2 1.02 Quality Assurance A. Aluminum overhead coiling doors shall be manufactured by a single firm specializing in the production, fabrication and installation of aluminum overhead coiling doors. B. The manufacturer shall be ISO 9002 registered and have a minimum of five (5) years experience in the production, fabrication and installation of aluminum overhead coiling doors. C. The manufacturer shall submit, in accordance with Section 01300, "Shop Drawings, Submittals and Samples", evidence of the ability to meet the performance and fabrication requirements specified, and include a list of five (5) projects of similar design, size and complexity completed within the past five (5) years. D. Installation of the aluminum overhead coiling door shall be performed by the authorized representative of the manufacturer. E. Single -Source Responsibility 1. Provide the aluminum overhead coiling door, guides, motors, and related primary components from a single manufacturer for each type of door. 2. Provide secondary components from a source acceptable to manufacturer of primary components. F. The Contractor shall schedule and convene a pre -installation conference of the aluminum overhead coiling door just prior to commencement of field operations, to establish the procedures to maintain optimum working conditions and to coordinate this work with related and adjacent work. G. Comply with the applicable requirements of the following specifications and standards 1. Florida Building Code 2. Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. H. Acceptable manufacturer's include Overhead Door, Stanley Doors, Best Rolling Doors, Kinnear Rolling Doors or approved equal. 1.03 Submittals A. Submit shop drawings, product data, certifications, etc., in accordance with Section 00700, "General Conditions, Section 00800, "Supplementary Conditions", Section 01300, "Shop Drawings, Submittals and Samples", prior to fabrication of the aluminum overhead coiling doors. September 7, 2017 (Addendum No. 4) Aluminum Overhead Coiling Doors Sanford North WRF: Class "A" Biosolids Management System - Project Manual 08330-3 B. The Contractor shall provide all supporting mechanisms, braces, framing, etc. necessary to install the aluminum overhead coiling door in the location indicated on the Contract Drawings. The cost of such materials shall be included in the Contractors Project Bid Price. C. Shop drawings shall indicate detailed plans, elevations, construction details, sizes, details offraming members, required clearances, anchors, hardware reinforcement and locations, metal thicknesses and wall conditions, and installation details. Include the relationship with adjacent materials. D. Submit the manufacturer's recommended installation, operating and maintenance instructions and procedures for the aluminum overhead coiling doors and the operators in accordance with Section 01300, "Shop Drawings, Submittals and Samples". Include both published data and any specific data prepared for this Project. E. Submit a manufacturer's certification that the aluminum overhead coiling door and accessories conform to all requirements of this specification and of the reference standards. F. Submit a certification, from a structural, Professional Engineer, registered in the State of Florida, that the aluminum overhead coiling door has been designed and constructed to withstand hurricane force winds of 140 mph. G. Submit certification stating that the installed materials comply with this specification section. H. Submit Operation and Maintenance Manuals in accordance with Section 01730, Operation and Maintenance Manuals". 1.04 Product Delivery, Storage and Handling A. Deliver materials and products in labeled protective packages. Protect doors and accessories from damage during delivery, storage, and handling. Clearly mark manufacturer's brand name. B. Store and handle in strict compliance with manufacturers instructions and recommendations. Protect materials from damage from weather, excessive temperatures and construction operations. Store doors in dry locations with adequate ventilation, free from dust and water, and in such a manner as to permit access for inspection and handling. C. Handle doors carefully to prevent damage. Remove damaged items that cannot be restored to like -new condition and provide new items. September 7, 2017 (Addendum No. 4) Aluminum Overhead Coiling Doors Sanford North WRF. Class `A" Biosolids Management System - Project Manual 08330-4 1.05 Operation and Maintenance Manuals A. O&M Manuals shall be furnished for this Project in accordance with Section 01730, Operation and Maintenance Data" and shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01300, "Shop Drawings, Submittals and Samples". B. The O&M Manuals shall be prepared specifically for this installation and shall include all detailed operating instructions (normal startup and shutdown procedures, normal operating conditions and emergency situations), maintenance procedures and instructions and specifications relative to the assembly, alignment, checking, lubrication, placing in operation, adjustment, and maintenance of equipment and auxiliaries furnished under this Contract, together with its complete parts lists therefore, and copies of shop drawings, certified dimensions drawings and design calculations, required cut sheets, drawings, equipment lists, descriptions, etc. that are required to instruct operation and maintenance personnel unfamiliar with such equipment. C. All such material shall be in addition to any instructions or parts lists packaged with or attached to the equipment when delivered. D. The "final" O&M Manuals shall contain plastic laminated pull-out lubrication and maintenance, cards detailing all lubrication points, lubricant type, and frequency of lubrications and all additional required maintenance and frequency intervals. E. In addition to standard O&M Manuals, all manufacturers supplying equipment and products specified herein shall also submit their operation and maintenance manuals and data to the SCADA System Integrator for this Project on CD/DVD/BD's in Corel WordPerfect (latest version), Microsoft Word (latest version), or text, "txt", formats. All graphic files shall be in BMP, PCX, CDR, JPEG, DWG or DXF formats (integrators preference for the system shall be required). All O&M Manual files shall also be submitted electronically on CD/DVD/BD's to the Engineer in both PDF and JPEG formats, no exceptions. F. The SCADA System Integrator shall be responsible to configure and compile the O&M Manuals into "hypertext" window help files for use as computer "on-line" help screens for equipment operation and maintenance. The SCADA System Integrator shall return all hypertext files to the equipment and product manufacturer's for review and approval prior to introducing them into the SCADA System at the treatment facility. 1.06 Special Tools and Spare Parts A. Furnish one (1) complete set of all special tools, including lubricating devices, required for normal operation, adjustment and maintenance of the equipment supplied. All such September 7, 2017 (Addendum No. 4) Aluminum Overhead Coiling Doors Sanford North WRF. Class "A" Biosolids Management System - Project Manual 08330-5 tools shall be furnished with a heavy duty, thermoplastic tool chest complete with a padlock and duplicate keys. B. Furnish all required lubricants required for operation and maintenance of the aluminum overhead coiling doors for a period of two (2) years. C. Replacement parts required for normal operation, other than routine maintenance items, shall be provided by the manufacturer to assure uninterrupted operation of the aluminum overhead coiling doors. D. Submit a recommended spare pares list for all aluminum overhead coiling door components to the Engineer for approval during the shop drawings review process. Spare parts shall be properly bound and labeled for easy identification without opening the packaging and suitably protected for long-term storage. 1.07 Warranty A. The Contractor shall furnish the Owner with a two (2) year service/parts warranty as specified in Section 01740, "Warranties and Bonds". B. The aluminum overhead coiling doors shall be unconditionally warranted by the manufacturer's for a period of five (5) years from the date of Final Project Acceptance by the Owner. C. The equipment manufacturer shall guarantee that the equipment furnished is suitable for the purpose intended and free from defects of design, material and workmanship. D. In the event that any equipment fails to perform as specified herein, the equipment manufacturer shall promptly repair or replace the defective equipment at no additional cost to the Owner. E. This warranty is in addition to any other warranty required by the Contract Documents. 2. PRODUCTS 2.01 Aluminum Coiling Doors A. Shall be counterbalanced, overhead coiling type, and shall be designed for use on exterior openings, as indicated on the Contract Drawings. September 7, 2017 (Addendum No. 4) Aluminum Overhead Coiling Doors Sanford North WRF. Class `A" Biosolids Management System - Project Manual 08330-6 B. Doors shall be operated automatically by an electric operator/motor with an manual override (hand chain with gear or sprocket reduction operator). C. Doors shall be complete with framing members, guides, hardware, fastenings, operating mechanisms, anchors and accessories. D. Doors shall be surface -mounted type with guides at jambs set back a sufficient distance to provide a clear opening when door is in the "open" position. Exterior doors shall be mounted in accordance with the manufacturers recommendations for the proposed Project application. E. Doors, hardware, and anchors shall be designed to withstand a hurricane force wind of 140 mph without damage to any components. Fabricate interlocking sections with high strength nylon endlocks on alternate slats each secured with two'/4- inch rivets. Provide wind/ocks as required to meet the specified wind load. 2.02 Materials A. Aluminum Alloy for Curtains 1. ASTM B-221, Alloy 6063-T5 for extrusion. ASTM B-209, alloy and temper best suited for the purpose for aluminum sheets and strips (16 gauge min. thickness). 2. The door (slats and hood) shall have a bronze anodized finish. B. Weatherstripping 1. A replaceable, 3-point, compressible vinyl gasket extending into the guides (bottom bar). 2. Provide a continuous neoprene rubber piece fastened to the inside of the hood and contacting the top of the curtain thus forming a seal. C. Bottom Bar 1. Extruded aluminum shall be used up to a door width of 15 feet - 4 inches. 2. Two structural steel angles shall be used on doors with widths over 15'-4" wide. The angles shall be galvanized steel. September 7, 2017 (Addendum No. 4) Aluminum Overhead Coiling Doors Sanford North WRF: Class "A" Biosolids Management System - Project Manual 08330-7 D. Guides 1. Roll -formed steel shapes attached to continuous steel wall angle shall be standard for doors up to 15% 4" wide. 2. Three (3) structural steel angles with a minimum thickness of 3/16inch shall be used for doors over 15"- 4" wide. 3. Provide windlock bars of the same material when windlocks are required to meet the specified wind load. E. Brackets 1. Fabricate from galvanized steel plate with permanently lubricated ball or roller bearings at rotating support points to support the counterbalance shaft assembly and form end closures. F. Counterbalance Shaft Assemb Oil -tempered, heat treated steel helical torsion spring assembly designed for the proper balance of the door to ensure that the maximum effort to operate will not exceed twenty-five pounds (25 lb). Provide wheel for applying and adjusting spring torque. 2. The counterbalance shall be housed in a steel tube or pipe barrel, supporting the curtain with deflection limited to 0.03 inches per foot of span. 3. The counterbalance shall be adjustable by means of an adjusting tension wheel. G. Hood 1. Provide an aluminum hood with reinforced top and bottom edges. Provide intermediate support brackets as required to prevent excessive sag. H. Weather/Sensing Edge Provide an automatic reversing control by an automatic sensing switch within a neoprene or rubber astragal extending the full width of the door bottom bar. I. Electric Motor Operation 1. Provide a UL listed, industrial duty, belt drive type, jackshaft type, 480-volt, 3-phase, electric operator. The electric door motor/operator shall be of the size and capacity September 7, 2017 (Addendum No. 4) Aluminum Overhead Coiling Doors Sanford North WRF. Class "A" Biosolids Management System - Project Manual 08330-8 recommended by the door manufacturer for the conditions specified herein. The unit shall be complete with an electric motor and factory pre -wired motor controls, positive locking mechanical brake, emergency manual chain hoist, and operator control stations. 2. The motor shall be of the high starting torque, continuous duty, industrial type, protected against overload by a current sensing or thermal overload device. 3. Primary speed reduction shall be heavy duty 5L V-belt and sprocket double reduced secondary providing mechanical braking to hold the door in any position. The operator shall be equipped with an adjustable friction clutch and floor level disconnect and emergency manual chain hoist assembly, an output and door driven sprocket shall be provided with the operator. 4. The operator shall be capable of driving the door, in either direction, from any position, at a speed of 8 to 9 inches per second. A fully adjustable, driven linear type limit switch mechanism shall synchronize the operator with the door. Low friction nylon limit nuts fitted on threaded steel shaft, rotating on oilite self-lubricating bronze bushings shall be provided. The motor shall be removable with affecting the limit switch settings. 5. Automatic; Operator Controls a. A push-button and key operated control station shall be provided for each door with open, close, and stop buttons (NEMA 4). b. The control station shall be mounted inside the building, with a surface/flush mounting, at the locations to be designated by the Owner and Engineer. 6. Special Operator Controls a. Radio control operation shall also be provided, for operation of the door. Three (3) door remotes, programmed and ready for operation, shall be provided to the Owner. b. Explosion and dust ignition proof control wiring shall be provided. 7. Manual ODeration a. A chain hoist, with gear or sprocket reduction operator, shall be provided as specified herein. September 7, 2017 (Addendum No. 4) Aluminum Overhead Coiling Doors Sanford North WRF. Class "A" Biosolids Management System - Project Manual 08330-9 J. Locking Mechanism 1. Masterkeyable cylinder operable from both sides of the bottom bar. 2. Chain keeper locks for chain hoist operation shall be provided. 3. Provide interlock switches on motor operated units. K. Anchors 1. All anchors (size, type material) for installation of the aluminum overhead coiling doors shall be the standard of the aluminum overhead coiling door manufacturer for the type and weight of door to be installed as part of this Project and shall be corrosion resistant. L. Fasteners 1. All fasteners (size, type material) for installation of the aluminum overhead coiling doors shall be the standard of the aluminum overhead coiling door manufacturer for the type and weight of door to be installed as part of this Project and shall be corrosion resistant. M. Structural Steel 1. All structural steel for installation of the aluminum overhead coiling doors shall by ASTM A-36, hot -dipped galvanized. 2.03 Fabrication A. Curtains 1. Shall be formed on interlocking anodized aluminum slats of shapes standard with the manufacturer, except that slats for exterior doors shall be flat type. 2. Curtains shall roll up on a barrel supported at head of opening on brackets and be balanced by a helical torsion spring assembly system in the barrel. 3. The assembled and installed door shall be able to withstand a hurricane force wind of 140 mph. The slats shall be 16 gauge, minimum. September 7, 2017 (Addendum No. 4) Aluminum Overhead Coiling Doors Sanford North WRF: Class "A"' Biosolids Management System - Project Manual 08330-10 B. Endlocks and Windlocks 1. Both end's of each slat or each alternate slat shall be fitted with endlocks. In addition to endlocks, exterior doors shall have windlocks or integral slat lugs of manufacturer's standard design at ends of at least every sixth slat. 2. Windlocks of lugs shall prevent the curtain from leaving the guide because of deflection from wind pressure or other forces. C. Bottom Bar 1. The bottom of the curtain shall be reinforced with the T-shaped extruded aluminum section for door widths up to 164". For door widths greater than 15'-4", two galvanized steel angles shall be utilized. 2. In addition, exterior doors shall have a compressible and replaceable vinyl weather :seal. D. Guides 1. Steel structural shapes or formed steel shapes fastened to the wall with steel shapes not less than 3/16-inch thick. Guides shall be of sufficient depth or shall incorporate a steel locking bar to retain the curtain in place under the wind pressure specified. 2. Provide continuous vinyl weather seals on guides at exterior doors. Securely attach guides to adjoining construction with not less than 3/e-linch diameter bolts, placed near each end and not over twenty-four (24) inches apart. E. Barrel 1. Steel pipe or commercial welded steel tubing, galvanized, of proper diameter and thickness for the size of curtain. Deflection shall not exceed diameter and thickness for the size of curtain. 2. Deflections shall not exceed 0.03 inches per foot of span. Close the! ends of barrel with cast-iron plugs, machined to fit the pipe and either pinned or attached with screws in the spring barrel, except that drive end plug may be steel welded in place. Welding shall not be used on the tension end. Install within the barrel and oil -tempered, stress relieved, helical, counterbalancing steel spring having a 25% safety factor, and capable of producing sufficient torque to assure easy operation of the door curtain from any position. September 7, 2017 (Addendum No. 4) Aluminum Overhead Coiling Doors Sanford North WRF. Class "A" Biosolids Management System - Project Manual 08330-11 4. At least eighty percent (80%) of the door weight shall be counterbalanced at any position. The spring -tension shall be adjustable without removing the hood. F. Brackets 1. Fabricated of galvanized steel plate to support the barrel, curtain, and operator and to form a supporting ring and end closure for the hood. 2. Provide a weather baffle at the lintel or inside the hood or each exterior door. G. Lockino Device 1. For each manually operated exterior rolling door provide manufacturer's standard chain or bar type locking device on the inside. 2. The locking device shall be of type capable of receiving a padlock with a 5/16 inch diameter shackle. 2.04 Automatic Reversing Control A. Furnish each door with an automatic safety switch, extending full width of door bottom, and located within a U-shaped vinyl astragal mounted to the bottom door rail. B. Contact with switch before fully closing will immediately stop the downward travel and reverse direction to the fully opened position. Connect to the control circuit through a retracting safety cord and reel. 2.05 Manual Operation IA. Manual Hand -Chain Operation 1. Provide a galvanized, endless chain operating over a sprocket and extending to within three (3) feet of the floor. Obtain reduction by use of roller chain and sprocket drive or suitable gearing. 2. Gears shall be high-grade gray iron, cast from machine -cut patterns. The pull required to operate the door shall not exceed twenty-five (25) pounds. September 7, 2017 (Addendum No. 4) Aluminum Overhead Coiling Doors Sanford North WRF. Class "A" Biosolids Management System - Project Manual 08330-12 2.06 Ferrous Metal Finishes A. All steel and east iron materials used in the manufacture of the door and frame shall be e hot -dip galvanized after fabrication and machining. B. All ferrous surfaces exposed to view (including galvanized) except working parts of machinery or bearing surfaces shall receive one (1) shop coat of "rust inhibitive" metal primer compatible with the finish coating system in Specification Section 09900, Painting". C. Finish paint in the field as specified in Section 09900, "Painting". 2.07 Aluminum Finishes A. Comply with the NAAMM "Metal Finishes Manual" for recommendations relative to application and designations of finishes. B. Finish designations prefixed by "AA" conform to the system established by the Aluminum Association for designating aluminum finishes. C. High -Performance Organic Coat 1. AA-Cl2C42R1x (Chemical Finish: cleaned with inhibited chemicals; chemical finish; chemical conversion coating, acid chromate -fluoride -phosphate pretreatment; Organic Coating: as specified below). 2. Prepare, pretreat, and apply coating to exposed metal surfaces to comply with coating and resin manufacturer's instructions. 3. KYNAR-5,00 Fluoropolymer 3-Coat System a. Manufacturer's standard 3-coat thermocured system, complying with AAMA 605.2, composed of specially formulated inhibitive primer and fluorocarbon color topcoat containing not less than seventy percent (70%) polyvinyldene fluoride resin by weight. b. The color shall be selected by the Engineer from manufacturer's standard colors.. September 7, 2017 (Addendurn No. 4) Aluminum Overhead Coiling Doors Sanford North WRF: Class `A" Biosolids Management System - Project Manual 08330-13 3. EXECUTION 3.01 Preparation A. Coordination and Measurements 1. Measurements shall be taken at the at each door location to assure proper erection of the work. The Contractor shall be responsible for checking in the field all dimensions, whether or not shown on the Drawings, upon which the accurate fitting together and installation of the door may depend, or which would affect the proper operation of the door. 2. The Contractor shall examine the conditions of substrates, supports, and other conditions under which this Work is to be performed. Verify that conditions are in accordance with the shop drawings. B. Do not proceed with any work until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. C. Commencement of work by the installer shall mean acceptance of the substrate. 3.02 Installation A. Install aluminum overhead coiling doors in accordance with the instructions and recommendations of the manufacturer and in such a manner that will prevent damage or deformation. Doors shall be delivered, stored and handled in accordance with Article 1.04, "Product Delivery, Storage and Handling", herein. B. Doors shall be installed plumb, level and true to line in accordance with the details shown on the approved shop drawings. Hardware shall be applied and adjusted to achieve quiet and smooth operation. C. Install the doors securely in appropriate frames, and adjusted for proper operation without sticking or binding. D. Install door and operating equipment complete with necessary hardware, jamb, and head mold strips, anchors, inserts, hangers, and equipment supports in accordance with approved shop drawings, manufacturer's instructions, and as specified herein. E. Instruct the Owner's personnel in the proper operating procedures and maintenance schedule. September 7, 2017 (Addendum No. 4) Aluminum Overhead Coiling Doors Sanford North WRF. Class "A" Biosolids Management System - Project Manual 08330-14 3.03 Adjusting and Cleaning A. Upon completion of installation including work by other trades, lubricate, test and adjust doors to operate easily, free from warp, twist or distortion and fitting weathertight for the entire perimeter. B. Clean exposed surfaces using non-abrasive materials and the methods recommended by the manufacturer of the material or product being cleaned. C. Touch-up damaged coatings and finishes and repair minor damage. Remove all surplus materials and debris from the site. END OF SECTION September 7, 2017 (Addendum No. 4) Aluminum Overhead Coiling Doors Sanford North WRF. Class `A" Biosolids Management System - Project Manual 08520-1 SECTION 08520 ALUMINUM WINDOWS 1. GENERAL 1.01 Description A. This section includes providing all labor, materials and equipment necessary to install heavy commercial -grade aluminum window units of the performance class in the locations shown on the Contract Drawings and/or specified herein. Window types include, as identified on the Contract Drawings, the following: 1. Fixed windows. B. All window units shall be constructed of tubular aluminum sections, shop fabricated, factory finished, with vision glass, related flashings, anchorage and attachment devices. C. Related Work Described Elsewhere 1. Related work specified elsewhere includes: Caulking and Sealants Glass and Glazing 1.02 System Performance Requirements A. Provide aluminum window units that comply with performance requirements specified, as demonstrated by testing manufacturer's corresponding stock systems according to test methods indicated. July 29, 2017 Aluminum Windows Sanford North WRF. Class `A"' Biosolids Management System - Project Manual 08520-2 B. Design and size components to withstand dead and live loads caused by positive and negative wind pressure acting normal to the plane of the wall in accordance with the Florida Building Code, all applicable codes and as measured in accordance with ASTM E-330. C. Limit member deflection to the flexure limit of the glass or '/250 (0.4%); with full recovery of the glazing materials, whichever is less. D. Comply with structural performance, air infiltration, and water penetration requirements indicated in AAMA 101 for the type, grade, and performance class of window units required. E. The aluminum windows, frames and glazing materials shall be able to withstand hurricane force winds up to 140 mph without damage or failure. Where the required design pressure exceeds the minimum for the specified window grade, comply with requirements of AAMA 101, Section 3, "Optional Performance Classes" for higher than minimum performance class. F. Heights of window units above grade at the window centerline are indicated or can be determined from the Contract Drawings. G. The window systems shall accommodate, without damage to components or deterioration of seals, movement between the window and perimeter framing, and deflection of lintel. H. Provide window units with no failure or permanent deflection in excess of 0.4% of any member's span after removal of the imposed load, for a positive (inward) and negative outward) test pressure of 30 Ibr/ft2. I. Limit air filtration (leakage). J. Provide units with air infiltration rate of not more than 0.11 cfm/ft of operable sash joint for an inward test pressure of 6.24 Ibr/ft2. K. Provide units with no water penetration in accordance with ASTM E-331 as defined in the test method at an inward test pressure of 15 percent of the design pressure. L. Provide units that have been tested for thermal performance in accordance with AAMA 1503.1 showing a condensation resistance factor (CRF) of not less than 45. M. Provide window units that comply with the requirements for Forced -Entry Resistance, Performance Level 10, when tested in accordance with ASTM F-588. N. Fabricate aluminum window units that have been certified to provide a Sound Transmission Class (STC) rating of at least 40 when tested in accordance with ASTM E-90 and classified according to ASTM E-413. July 29, 2017 Aluminum Windows Sanford North WRF: Class "A" Biosolids Management System - Project Manual 08520-3 O. All exterior windows shall have a deep, dark, colored tinting to reduce the transmission of heat and UV energy into the buildings to which they are to be installed. 1.03 Submittals A. Submit shop drawings to the Engineer, as provided in Section 00700, "General Conditions", Section 00800, "Supplementary Conditions", Section 00805, TDEP Supplementary Conditions" and in accordance with Section 01300, "Shop Drawings, Submittal and Sample". B. All materials specified shall be certified by the producer or manufacturer that the furnished material meets the specific requirements of the Contract Documents. C. Submit product data for each type of window required, including, but not limited to, the following: 1. Construction details and fabrication methods. 2. Profiles and dimensions of individual components. 3. Data on hardware, accessories, and finishes. 4. Recommendations for maintenance and cleaning of exterior surfaces. D. Submit shop drawings for each type of window required. Include information not fully detailed in the manufacturer's standard product data and the following: 1. Schedule showing the location and size of each window. 2. Details of window and frame construction along with metal gauges and fasteners. 3. Layout and installation details, including anchorage. 4. Elevations of continuous work at '/4-inch scale and typical window unit elevations at %-inch scale along with detailed cross references. 5. Full-size section details of typical composite members, including reinforcement. 6. Hardware details, including operators, and all required reinforcement. 7. Glazing and weatherstripping details. 8. Accessories. July 29, 2017 Aluminum Windows Sanford North WRF. Class `A" Biosolids Management System - Project Manual 08520-4 E. Calculations by a professional civil or structural engineer, registered in the State of Florida, showing that the window, window walls, entrances, and storefront systems and their structural connections are designed to meet the code requirements, the design requirements herein and the loads associated with hurricane farce winds up to 140 mph. F. Submit samples of each specified finish on 12 inch -long sections of window members for initial color selection. Where finishes involve normal color variations, include sample sets showing the full range of variations expected. G. The Engineer reserves the right to require additional samples for verification purposes, that show fabrication techniques and workmanship, and design of hardware and accessories. H. Provide certification by a recognized independent testing laboratory or agency showing that each type, grade, and size of window unit complies with performance requirements indicated. 1.04 Quality Assurance A. Installer Qualifications 1. Engage an experienced Installer, who has at least five (5) years experience in this field, who has completed installation of aluminum windows similar in design and extent to those required for the Project and whose work has resulted in construction with a record of successful in-service performance. B. Single -Source Responsibility 1. Provide aluminum window units from one source and produced by a single manufacturer. C. Design Concept 1. The Contract Drawings indicate the size, profiles, and dimensional requirements of the aluminum window types required. 2. Aluminum windows by other manufacturers maybe considered provided deviations in dimensions and profiles are minor and do not change the design concept as judged by the Engineer and Owner. The burden of proof of equality is on the Proposer. July 29, 2017 Aluminum Windows Sanford North WRF. Class "A" Biosolids Management System - Project Manual 08520-5 D. Standards 1. Requirements for aluminum windows, terminology and standards of performance, and fabrication workmanship are those specified and recommended in AAMA 101 and applicable general recommendations published by AAMA. Q Unless otherwise indicated, all materials, workmanship and practices shall conform to the latest revision of the following codes, specifications and standards, except where more stringent requirements are shown or specified: AAMA 101 Specifications for Aluminum Prime Windows and Sliding Glass Doors AAMA 603.8 Performance Requirements and Test Procedures for Pigmented Organic Coatings on Extruded Aluminum AAMA 605.2 Specifications for High Performance Organic Coatings on Architectural Extrusions and Panels AAMA 606.1 Specifications and Inspection Methods for Integral Color Anodic Finishes for Architectural Aluminum AAMA 607.1 Specifications and Inspection Methods for Clear Anodic Finishes for Architectural Aluminum AAMA 608.1 Specifications and Inspection Methods for Electrolytically Deposited Color Anodic Finishes for Architectural Aluminum American Society ASTM A-386 for Testing and Materials (ASTM) Zinc Coating (Hot Dip) on Assembled Steel Products ASTM B-209 Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum -Alloy Sheet and Plate ASTM B-221 Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum -Alloy Extruded Bars, Rods, Wire, Profiles, and Tubes ASTM E-283 Standard Test Method for Determining Rate ofAir Leakage Through Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, and Doors Under Specified Pressure Differences Across the Specimen ASTM E-330 Standard Test Method for Structural Performance of Exterior Windows, Doors, Skylights and Curtain Walls by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference ASTM E-331 Standard Test Method forWater Penetration of Exterior Windows, Skylights, Doors, and Curtain Walls by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference July 29, 2017 Aluminum Windows Sanford North WRF. Class "A" Biosolids Management System - Project Manual 08520-6 1.05 Project Conditions A. Field Measurements 1. Check actual window openings by accurate field measurement before fabrication. Show all recorded measurements on the final shop drawings. 2. Coordinate the fabrication schedule with the construction progress to avoid any delay in the Project Work. 1.06 Delivery, Storage, and Handling A. Deliver aluminum windows and all components in the manufacturer's original protective packaging. B. Protect the aluminum windows and components from damage during delivery, storage and handling. Clearly mark the manufacturer's brand name and all identification details on the packaging in indelible ink. C. Store aluminum windows and components in a clean dry location with adequate ventilation, free from dust and water, and in such a manner as to permit access for inspection and handling. D. Stack all components in a manner that will prevent bending and avoid significant or permanent damage. E. Handle all window components carefully to prevent damage. Remove damaged items that cannot be restored to a "like -new" condition and provide new items at no additional cost to the Owner. 1.07 Warranty A. Aluminum Window Warra 1. Submit a written warranty, executed by the window manufacturer, agreeing to repair or replace window units that fail in materials or workmanship within the specified warranty period. Failures include, but are not necessarily limited to, the following: a. Structural failures including excessive deflection, excessive leakage, or air infiltration. b. Faulty operation of sash and hardware. July 29, 2017 Aluminum Windows Sanford North WRF. Class "A" Bioso/ids Management System - Project Manual 08520-7 c. Deterioration of metals, metal finishes, and other materials beyond normal weathering. 2. The warranty shall be for a period of ten (10) years from the date of Final Project Acceptance by the Owner. B. The warranty shall not deprive the Owner of other rights or remedied that the Owner may have under other provisions of the Contract Documents and is in addition to, and runs concurrent with, other warranties made by the Contractor under requirements of the Contract Documents. 2. PRODUCTS 2.01 Acceptable Manufacturers A. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products of one of the following: 1. Alenco, Division of Redman Industries, Inc. 2. Capitol Products Corporation. 3. Kawneer Company. 4. Or approved equal. 2.02 Materials A. Aluminum Extrusions 1. Provide the aluminum alloy and temper (6063 T5) recommended by the window manufacturer for the strength, corrosion resistance, and application of required finish, but not less than 22,000 psi ultimate tensile strength, 16,000 psi yield strength, and not less than 0.062 inch thick at any location for the main frame and sash members. B. Fasteners 1. Provide non-magnetic stainless steel or aluminum fasteners that are compatible with aluminum window members, trim, hardware, anchors, and other components of the window units. July 29, 2017 Aluminum Windows Sanford North WRF. Class "A" Biosolids Management System - Project Manual 08520-8 2. Reinforcement a. Where fasteners screw -anchor into aluminum less than 0.125 inch thick, reinforce the interior with aluminum or non-magnetic stainless steel to receive screw threads or provide standard non -corrosive pressed -in splined grommet nuts. 3. Exposed Fasteners a. Except where unavoidable for application of hardware, do not use exposed fasteners. b. For application of hardware, use fasteners that match the finish of the member or hardware being fastened, as appropriate. C. Frames and Sills 1. Frames shall have a 2'/z-inches deep profile with applied aluminum glass stops. 2. Sills shall be fabricated of extruded aluminum; sloped for positive wash; shall fit under the! sash to %-inch beyond the wall face; and shall be one piece extending the full width of the opening. D. Anchors, Clips, and Window Accessories 1. Fabricate anchors, clips, and window accessories of aluminum or non-magnetic stainless steel. 2. Provide sufficient strength 'to withstand the design pressure and hurricane force winds indicated. E. Glass and Glazing Materials 1. Glass in exterior windows shall have a deep, dark, colored tinting and emissivity coating to reduce the transmission of heat and UV energy into the buildings to which they are to be installed. 2. The Contractor shall refer to Section 08800, "Glazing" for additional information. F. Compression -Type Glazing Strips and Weatherstripping 1. Unless otherwise indicated, and at the manufacturer's option, provide compressible stripping for glazing and weatherstripping such as molded EPDM or neoprene gaskets complying with AAMA SG-1 or with ASTM D-2000 Designation 2BC415 to July 29, 2017 Aluminum Windows Sanford North WRF. Class "A" Biosolids Management System - Project Manual 08520-9 3BC620, or molded PVC gaskets complying with ASTM D-2287, or molded expanded EPDM or neoprene gaskets complying with ASTM C-509, Grade 4. G. Sliding -Type Weatherstripping 1. Provide woven pile weatherstripping of wool, polypropylene, or nylon pile and resin -impregnated backing fabric. Comply with AAMA 701.2. H. Sealants 1. For sealants required within fabricated window units, provide the type recommended by the manufacturer for joint size and movement. The sealant shall remain permanently elastic, non -shrinking, and non -migrating. Comply with Section 07900, "Caulking and Sealants" of these specifications for selection and installation of sealants. I. Wire Fabric Insect Screen 1. Provide 18 by 18, 18 by 16, or 18 by 14 mesh of 0.013-inch diameter coated aluminum wire mesh, complying with FS RR-W-365, Type VII, where indicated. 2.03 Hardware A. Provide the manufacturer's standard hardware fabricated from aluminum, stainless steel, or other corrosion -resistant material compatible with aluminum and of sufficient strength to perform the function for which it is intended. B. Proiect Sash Arms 1. Cadmium plated steel, friction pivot joints with nylon bearings and removable pivot clips for cleaning. C. Sash lock shall be a lever handle with cam lock. 2.04 Accessories A. Provide the manufacturer's standard accessories that comply with indicated standards. B. Insect Screens 1. Provide insect screens for each operable exterior sash or ventilator. July 29, 2017 Aluminum Windows Sanford North WRF. Class "A"Biosolids Management System - Project Manual 08520-10 2. Locate screens on the inside or outside of the window sash or ventilator, depending upon window type. 3. Design windows and hardware to accommodate screens in a tightfitting removable arrangement, with a minimum of exposed fasteners and latches. 4. Fabricate screen frames of tubular -shaped extruded or formed aluminum members of 0.040-inch maximum wall thickness, with mitered or coped joints and concealed mechanical fasteners. Finish frames to match window units. Fit frame with four spring loaded steel pin retainers. 5. Provide removable PVC spline -anchor concealing the edge of the screen frame. C. Weatherstripping 1. Provide sliding -type weatherstripping where sash rails slide horizontally or vertically along the unit frame. Provide compression -type weatherstripping at the perimeter of each operating sash where sliding type is not appropriate. 2. Provide Weatherstripping locked in to extruded grooves in the sash. D. Window Gracie and Class 1. Provide window units that comply with requirements of AAMA Grade and Performance Class HC40, including vertical deflection test, hardware load test, and torsion test performance requirements specified in AAMA 101. 2.05 Horizontal Sliding Windows A. Provide window units that comply with requirements of AAMA Grade and Performance Class HC40, including operating force and deglazing test requirements specified in AAMA 101. B. Provide window units with sash that can be removed from the inside for cleaning. C. Hardware 1. Provide the following operating equipment and hardware: a. Sash Rollers: Nylon rollers. b. Sash Lock: Cam action sweep sash lock and keeper at meeting rails. July 29, 2017 Aluminum Windows Sanford North WRF: Class "A" Biosolids Management System - Project Manual 08520-11 2.06 Top -Hinged Windows A. Provide window units that comply with requirements of AAMA Grade and Performance Class HC40. Window units shall successfully pass the following test requirements as specified in AAMA 101: 1. Hold -open arm or stay bar load test. 2. Torsion test. 3. Horizontal concentrated load test. 4. Vertical concentrated test. 2.07 Fixed Windows A. Provide window units that comply with requirements of AAMA Grade and Performance Class HC40. 2.08 Fabrication A. General 1. Fabricate aluminum window units to comply with the indicated standards. Include a complete system for assembly of components and anchorage of window units. a. Provide units that are re-glazable without dismantling sash or ventilator framing. b. Prepare window sash or ventilators for glazing except where pre -glazing at the factory is indicated. 2. Fabricate components with minimum clearances and shim spacing around the perimeter of the assembly, yet enabling installation and dynamic movement of the perimeter seal. 3. Accurately fit and secure joints and corners. Make joints flush, hairline and weatherproof. 4. Prepare components to receive anchor devices. Fabricate anchors. 5. Arrange fasteners and attachments to ensure concealment from view. July 29, 2017 Aluminum Windows Sanford North WRF. Class `A" Biosolids Management System - Project Manual 08520-12 6. Prepare components with internal reinforcement for operating hardware. 7. Provide internal reinforcement in mullions with non -corrosive structural members to maintain rigidity. 8. Permit internal drainage weep holes and channels to migrate moisture to the exterior. Provide internal drainage of glazing spaces to the exterior through weep holes. 9. Assemble insect screens of rolled aluminum rectangular screen sections. Miter and reinforce the frame corners. Fit mesh taught in frame into the frame and secure. Fit frame with four spring loaded steel pin retainers. 10. Double weatherstrip operable units. 11. Factory glaze window units. B. Thermal -Break Construction 1. Fabricate window units with an integral concealed low conductance thermal barrier, located between exterior materials and window members exposed on the interior, in a manner that eliminates direct metal -to -metal contact. 2. Provide thermal -break construction that has been in use for not less than three (3) years, has been tested to demonstrate resistance to thermal conductance and condensation, and has been tested to show adequate strength and security of glass retention. 3. Provide hardware with low conductivity or nonmetallic material for hardware bridging thermal breaks at frame or vent sash. 4. Provide weepholes and internal passages to conduct infiltrating water to the exterior. 5. Provide water -shed members above side -hinged ventilators and similar lines of natural water penetration. 6. Provide subframes with anchors for window units, where shown, of profile and dimensions indicated but not less than 0.062-inch-thick extruded aluminum. Miter or cope corners, and weld and dress smooth with concealed mechanical joint fasteners. Finish to match window units. 7. Provide mullions and cover plates, matching window units, complete with anchors for support to the structure and installation of the window units. Allow for erection July 29, 2017 Aluminum Windows Sanford North WRR Class `A" Biosolids Management System - Project Manual 08520-13 tolerances and provide for movement of window units due to thermal expansion and building deflections, in the manner indicated. 8. Provide screw -applied or snap -on glazing stops, coordinated with the glass selection and glazing system indicated. Finish glazing stops to match window units. C. Pre -glaze window units at the factory where possible and practical for applications indicated. Comply with glass and glazing requirements of Section 08800, "Glazing", of these specifications and AAMA 101. 2.09 Finishes A. Comply with the NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products" for recommendations relative to applying and designating finishes. B. Finish designations prefixed by AA conform to the system established by the Aluminum Association for designating aluminum finishes. C. High -Performance Organic Coating 1. AA-C12C42R1x (Chemical Finish: cleaned with inhibited chemicals; Chemical Finish: chemical conversion coating, acid chromate -fluoride -phosphate pretreatment; Organic Coating: as specified below). Prepare, pretreat, and apply coating to exposed metal surfaces to comply with coating and resin manufacturer's instructions. 2. KYNAR-500 Fluoropolymer 2-Coat Coating System a. Manufacturer's standard 2-coat thermocured system, complying with AAMA 605.2, composed of specially formulated inhibitive primer and fluorocarbon color topcoat containing not less than seventy percent (70%) polyvinyldene fluoride resin by weight. 3. The color shall be as selected by the Engineer and Owner from manufacturer's standard colors. D. Appearance of Finished Work 1. Variations in appearance of abutting or adjacent pieces are acceptable if they are within one-half of the range of approved samples. July 29, 2017 Aluminum Windows Sanford North WRF. Class "A" Biosolids Management System - Project Manual 08520-14 2. Noticeable variations in the same piece are not acceptable. Variations in appearance of other components are acceptable if they are within the range of approved samples and are assembled or installed to minimize contrast. 3. EXECUTION 3.01 Inspection A. Inspect all openings before beginning installation. B. Verify that rough or masonry opening is correct and the sill plate is level. C. Masonry surfaces shall be visibly dry and free of excess mortar, sand, and other construction debris. 3.02 Installation A. Install window frames, glass and glazing, operators and hardware, and all other components in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. B. Attach window frame and shims to the perimeter opening to accommodate construction tolerances and other irregularities. C. Set window units plumb, level, and true to line, without warp or rack of frames or sash. Maintain dimensional tolerances, aligning with adjacent work. Provide proper support and anchor securely in place. D. Separate aluminum and other corrodible surfaces from sources of corrosion or electrolytic action at points of contact with other materials by complying with the requirements specified under the paragraph entitled "Dissimilar Materials" in the Appendix to AAMA 101. E. Set sill members and other members in a bed of compound or with joint fillers or gaskets, as shown, to provide weathertight construction. Refer to Section 07900, Caulking and Sealants" for compounds, fillers, and gaskets to be installed concurrently with window units. Coordinate installation with wall flashings and other components of the work. F. Install perimeter sealant by the method required to achieve the performance criteria. July 29, 2017 Aluminum Windows Sanford North WRF: Class `A" Biosolids Management System - Project Manual 08520-15 G. Tolerances 1. The maximum variation from level or plumb shall not exceed 0.06 inches every three (3) feet, non -cumulative; or 0.5 inches per 100 feet; whichever is less. 3.03 Adjusting A. Adjust operating sash and hardware to provide a tight fit at contact points and at weatherstripping. B. Adjust operating hardware for smooth operation and a weathertight closure. 3.04 Cleaning A. Clean glass promptly after installation of the windows and in accordance with the manufacturers recommendations. B. Remove any protective material from pre -finished aluminum surfaces. C. Clean aluminum surfaces promptly after installation of the windows. Use cleaning agents and materials recommended by the manufacturer. Exercise care to avoid damage to protective coatings and finishes. D. Remove excess glazing and sealant compounds, dirt and other substances. Lubricate hardware and other moving parts. E. Trademarks, nameplates or similar items shall not be visible nor attached to the installation. 3.05 Testing and Protection A. After completion of the installation, the window units shall be tested for water leaks. B. Provide final protection and maintain conditions in a manner acceptable to the manufacturer and installer. C. Ensure window systems are without damage or deterioration at the time of Final Project Acceptance by the Owner. END OF SECTION July 29, 2017 Aluminum Windows Sanford North WRF. Class `A" Biosolids Management System - Project Manual 08800-1 SECTION 08800 GLASS AND GLAZING GENERAL 1.01 Description of the Work A. Furnish all labor, materials and equipment for the complete installation of the glass and glazing work as indicated on the Contract Drawings and as specified herein. B. Glass includes prime glass, processed glass and fabricated glass products. Glazing includes glass installation and materials used to install glass. This Section includes glazing for the following products, including those specified in other Sections where glazing requirements are specified by reference to this Section: 1. Window units. 2. Vision lites. 3. Glazed curtain walls. 4. Entrances and other doors. C. All exterior glass and glazing systems shall be designed to withstand wind and pressure loadings (internal and external) from hurricane force winds up to 140 mph. All exterior windows shall have new, "impact resistant glazing" (large missile). D. Related Work Specified Elsewhere 1. Related work specified elsewhere includes: July 29, 2017 Glass and Glazing Sanford North WRF. Class "A"' Biosolids Management System - Project Manual 08800-2 1.02 Definitions A. The term "mainufacturel" is used in this Section to refer to a firm that produces primary glass or fabricated glass as defined in the referenced glazing standard. B. Deterioration of Coated Glass 1. Defects developed from normal use that are attributed to the manufacturing process and not to causes other than glass breakage and practices for maintaining and cleaning coated glass contrary to manufacturer's directions. 2. Defects include peeling, cracking, and other indications of deterioration in metallic coating. C. Deterioration of Insulated Glass 1. Failure of the hermetic seal under normal use due to causes other than glass breakage and improper practices for maintaining, and cleaning insulating glass. 2. Evidence of failure is the obstruction of vision by dust, moisture, or film on the interior surfaces of glass. Improper practices for maintaining and cleaning glass do not comply with the manufacturer's directions. D. Deterioration of Laminated Glass Defects developed from normal use that are attributed to the manufacturing process and not to glass breakage and practices for maintaining and cleaning laminated glass contrary to manufacturer's directions. 2. Defects include edge separation, delamination materially obstructing vision through the glass, and blemishes exceeding those allowed by referenced laminated glass standards. 1.03 System Performance Requirements A. Provide glazing systems that are produced, fabricated, and installed to withstand normal thermal movement, wind loading, and impact loading (exterior windows), without failure including loss or glass breakage attributable to defective manufacture, fabrication, and installation; failure of sealants or gaskets to remain watertight and airtight; deterioration of glazing materials; and other defects in construction. B. All exterior windows shall be fabricated with a deep, dark, colored tinting to reduce the transmission of heat and UV energy into the buildings to which they are to be installed. July 29, 2017 Glass and Glazing Sanford North WRF: Class "A" Biosolids Management System - Project Manual 08800-3 C. Cyclical Wind Pressure Loading 1. All glazing assemblies used in this Project are required to have been successfully tested under Protocol PA 203-94, as required by Section 2314.5 of the Florida Building Code. D. Impact Resistance 1. All glazing assemblies are required to have been successfully tested under Protocol PA 201-94, as required by Section 2315 of the Florida Building Code. E. The design wind load criteria to determine impact resistance, and cyclic wind pressure loading adequacy shall be as follows: 1. Design wind speed is to be 140 mph. 2. Assemblies are to be capable of withstanding pressures calculated in accordance with the procedures of ASCE 7-88 using the Florida Building Code's Importance Factor, and Exposure Category. F. Testing Facilities shall be as described in protocol PA 301-94. G. Thermal movement 1. Normal thermal movement results from the following maximum change (range) in ambient and surface temperatures acting on glass -framing members and glazing components. Base engineering calculations on the materials' actual surface temperatures due to both solar heat gain and nighttime sky heat loss. 2. Temperature Change (Range) a. 120°F (67°C), ambient. b. 180°F (100°C), material surfaces. H. Glass Design 1. The manufacturer shall determine the required glass thicknesses by analyzing the required Project loads (interior and exterior) and in-service conditions. 2. Provide glass lites for the various size openings in the thicknesses and strengths annealed or heat -treated) to meet or exceed the following criteria: July 29, 2017 Glass and Glazing Sanford North WRF: Class "A" Biosolids Management System - Project Manual 08800-4 a. The minimum glass thickness, nominally, of lites in exterior walls shall be 6.0 mm (0.23 inch). b. Tinted and heat -absorbing glass thicknesses for each tint indicated are the same throughout Project. c. The minimum glass thicknesses of lites, whether composed of annealed or heat -treated glass, are selected so the worst -case probability of failure does not exceed the following: 1) 8 lites per 1000 for lites set vertically or not over 15' off vertical and under wind action. Determine minimum thickness of monolithic annealed glass according to ASTM E-1300. For other than monolithic annealed glass, determine the thickness per the glass manufacturer's standard method of analysis including applying adjustment factors to ASTM E-1300 based on the type of glass. 2) 1 lite per 1000 for lites set over 150 off vertical and under action of wind or snow. 1.04 Quality Assurance A. Comply with published recommendations of glass product manufacturers and organizations below, except where more stringent requirements are indicated. B. Comply with the recommendations of the Flat Glass Marketing Association (FGMA) Glazing Manual and Sealant Manual and the Consumer Product Safety Commission's CPSC) 16 CFR, Part 1201, "Safety Standard for Architectural Glazing Materials", except where stringent requirements of glass and glazing terms not otherwise defined in this Section or other referenced standards. C. To ensure quality of appearance and performance, provide materials produced by a single manufacturer/fabricator for each kind and condition of glass indicated and composed of primary glass obtained from a single source for each type and class required. D. Engage a single firm, to assume the undivided responsibility for the glazing task, which can demonstrate not less than five (5) years of successful experience in glazing work similar to the scope and complexity of the work required for this project. E. Unless otherwise indicated, all materials, workmanship and practices shall conform to the latest revision of the following codes, specifications and standards, except where more stringent requirements are shown or specified: July 29, 2017 Glass and Glazing Sanford North WRF: Class `A" Biosolids Management System - Project Manual 08800-5 ASTM C-542 Standard Specification for Lock -Strip Gaskets ASTM C-716 Standard Specification for Installing Lock -Strip Gaskets and Infill Glazing Materials ASTM C-864 Standard Specification for Dense Elastomeric Compression Seal Gaskets, Setting Blocks, and Spacers ASTM C-920 Standard Specification for Elastomeric Joint Sealants ASTM C-1036 Standard Specification for Flat Glass ASTM C-1048 Standard Specification for Heat -Treated Flat Glass - Kind HS, Kind FT Coated and Uncoated Glass ASTM C-1115 Standard Specification for Dense Elastomeric Silicone Rubber Gaskets and Accessories ASTM C-1172 Standard Specification for Laminated Architectural Flat Glass ASTM E-774 Federal Specifications DD-G-451 Standard Specification for the Classification of the Durability of Sealed Insulating Glass Units General Glass Standard DD-G-14036 Tempered Glass Standard TT-S-00230C Sealing Compound, Elastomeric Type, Single Component July 29, 2017 Glass and Glazing Sanford North WRF. Class "A" Biosolids Management System - Project Manual 08800-6 F. Safety Glass 1. Products complying with ANSI Z97.1 and testing requirements of the CPSC's 16 CFR, Part 1201, for Category II materials. 2. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide safety glass permanently marked with certification label of the Safety Glazing Certification Council (SGCC) or other certification agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. G. Mirror Glass 1. Comply with the recommendations of the National Association of Mirror Manufacturers (NAMM) in their publication "Tips for the Professional on the Care and Handling of Mirrors". 2. Where safety glass mirrors are indicated or required by authorities having jurisdiction, provide the types of products indicated which comply with ANSI Z97.1 and the testing requirements of CPSC's 16 CFR, Part 1201 for Category II materials. 3. Submit mirror mastic products to the manufacturer of protective organic coatings for testing by the coating manufacturer's standard test method to determine compatibility of the adhesive with the mirror coating. 4. Submit twelve (12) inch square samples of each type of mirror glass required, including edge treatment on two adjoining edges of samples. 5. Submit certificates from respective manufacturer's attesting that mirror products furnished for the Project comply with the requirements. 6. Submit mirror mastic -glass coating compatibility test reports, including the organic productive coating manufacturers findings and recommendations. H. Insulating Glass Certification Program 1. Provide insulating glass units permanently marked either on spacers or at least one component lite of units with appropriate certification label of inspecting and testing agency indicated below: a. Insulating Glass Certification Council (IGCC) b. Associated Laboratories c. National Certified Testing Laboratories (NCTL). July 29, 2017 Glass and Glazing Sanford North WRF. Class "A" Biosolids Management System - Project Manual 08800-7 Glazier Qualifications 1. Engage an experienced glazier who has completed glazing similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for Project with a record of successful in-service performance. J. Preconstruction Compatibility and Adhesion Testing Submit preparation data that is based on previous testing of current sealant products for adhesion to and compatibility with submitted glazing materials. K. A "pre -installation" conference shall be conducted at the Project site in accordance with the requirements of Section 01200, "Project Meetings". 1.05 Submittals A. Submit shop drawings, product data, certifications, etc., in accordance with the Section 00700, "General Conditions", Section 00800, "Supplementary Conditions", Section 00805, "FDEP Supplementary Conditions (Construction)" and Section 01300, "Shop Drawings, Submittals and Samples". B. The Contractor shall submit the manufacturer's technical data for each glazing material and fabricated glass product required, including installation and maintenance instructions. C. The Contractor shall submit samples for verification purposes of 12-inch-square samples of each type of glass indicated except for clear monolithic glass products, and 12-inch-long samples of each color required (except black) for each type of sealant or gasket exposed to view. Install sealant or gasket sample between two strips of material representative in color of the adjoining framing system. D. The Contractor shall submit certificates from respective manufacturers attesting that glass and glazing materials furnished for the Project comply with the requirements. 1. Submit product certificates signed by glazing materials manufacturers certifying that their products comply with the specified requirements. 2. Separate certifications are not required for glazing materials bearing the manufacturer's permanent labels designating type and thickness of glass, provided labels represent a quality control program of a recognized certification agency or independent testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. July 29, 2017 Glass and Glazing Sanford North WRF. Class "A" Biosolids Management System - Project Manual 08800-8 E. The Contractor shall submit compatibility and adhesion test reports from the sealant manufacturer and laminated glass manufacturer indicating that the glass and glazing materials have been tested for compatibility and adhesion. Include evaluation of a test relative to material performance, including recommendations for primers and substrate preparation needed for adhesion. F. The Contractor shall submit a compatibility test report from the manufacturer of the insulating glass edge sealant indicating that glass edge sealants were tested for compatibility with other glazing materials including sealants, glazing tape, gaskets, setting blocks, and edge blocks. G. The Contractor shall submit product test reports for each type of glazing sealant and gasket indicated, evidencing compliance with requirements specified. H. The Contractor shall submit maintenance data for glass and other glazing materials to include in the Operation and Maintenance Manual as specified in Section 01730, Operation and Maintenance Data". 1.06 Product Deliverer, Storage and Handling A. Deliver glass to the Project site in suitable containers that will protect the glass from the weather and from breakage. B. Carefully store material, as directed, in a safe place where breakage can be reduced to a minimum. Deliver sufficient glass to allow for normal breakage. Glazing compounds shall arrive at the Project site in labeled containers which have not been opened. C. Protect glass and glazing materials during delivery, storage and handling to comply with manufacturer's directions and as required to prevent damage to glass and glazing materials from the effects of moisture, condensation, temperature changes, direct exposure to sun, or from other causes. D. Where insulating glass will be exposed to substantial altitude changes, comply with the insulating glass fabricator's recommendations for venting and sealing to avoid hermetic seal ruptures. E. Remove any damaged items from the Project site and provide new items at no additional cost to the Owner. July 29, 2017 Glass and Glazing Sanford North WRF. Class "A" Biosolids Management System - Project Manual 08800-9 1.07 Project Conditions A. Do not proceed with glazing when ambient and substrate temperature conditions are outside the limits permitted by the glazing materials manufacturer or when joint substrates are wet due to rain, frost, condensation or other causes. B. Install glazing sealants only when temperatures are in the middle third of the manufacturer's recommended installation temperature range. 1.08 Operation and Maintenance Manuals A. O&M Manuals shall be furnished for this Project in accordance with Section 01730, Operation and Maintenance Data" and shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01300, "Shop Drawings, Submittals and Samples". B. The O&M Manuals shall be prepared specifically for this installation and shall include all detailed operation and maintenance procedures and instructions and specifications relative to the assembly, alignment, checking, adjustment and maintenance, together with complete parts lists therefore, and copies of shop drawings, certified dimensions drawings and design calculations, required cut sheets, drawings, equipment lists, descriptions, etc. that are required to instruct operation and maintenance personnel unfamiliar with such materials. C. All such material shall be in addition to any instructions or parts lists packaged with or attached to the equipment when delivered. D. The "final" O&M Manuals shall contain plastic laminated pull-out maintenance cards detailing all required maintenance and frequency intervals. E. In addition to standard O&M Manuals, all manufacturers supplying equipment and products specified herein shall also submit their operation and maintenance manuals and data to the SCADA System Integrator for this Project on CD/DVD/BD's in Corel WordPerfect (latest version), Microsoft Word (latest version), or text, "txt", formats. All graphic files shall be in BMP, PCX, CDR, JPEG, DWG or DXF formats (integrators preference for the system shall be required). All O&M Manual files shall also be submitted electronically on CD/DVD/BD's to the Engineer in both PDF and JPEG formats, no exceptions. F. The SCADA System Integrator shall be responsible to configure and compile the O&M Manuals into "hypertext" window help files for use as computer "on-line" help screens for equipment operation and maintenance. The SCADA System Integrator shall return all hypertext files to the equipment and product manufacturer's for review and approval prior to introducing them into the SCADA System at the treatment facility. July 29, 2017 Glass and Glazing Sanford North WRR Class `A"' Biosolids Management System - Project Manual 08800-10 1.09 Warranty and Guarantees A. Provide a Contractor's special project warranty for watertightness of installation for a period of ten (10) years after the date of Final Project Acceptance by the Owner. B. Manufacturer's Warranty on Coated Glass Products 1. Submit a written warranty signed by the coated glass manufacturer agreeing to furnish replacements for those coated glass units that deteriorate as defined in Article 1.02, "Definitions", f.o.b. from point of manufacture, freight allowed Project site, within the specified warranty period indicated below. 2. The warranty covers only deterioration due to normal conditions of use and not to handling, installing, and cleaning practices contrary to glass manufacturer's published instructions. 3. The manufacturer's standard warranty period shall be for a period often (10) years after the date of Final Project Acceptance by the Owner. C. Manufacturer"s Warranty on Laminated Glass Products 1. Submit a written warranty signed by the laminated glass manufacturer agreeing to furnish replacements for those insulated glass units that deteriorate as defined in Article 1.02, "Definitions", f.o.b. from point of manufacture, freight allowed Project site, within the specified warranty period indicated below. 2. The warranty covers only deterioration due to normal conditions of use and not to handling, installing, and cleaning practices contrary to glass manufacturer's published instructions. 3. The manufacturer's standard warranty period shall be for a period often (10) years after the date of Final Project Acceptance by the Owner. D. Manufacturer's Warranty on Insulating Glass 1. Submit written warrantysigned by manufacturer of the insulating glass agreeing to furnish replacements for insulating glass units that deteriorate as defined in Article 1.02, "Definitions", f.o.b. from point of manufacture, freight allowed Project site, within specified warranty period indicated below. 2. The warranty covers only deterioration due to normal conditions of use and not to handling, installing, protecting, and maintaining practices contrary to glass manufacturer's published instructions. July 29, 2017 Glass and Glazing Sanford North WRF. Class "A" Biosolids Management System - Project Manual 08800-11 3. The manufacturer's standard warranty period shall be ten (10) years after the date of Final Project Acceptance by the Owner. E. Warranties specified in this Article shall not deprive the Owner of other rights the Owner may have under other provisions of the Contract Documents and will be in addition to and run concurrent with other warranties made by the Contractor under the requirements of the Contract Documents. F. The Contractor shall refer to Section 01740, "Warranties and Bonds" for additional requirements. 2. PRODUCTS 2.01 Manufacturers A. Primary Glass shall be the standard product of one of the following manufacturer's: 1. PPG 2. Guardian 3. Ford 4. LOF 5. AFGD 6. Or approved equal. B. Architectural Glass shall be the standard product of one of the following manufacturer's: 1. Primary glass manufacturers, except PPG 2. Globe -Amerada Glass 3. Interpane/Spectrum Glass Products 4. Arch Amarlite 5. Viracon 6. Tempglass 7. Laminated Glass Corporation 8. HGP Architectural Glass 9. Or approved equal. 2.02 Exterior Window Glazing Material A. All exterior windows shall be installed with "Impact Resistant' and "Insulated' Glass. B. All exterior windows shall be installed with a glass and/or laminated glass assembly which has passed Dade County Product Approval Protocols PA 201-94, PA 20294 and PA 203-94 as part of aluminum and glass storefront system passing the above protocols. July 29, 2017 Glass and Glazing Sanford North WRF. Class "A" Biosolids Management System - Project Manual 08800-12 C. All exterior windows shall be fabricated with a deep, dark, colored tinting to reduce the transmission of heat and UV energy into the buildings to which they are to be installed. D. Curtain Wall Glazing - NOT USED 2.03 Interior Window Glazing - Laminated Glass A. Comply with ASTM C-1172 for kinds of laminated glass indicated and other requirements specified, including requirements of the Dade County Product Approval. 1. Use polyvinyl butyral sheet interlayer material, clear in color and of thickness with a proven record of no tendency to bubble, discolor, or lose physical or mechanical properties after laminating glass lite and installation. Comply with ANSI 97.1-1975 and Federal Safety Standard 16 CFR 1201, Category I and II. 2. Fabricate laminated glass to produce glass free of foreign substances and air or glass pockets as follows a. Laminate lites with polyvinyl butyral interlayer in autoclave with heat plus pressure. 3. The exterior pane of one inch insulated skylight units shall be 1/4-inch thick total consisting of 1/8-inch glass, 0.030-inch PVB interlayer, 1/8-inch glass. Interior pane of one inch insulated skylight units shall be '/4-inch thick total consisting of 1/8-inch glass, 0.030-inch PVB clear interlayer, 1/8-inch glass. 2.04 Skylight Glazing A. Shall be one (1) inch thick insulated glass consisting of/4-inch thick clear laminated exterior pane, 1/2-inch wide hermetically sealed air space, and 1/4-inch thick laminated inner pane. Sandblast the #4 surface. 1. Glazing shall meet or exceed the following performance values: a. U-value in summer conditions: 0.33 b. U-value in winter conditions: 0.31 c. Shading coefficient: 0.26 July 29, 2017 Glass and Glazing I Sanford North WRF: Class `A" Biosolids Management System - Project Manual 08800-13 2.05 Wired Glass A. Wired glass shall conform to ASTM C-1036, Type II, Class 1 (clear), Quality q8 glazing); '/4-inch thick; of Polished Wired Glass, Form 1 (wired, polished both sides), with Mesh m2 (1 inch square minimum mesh opening). 2.06 Primary Float Glass Products A. Float Glass 1. ASTM C-1036, Type I (transparent glass, flat), Class as indicated below, and Quality q3 (glazing select): a. Class 1 (clear) unless otherwise indicated. b. Class 2 (tinted, heat -absorbing, and light -reducing) where indicated. 2.07 Heat -Treated Float Glass Products A. Fabrication Process 1. By horizontal'(roller-hearth) process with roll -wave distortion parallel to the bottom edge of the glass as installed, unless otherwise indicated. B. Coated, Tinted, Heat -Treated Float Glass 1. ASTM C-1048, Condition C (other coated glass), Type I (transparent glass, flat), Class 2 (tinted heat -absorbing and light -reducing), Quality q3 (glazing select), tinting color to be selected by the Engineer and Owner from the manufacturer's standard colors tinted; 50% reflective; fully tempered at all locations. C. Uncoated, Clear, Heat -Treated Float Glass July 29, 2017 1. ASTM C-1048, Condition A (uncoated surfaces), Type I (transparent glass, flat), Class 1 (clear), Quality q3 (glazing select), fully tempered at all locations. Glass and Glazing Sanford North WRF. Class "A" Biosolids Management System - Project Manual 08800-14 2.08 Coated Monolithic Glass Products A. Performance characteristics designated for coated monolithic glass products are nominal values based on the manufacturer's published test data for glass products 6.0 mm thick (0.23 inch thick), minimum, unless otherwise indicated. Comply with the requirements specified including those for primary and heat -treated float glass products as they relate to the properties of glass to which coatings are applied. 1. U-values are expressed as BTU/hour x ft2 x °F. 2. Provide heat -treated coated float glass of the kind indicated or, if not otherwise indicated, Kind HS (heat strengthened) where recommended by the manufacturer to comply with system performance requirements specified and Kind FT (fully tempered) where coated safety glass is designated or required. 3. Low "E" coating with the coating on the #2 surface. The low "E" coating shall meet the coating quality specifications as published by the manufacturer of the low "C" glass. Provide a ten (10) year coating warranty for the low "E" glass. The basis of design shall be "Gray" (VE3-2M) as manufactured by Viracon. B. Pyrolytically Coated Glass Products 1. Float glass with solar -reflective metallic oxide coating applied Pyrolytically either during initial manufacture or during heat treatment. C. Ceramic coated, Heat -Treated Spandrel Glass 1. Ceramic coated spandrel glass shall be in accordance with ASTM C-1048, Condition B (spandrel glass, one -surface ceramic coated), Type I (transparent glass, flat), Class 1 (clear), Quality q3 (glazing select), in a color selected by the Owner and Engineer. 2. The glass shall be Kind FT (fully tempered). 3. Fallout Resistance: Provide spandrel units identical to those passing ASTM C-1048 fallout resistance test for spandrel glass. 2.09 Insulating Glass Products A. Sealed Insulating Glass Units Preassembled units consisting of organically sealed lites of glass separated by dehydrated air spaces complying with ASTM E-774 and with other requirements indicated. July 29, 2017 Glass and Glazing 9 Sanford North WRF. Class `A" Biosolids Management System - Project Manual 08800-15 2. For properties of individual glass lites making up units, refer to the requirements specified elsewhere in this Section applicable to types, classes, kinds, and conditions of glass products comprising lites of insulating glass units. 3. Provide heat -treated, coated float glass of the kind indicated or, if not otherwise indicated, Kind HS (heat strengthened) where recommended by the manufacturer to comply with the system performance requirements specified and Kind FT (fully tempered) where safety glass is designated or required. 4. Performance characteristics designated for coated insulating glass are nominal values based on the manufacturer's published test data for units with lites 6.0 mm 0.23 inch) thick and nominal 1/2-inch dehydrated space between lites, unless otherwise indicated. 5. U-values are expressed as BTU/hour x ft2 x OF. 2.10 One -Way View Glass (Transparent Mirror) A. The basis of design shall be "Mirrorpane EP" as manufactured by Pilkington, Libby - Owens -Ford, Toledo, Ohio. B. Install the one-way view glass at the locations indicated on the Contract Drawings. The mirror side shall be on the outside of the room C. Ratios 2.11 Safety Glass Mirrors A. Glass 1. Provide float glass manufactured by the horizontal (roller hearth) process and roll wave distortion parallel with the bottom edge of the glass as installed, unless otherwise indicated, and complying with FS DD-G-1403 for Grade B, Style I uncoated surfaced), Type I (float), Quality q2. July 29, 2017 Glass and Glazing Sanford North WRF. Class `A" Siosolids Management System - Project Manual 08800-16 B. Mirror Glass Production and Fabrication 1. Glass Coating a. Coat the second surface of the glass, unless otherwise indicated, with a glass coating system complying with FS DD-M-0041 requirements and consisting of successive layers of chemically deposited silver, electrically or chemically deposited copper, and the manufacturer's standard protective organic coating. C. Mirror Sizes 1. After application of the glass coating, cut the mirror glass to the size shown on the Contract Drawings and in'/4-inch glass thickness. D. Seal the edges after treatment to prevent chemical or atmospheric penetration of the backing. Preform edge treatment and sealing in the factory immediately after cutting to final sizes. E. Mastic used shall be Mirro-Mastic, as manufactured by Palmer Products Corporation, or approved equal. F. Provide CRL rnirror mounting system in a satin anodized finish. Continuous top channel shall be in two (2) pieces, D1638 channel and D1637 cleat. Bottom and ends shall have a D638 channel. The system shall be manufactured by C.R. Lawrence, or equal. 2.12 Elastomeric Glazing Sealants A. Provide products of the type indicated, complying with the following requirements specified herein. B. Select glazing sealants and tapes of proven compatibility with other materials they will contact, including glass products, seals of insulating glass units, and glazing channel substrates, under conditions of installation and service, as demonstrated by testing and field experience. C. Comply with the sealant and glass manufacturer's recommendations for selecting glazing sealants and tapes that are suitable for applications indicated and conditions existing at time of installation. D. Provide the color of exposed joint sealants based on selections made by the Engineer from the manufacturer's full range of standard colors for products of the type indicated. July 29, 2017 Glass and Glazing Sanford North WRF. Class "A" Siosolids Management System - Project Manual 08800-17 E. Elastomeric Glazing Sealant Standard Provide the manufacturer's standard chemically curing, elastomeric sealants of base polymer indicated that comply with the ASTM C-920 requirements. F. Silicone Rubber Glazing Sealant 1. Silicone rubber glazing sealant shall be silicon rubber, one part elastomeric sealant, Class A. Provide an acid type for non -porous channel surfaces and provide a non-acid medium -modulus type for porous channel surfaces. G. Preformed Butyl Rubber Glazing Sealant 1. Preformed butyl rubber glazing sealant shall be tape or ribbon (coiled on release paper) of polymerized butyl or a mixture of butyl and polisobutylene, compounded with inert fillers and pigments, solvent -based with a minimum of ninety-five percent 95%) solids with thread or fabric reinforcement, tack -free within 24 hours and non- staining. 2. Provide combination tape and encased continuous rubber shim of approximately 50 durometer hardness. 2.13 Glazing Tapes A. Back -Bedding Mastic Glazing Tape 1. Preformed, butyl -based elastomeric tape with a solids content of one hundred percent (100%), non -staining and non -migrating in contactwith nonporous surfaces, with or without a spacer rod as recommended by the tape and glass manufacturers for the application indicated, packaged on rolls with a release paper backing, and complying with AAMA 800. B. Expanded Cellular Glazing Tape 1. Closed -cell, polyvinyl chloride foam tape, factory coated with adhesive on both surfaces, packaged on rolls with release liner protecting adhesive, and complying with AAMA 800 for product 810.5. July 29, 2017 Glass and Glazing Sanford North WRF. Class "A" Biosolids Management System - Project Manual 08800-18 2.14 Glazing Gaskets A. Lock -Strip Gaskets 1. Neoprene extrusions in the size and shape indicated, fabricated into frames with molded corner units and zipper lock strips, complying with ASTM C-542, black. B. Dense Compression Gaskets 1. Molded or extruded gaskets of material indicated below, complying with the standards referenced with the name of the elastomer indicated below, and of the profile and hardness required to maintain a watertight seal: a. Neoprene, ASTM C-864. b. EPDM, ASTM C-864. c. Silicone, ASTM C-1115. d. Thermoplastic polyolefin rubber, ASTM C-1115. e. Or approved equal. C. Soft Compression Gaskets 1. Molded or extruded gaskets, closed -cell, integral -skinned gaskets of the material indicated below, complying with ASTM C-509, Type II, black, and of the profile and hardness required to maintain a watertight seal: a. Neoprene d. Thermoplastic polyolefin rubber b. EPDM e. Or approved equal. c. Silicone D. Manufacturers 1. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following manufacturers: a. Lock -Strip Gaskets 1) Stanlock Division, Griffith Rubber Mills. 2) Or approved equal. b. Preformed Gaskets 1) Advanced Elastomer Systems, L.P. 2) Sc:hnee-Morehead, Inc. 3) Tremco, Inc. 4) Or approved equal. July 29, 2017 Glass and Glazing 0 Sanford North WRF. Class "A" Bioso/ids Management System - Project Manual 08800-19 2.15 Miscellaneous Glazing Materials A. Provide products of the material, size, and shape complying with the referenced glazing standard, requirements of the manufacturers of glass and other glazing materials involved for the glazing application indicated, and with a proven record of compatibility with the surfaces contacted in installation. B. Cleaners, primers and sealers shall be of the type recommended by the sealant or gasket manufacturer. C. Setting Blocks shall be an elastomeric material with a Shore A durometer hardness of 85±5. D. Spacers shall be elastomeric blocks or continuous extrusions with a Shore A durometer hardness required by the glass manufacturer to maintain glass lites in place for the installation indicated. E. Edge blocks shall be an elastomeric material of the hardness needed to limit glass lateral movement (side -walking). F. Plastic foam joint fillers shall be preformed, compressible, resilient, non -staining, non - extruding, non-outgassing, strips of closed -cell plastic foam of the density, size, and shape required to control the sealant depth and otherwise contribute to produce an optimum" sealant performance. G. Compressible filler rod shall be closed -cell or waterproof jacketed rodstock of synthetic rubber or plastic foam with proven compatibility with the sealants used. The rod shall be flexible and resilient with 5 - 10 psi compression strength for 25% deflection. H. Perimeter Insulation for Fire -Resistive Glazing 1. Identical to the product used in the test assembly to obtain the fire -resistive rating. 2.16 Fabrication of Glass and Other Glazing Products A. Fabricate glass and other glazing products in the sizes required to glaze openings indicated for the Project, with edge and face clearances, edge and surface conditions, and bite complying with recommendations of the product manufacturer and referenced glazing standard as required to comply with system performance requirements. B. Clean cut or flat grind vertical edges of butt -glazed monolithic lites in a manner that produces square edges with slight kerfs atjunctions with the indoor and outdoor faces. July 29, 2017 Glass and Glazing Sanford North WRF. Class `A" Biosolids Management System - Project Manual 08800-20 2.17 Miscellaneous Materials A. Setting Blocks and Edge Blocks Lead, or neoprene of 70 to 90 shore "A" durometer hardness, chemically compatible with the sealants used, and of the sizes recommended by the glass manufacturer. B. Accessories 1. As required to provide a complete installation, include glazing points, clips, shims, angles, beads, and spacer strips. 2. Provide non -corroding metal accessories. 3. Provide primer -sealers and cleaners as recommended by the glass and sealant manufacturers. 3. EXECUTION 3.01 Standards and Performance A. Watertight and airtight installation of each piece of glass is required, except as otherwise shown. Each installation must withstand normal temperature changes, wind loading, impact loading without failure, including loss or breakage of glass, failure of sealants or gaskets to remain watertight and airtight, deterioration of glazing materials, and other defects in the Work. All exterior windows shall be installed with "Impact Resistant" and "Insulated" Glass and shall be able to withstand hurricane force winds of up to 140 mph (interior and exterior loadings). B. Protect all glass from edge damage at all times during handling, installation and operation of the building. C. Glazing channel dimensions shall be determined by the manufacturer for the service required and shall be sized to provide the necessary intended bite on the glass, minimum edge clearance, and adequate sealant thickness with reasonable tolerances. The glazier is responsible for the correct glass size for each opening within the tolerances and necessary dimensions established. D. Comply with the combined recommendations of the glass manufacturer and the manufacturer of the sealants and other materials used in glazing and their technical representatives except where more stringent requirements are shown or specified. July 29, 2017 Glass and Glazing Sanford North WRF. Class `A" Biosolids Management System - Project Manual 08800-21 E. Comply with the "Glazing Manual' by the Flat Glass Manufacturers Association and the manufacturers of the glass and glazing materials, except as shown and specified elsewhere. F. Inspect each piece of glass immediately before installation and eliminate those which have observable edge damage or face imperfections. G. Unify the appearance of each series of lights by setting each piece to match others as nearly as possible. Inspect each piece and set with pattern, draw and blow oriented in the same direction as other pieces. 3.02 Precautions and Procedures A. Determine the sizes to provide the required clearances by measuring the actual opening to receive the glass. B. Grind smooth all edges of the glass that will be exposed in the finish work. C. Leave labels in place until the installation is approved, except remove applied labels on heat absorbing glass and on insulating glass units as soon as the glass is installed. D. Securely fix movable items or keep in a closed and locked position until the glazing compound has thoroughly set. 3.03 Examination A. Examine glass framing, with glazier present, for compliance with the following: 1. Manufacturing and installation tolerances, including those for the size, squareness, offsets at corners. 2. Presence and functioning of the weep system. 3. Minimum required face or edge clearances. 4. Effective sealing between the joints of glass -framing members. B. Do not proceed with glazing until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected to the satisfaction of the Engineer and Owner. July 29, 2017 Glass and Glazing Sanford North WRF. Class "A"' Biosolids Management System - Project Manual 08800-22 3.04 Preparation A. Prior to glazing, inspect frames and surroundings for any defects, improper materials and workmanship or other conditions which would adversely affect satisfactory installation of glass. B. Clean glazing channels and other framing members receiving glass immediately before glazing. C. Remove coatings that are not firmly bonded to substrates. 3.05 Glazing - General A. Items to be glazed shall be factory or field glazed using the quality and thickness specified or indicated. B. Beads or straps which are furnished with the items to be glazed shall be used to secure the glass in place. The use of non -skinning compounds, non -resilient type performed sealers, and preformed impregnated gaskets will not be permitted. C. Factory or field glazing of frames and fronts shall be in accordance with recommendations of the manufacturers of the respective items, and as required to meet the Performance Test Reports specified in applicable sections of Specifications, except as otherwise specified and as follows: 1. Color glazing compounds and sealants used for aluminum frames shall match the color of the finished aluminum and be non -staining. 2. Glass sizes and edge clearances shall be determined by measuring the actual unit to receive the glass. 3.06 Glazing Provisions A. Comply with the combined recommendations of the manufacturers of glass, sealants, gaskets, and other glazing materials and the FGMA Manual, except where more stringent requirements are indicated, including those in referenced glazing publications. B. Glazing channel dimensions shall provide the necessary bite on the glass, minimum edge and face clearances, and adequate sealant thicknesses, with reasonable tolerances. The glazer is responsible for the correct glass size for each opening, within the tolerances and necessary dimension established. July 29, 2017 Glass and Glazing Sanford North WRF. Class "A" Biosolids Management System - Project Manual 08800-23 C. Where a combination of sealing materials is required for glazing in the same frame, the manufacturer must certify that all of the glazing materials furnished are compatible with each other and also compatible with the material used for setting blocks and spacer shims. D. Protect glass from contact with contaminating substances resulting from construction operations including weld splatter. E. Protect glass from edge damage during handling and installation as follows: 1. Use a rolling block in rotating glass units to prevent damage to glass corners. 2. Do not impact glass with metal framing. Use suction cups to shift glass units within openings; do not raise or drift glass with a pry bar. 3. Rotate glass lites with flares or bevels on bottom horizontal edges so edges are located at top of opening, unless otherwise indicated by manufacturer's label. 4. Remove damaged glass from the Project site and legally dispose of the material off - site. Damaged glass is glass with edge damage or other imperfections that, when installed, weaken glass and impair performance and appearance. F. Apply primers to joint surfaces where required for adhesion of sealants, as determined by preconstruction sealant -substrate testing. G. Install elastomeric setting blocks in sill rabbets, sized and located to comply with the referenced glazing standard, unless otherwise required by glass manufacturer. Set blocks in a thin course of compatible sealant suitable for heel bead. H. Do not exceed edge pressures stipulated by the glass manufacturers for installing glass lites. I. Provide spacers for glass sizes larger than 50 united inches (length plus height) as follows: 1. Locate spacers inside, outside, and directly opposite each other. Install correct size and spacing to preserve required face clearances, except where gaskets and glazing tapes are used that have demonstrated the ability to maintain the required face clearances and comply with system performance requirements. 2. Provide a 1/8-inch minimum bite of spacers on the glass and use a thickness equal to the sealant width. With glazing tape, use a thickness slightly less than the final compressed thickness of tape. July 29, 2017 Glass and Glazing Sanford North WRF: Class "A"Biosolids Management System - Project Manual 08800-24 Provide edge! blocking to comply with the requirements of the referenced glazing publications, unless otherwise required by the glass manufacturer. K. Set glass likes in each series with uniform pattern, draw, bow, and similar characteristics. L. Where wedge-shaped gaskets are driven into one side of the channel to pressurize the sealant or gasket on the opposite side, provide adequate anchorage so that the gasket cannot walk out when installation is subjected to movement. M. Square cut wedge-shaped gaskets at corners and install gaskets in a manner recommended by the gasket manufacturer to prevent the corners from pulling away; seal corner joints and butt joints with the sealant recommended by gasket manufacturer. N. Wash all glass on both faces in each area of the Project not sooner than three (3) days prior to scheduled substantial and final Project completion. Wash glass as recommended by the glass manufacturer. 3.07 Tape Glazing A. Position tapers on fixed stops so that when compressed by the glass their exposed edges are flush with or protrude slightly above the sightline of stops. B. Install tapes continuously but not in one continuous length. Do not stretch tapes to make them fit the opening. C. Where framing joints are vertical, cover these joints by applying tapes to heads and sills first and then to the jambs. Where framing joints are horizontal, cover these joints by applying tapes to the jambs and then to the heads and sills. D. Place joints in tapes at the corners of openings with adjoining lengths butted together, not lapped. Seal joints in tapes with compatible sealant approved by the tape manufacturer. E. Do not remove release paper from the tape until just before each lite is installed. Apply a heel bead of elastomeric sealant. F. Center glass lites in openings on setting blocks and press firmly against the tape by inserting dense compression gaskets formed and installed to lock -in -place against the faces of removable stops. Start gasket applications at the corners and work toward the centers of openings. G. Apply a cap bead of elastomeric sealant over the exposed edge of the tape. July 29, 2017 Glass and Glazing Sanford North WRF: Class "A" Biosolids Management System - Project Manual 08800-25 3.08 Gasket Glazing (Dry) A. Fabricate compression gaskets in lengths recommended by the gasket manufacturer to fit the openings exactly, with a stretch allowance during installation. B. Secure compression gaskets in place with joints located at the corners to compress gaskets producing a weathertight seal without developing bending stresses in the glass. Seal gasket joints with the sealant recommended by gasket manufacturer. C. Install gaskets so they protrude past the face of the glazing stops. 3.09 Sealant Glazing (Wet) A. Install continuous spacers between glass lites and glazing stops to maintain glass face clearances and to prevent the sealant from extruding into the glass channel weep systems until sealants cure. Secure spacers in place and in position to control the depth of installed sealant relative to the edge clearance for optimum sealant performance. B. Force sealants into the glazing channels to eliminate voids and to ensure complete wetting or bond of the sealant to the glass and channel surfaces. C. Tool exposed surfaces of sealants to provide a substantial wash away from the glass. Install pressurized gaskets to protrude slightly out of the channel to eliminate dirt and moisture pockets. 3.10 Lock -Strip Glazing A. Comply with ASTM C-716 and the gasket manufacturer's printed recommendations. B. Provide a supplementary wet seal and weep system unless otherwise indicated. 3.11 Cleaning and Protection A. Protect exterior glass from breakage immediately after installation by attaching crossed streamers to framing held away from glass. Do not apply markers to the glass surface. Remove non -permanent labels, and clean all surfaces. July 29, 2017 Glass and Glazing Sanford North WRF. Class "A."Biosolids Management System - Project Manual 08800-26 B. Protect glass from contact with contaminating substances resulting from construction operations including weld splatter. If, despite such protection, contaminating substances do come into contact with glass, remove them immediately as recommended by glass manufacturer. C. Examine glass surfaces adjacent to or below exterior concrete and other masonry surfaces at frequent intervals during construction, but not less than once a month, for build-up of dirt, scum, alkali deposits, or stains, and remove as recommended by the glass manufacturer. D. Remove and replace glass that is broken, chipped, cracked, abraded, or damaged in anyway, including natural causes, accidents and vandalism, during construction period at no additional cost to the Owner. E. Wash glass on both faces in each area ofProject not more than two (2) days prior to the date scheduled for inspections that establish the date of Final Project Acceptance by the Owner. Wash glass as recommended by the glass manufacturer. 3.12 Mirror Installation A. Mirrors shall be butt mounted to an unpainted wall with mastic to comply with the manufacturer's recommendations. END OF SECTION July 29, 2017 Glass and Glazing Sanford North WRF: Class A" Biosolids Management System Proj ect Manual Conf ormed Documents Volume III April 2018 so This page intentionally left blank SANFORD NORTH WRF: CLASS "A" BIOSOLIDS MANAGEMENT SYSTEM PROJECT MANUAL - VOLUME III CONFORMED DOCUMENTS" Prepared for. - The City of Sanford, Florida 300 North Park Avenue Sanford, FL 32771 Prepared by: CPH, Inc. 500 West Fulton Street Sanford, FL 32771 April 2018 CLASS "A" BIOSOLIDS MANAGEMENT SYSTEM PROJECT CERTIFICATION enja in M. ries Vice -President Project Manager CPH, Inc. 500 West Fulton Street Sanford, FL 32771 Certificate of Authorization No. 3215 lqvv/)0 Date 4 7No.38642 ' o T F David A. i$-e h,.p4DR10 President "-,, LS'S "..... Principal -in- e ONA1. CPH, Inc. ,t 500 West Fulton Street Sanford, FL 32771 Certificate of Authorization No. 3215 7 Date INDEX TO PROJECT MANUAL SANFORD NORTH WRF: CLASS "A= BUOSOLUDS MANAGEMENT SYSTEM CONFORMED DOCUMENTS" DKUS|CJNO- BIDDING AND CONTRACT REQUIREMENTS 0002 Advertisement fo/Bids 00100 Instructions b/Bidders 00300 Bid Form 00305 Qualifications Statement 80410 Bid Bond Form 00415 Corporate Resolution 00420 Public Enti1yChmeaStatement 00425 Cnmina|BaokgmundCheck Requirements and Affidavit 00430 Trench Safety Ao Compliance 00470 Drug -Free Workplace Certification 00480 Non'CoUuaionAffidavit 00482 Conflict ofInterest Affidavit 00484 Compliance with the Public Records Law Affidavit 00486 Disputes Disclosure Form 00500 Agreement Form 00558 Contract Claim Form 00610 PerformanceBond Form 00820 Labor and Materials Payment Bond Form 00625 Material and VVnrkmanxhipBond Form 08027 Consent cdSurety toFinal Payment 00630 Amaricanuwith Disabilities Act Affidavit 00032 Unauthorized (illegal) Alien Workers Affidavit 00834 E4/erifyCompliance Affidavit 00636 Financial Information Form 00645 |neunonueRequivem*n{s 00650 Insurance Endorsement Form 00653 Certification of Non - Segregated Facilities 00655 Acknowledgment of Receipt of Exempt Public Records and Agreement of Safeguard 00857 Solicitation, Giving and Acceptance ufGifts Policy 00660 Notice ofAward Form 00661 Notice toProceed Form 00662 Contractor's Partial Release o/ Lien Form 00663 Contractor's Final Affidavit and Release ufLien 00684 Subcontractors /Supplier' s Final Release ofLien Form 00665 Request for Authorization ofChanges 00680 Application and Certificate for Payment Form 00681 Contract Change Order Form 00683 Work Directive Form 00885 Field Order Form 00695 Acknowledgment ufReceipt Consideration for Indemnification INDEX TO PROJECT MANUAL SANFORD NORTH WRF: CLASS "A" BIOSOLIDS MANAGEMENT SYSTEM APRIL 2018 CONFORMED DOCUMENTS" DIVISION 0 - BIDDING AND CONTRACT REQUIREMENTS 00700 General Conditions 00800 Supplementary Conditions 00805 FDEP Supplementary Conditions (Construction) 00807 Classification and Wage Determination (Davis Bacon Act) 00809 American Iron and Steel (AIS) 00840 Schedule of Values Form 00845 Materials Stored On -Site Form 00848 Certificate of Substantial Completion 00849 Certificate of Final Completion 00850 Contractors Request for Information Form 00852 Construction Accident Report Form 00855 Report of Unsatisfactory Materials and/or Service 00862 Daily Construction Report Form 00863 Change Proposal Summary Form 00864 Request for Proposal for Proposed Change Form 00865 Check -Out. Form 00866 Certificate of Completed Demonstration Form 00870 Demonstration Test Procedures (Sample) 00880 Certificate of Final Inspection 00883 Certificate of the Engineer 00885 Contractor's Release 00950 Shop Drawing Submittal Form 00955 Pressure Test Form 00960 Air Pressure Test Data Form 00965 Concrete Tank - Hydraulic Test Form 00980 O & M Manual Submittal Form 00990 Preventive Maintenance and Operating Requirement Sheets 00995 Prime Contractor's Report DIVISION 1 - GENERAL. REQUIREMENTS 01000 Project Requirernents 01010 Summary of Work 01019 Contract Cash Allowances 01025 Measurement and Payment 01030 Applications for Payment 01040 Project Coordination 01045 Cutting and Patching INDEX TO PROJECT MANUAL SANFORD NORTH WRF: CLASS "A" BUOSOLUDS MANAGEMENT SYSTEM CONFORMED DOCUMENTS" DIVISION 1'GENERAL REQUIREMENTS /C 81050 Field Engineering 01050 Regulatory Requirements 01065 Permits and Fees 01070 Abbreviations and Symbols 01075 Reference Specifications 01128 Special Project Procedures 01200 Project Meetings 01300 Shop Drawings, Submittals and Samples 01311 Construction Progress Schedules 01378 Schedule ofValues 01380 Construction Photographs 01390 Pmuzna1modonVideo Recording 01400 Oua|ib/Con\ro| 01410 Teodngand Testing Laboratory Services 01430 Manufacturer' s Services 01500 Temporary Facilities 01505 Pest Control 01510 Mobilization / Demobilization 01330 Construction Aids 01550 Maintenance, ofTraffic 01560 Envivonmenta| Pnztedion 01570 Temporary Erosion and Sedimentation Control 01580 Project Information and Signs 01600 Materials and Equipment 01660 Systam' sStart-Up and Demonstration 01700 Project Closeout 01710 Cleaning 01728 Project Record Documents 01730 Operation and Maintenance Data 01740 Warranties arid Bonds 01800 Miace||aneouyWork and Cleanup 82875 D*watehngand Drainage 02100 Site Preparation 02200 Earthwork INDEX TO PROJECT MANUAL SANFORD NORTH WRF: CLASS "A" BIOSOLIDS MANAGEMENT SYSTEM APRIL 2018 CONFORMED DOCUMENTS" DIVISION 2 - SITEWORK (Cont'd 02210 Site Grading 02215 Finish Grading 02220 Excavation, Backfilling and Compaction 02230 Stabilized Subgrade 02232 Limeroek Base Course 02276 Gravel and Crushed Rock Fuse-, for Structures 02610 Stabilized Sub -Base 02720 Concrete Sidewalks, Driveways and Pads 02815 Solid Sodding DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE 03100 Concrete Formwork 03200 Concrete Reinforcement 03250 Concrete Accessories 03300 Cast -in -Place Concrete 03400 Precast Concrete Structures 03600 Grout 03700 Concrete Electrical Raceway Encasement 03800 Leakage Testing of Hydraulic Structures DIVISION 4 - MASONRI( 04050 Masonry 04230 Reinforced Unit Masonry 04250 Masonry Building Insulation INDEX TO PROJECT MANUAL SANFORD NORTH WRF: CLASS "A" BIOSOLIDS MANAGEMENT SYSTEM CONFORMED DOCUMENTS" DIVISION 5-METALS 05025 Metal Materials, Methods and Fastening 05120 Simctum|Stee| 05140 Structural Aluminum 05210 Steel Joists 05318 Metal Roof Deck 05500 Metal Fabrications 05510 Metal Stairs and Walkways 05520 Handrails and Accessories 05530 Grating, Plates and Frames 05570 Miscellaneous Metal Assemblies 05810 Expansion Joint Cover Assemblies 06100 Rough Carpentry 00200 Finish Carpentry 06608 Fubhou&ad Fiberglass Reinforced Plastic (FRP)Products 06505 Fiberglass Reinforced Plastic (FRP) Grating 06700 Chemical Storage Tanks (HDLPE) DIVISION 7 - THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION 07050 Vapor Barrier 07100 Waterproofing 07210 Building Insulation 07214 Foomed'in'P|aueMasonry Wall Insulation 07270 Fire Stopping 07600 Flashing and Sheet Metal 07900 Caulking and Sealants INDEX TO PROJECT MANUAL SANFORD NORTH WRF: CLASS i°A" BIOSOLIDS MANAGEMENT SYSTEM APRIL 2018 CONFORMED DOCUMENTS" DIVISION 8 - DOORS AND WINDOW 08120 Aluminum Doors and Frames 08330 Aluminum Overhead Coiling Doors 08350 Aluminum Access Hatch Decors 08370 Roof Access Hatch Doors 08390 Watertight Manways 08520 Aluminum'Windows 08710 Finish Hardware 08800 Glass and Glazing DIVISION 9 - FINISHES 09000 Finish Schedule 09110 Metal Stud Partitions 09510 Suspended Acoustical Tile Ceilings 09750 Protective (Floor Coating 09820 Cementitious Coating Systems for New Concrete Surfaces 09900 Painting 09901 Surface Preparation and Shop Prime Painting 09905 Piping, Valve and Equipment Identification System DIVISION 10 -SPECIALTIES 10250 Louvers 10400 Signage Systems 10450 Cast Bronze Plaque 10550 Fire Extinguishers, Cabinets and Accessories DIVISION 11 - EQUIPMI-NT 11314 Progressive Cavity Sludge Pumps 11381 Autothermal Thermophilic Aerobic Digestion (ThermAerTM) System 11390 Biosolids Solar Drying System 11553 Biosolids Dewatering Screw Press INDEX TO PROJECT MANUAL SANFORD NORTH WRF: CLASS "A" BIOSOLIDS MANAGEMENT SYSTEM APRIL 2018 CONFORMED DOCUMENTS" DIVISION 12 -FURNISHINGS - NOT USED DIVISION 13 - SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION 13300 Process Instrumentation and Control System - General Requirements 13301 Process Instrumentation and Control System - System Integrator Requirements 13310 Process Instrumentation and Control System - Field Instruments 13315 Process Instrumentation and Control System - Control Panels 13321 Process Instrumentation and Control System - HMI Programming 13325 Process Instrumentation and Control System - Control System Hardware 13326 Process Instrumentation and Control System - System Programming 13360 Process Instrumentation and Control System - Fiber Optic System 13999 SCADA Screens and Input/Output (1/0) DIVISION 14 - CONVEYING SYSTEMS 14100 Dewatered and Dried Biosolids Shaft -Less Screw Conveyors DIVISION 15 - MECHANICAL 15000 Mechanical - General Requirements 15041 Disinfection of Piping and Structures 15044 Pressure Testing of Piping 15060 Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings 15065 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe and Fittings 15066 Stainless Steel Pipe and Fittings 15100 Valves and Appurtenances 15125 Pipe Hangers and Supports 15127 Pipe Insulation 15129 Couplings and Connectors 15400 Plumbing 15421 Floor Drains 15422 Roof Drains 15423 Cleanouts and Cleanout Access Covers 15800 Heating, Ventilating and Air Conditioning INDEX TO PROJECT MANUAL SANFORD NORTH WRF: CLASS "A" BIOSOLIDS MANAGEMENT SYSTEM APRIL 2018 CONFORMED DOCUMENTS" DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL 16050 Electrical - General Provisions 16108 Miscellaneous Equipment 16110 Raceways and Fittings 16120 Wires and Cables 16150 Motors 16160 Panelboards 16380 MCC's, VFD's and Fiber Optic Cable - Contractor Requirements 16402 Underground System 16450 Grounding System 16501 Lighting System 16670 Lightning Protection System 16921 480-Volt Motor Control Centers Sanford North WRF. Class "A" Siosolids Management System - Project Manual 10250-1 SECTION 10250 LOUVERS 1. GENERAL 1.01 Description A. Furnish all labor, material, equipment, and incidentals required to install Fixed Louver Systems, as shown on the Contract Drawings and as specified herein. B. Related Work Described Elsewhere 1. Related work specified elsewhere includes: Specification Section 00700 General Conditions 00800 Supplementary Conditions 03300 Cast -in -Place Concrete 04230 Reinforced Unit Masonry 05120 Structural Steel 06100 Rough Carpentry 07600 Flashing and Sheet Metal 07900 Caulking and Sealants 09900 Painting 2. Provide and install all hardware including hardware to attach units to the structure. The Contractor shall coordinate this Work. C. Material and Installation by the Contractor 1. The Contractor shall provide all material and labor to prepare the louver openings and to provide all structural support for the louver frames. July 29, 2017 louvers Sanford North WRF. Class `A"Biosolids Management System - Project Manual 10250-2 2. All painting preparation, cleaning, painting, and other such work to complete the installation of the louver shall be provided by the Contractor. 1.02 Quality Assurance A. Unless otherwise indicated, all materials, workmanship and practices shall conform to the following standards: AAMA 2604 High Performance Organic Coatings on Architectural Extrusions and Panels AAMA 2605 High Performance Organic Coatings on Architectural Extrusions and Panels AAMA 611 Voluntary Specification for anodized Architectural Aluminum AMCA 500 Test Methods for Louvers, Dampers and Shutters AMCA 511 Certified Ratings Program for Air Control Devices ASCE 7 11 Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures FBC Notice of Acceptance . Florida Building Testing Application Standard (TAS) No. 201 Large and Small Missile Test Standards Code (FBC) Testing Application Standard (TAS) No. 202 Uniform Structural Load Standards Testing Application Standard (TAS) No.203 Uniform Cyclic Pressure Test Standards Aluminum Association Architectural Aluminum Recommendations for design, fabrication, construction details, and installation Manufacturers' procedures, except as otherwise shown or specified Association SMACNA Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" B. Verify size, location, and placement of louver units prior to fabrication. Coordinate field measurements with shop drawings, fabrication, and shop assembly. July 29, 2017 Louvers Sanford North WRF. Class "A" Biosolids Management System - Project Manual 10250-3 C. Standards 1. The Contractor shall verify the size, location and placement of all louvers priorto fabrication. The Contractor shall coordinate field measurements and shop drawings with fabrication and shop assembly to minimize field adjustments, splicing, mechanical joints and field assembly of units. Whenever possible, louver units shall be assembled before shipment to the site. 2. All louvers shall be designed to meet all wind load requirements ofthe Florida Building Code, but in no case shall they be designed for a wind load less than 40 pounds per square foot or 140 mph (whichever is greater). 3. All louvers shall be AMCA licensed and certified. 1.03 Manufacturers A. The louvers shall be designed, constructed and installed following the best current practices and methods of the industry. B. The louver manufacturer shall have implemented the management of quality objectives, continual improvement, and monitoring of customer satisfaction to assure that customer needs and expectations are met. C. Provide louvers as manufactured by Airolite, Marietta, Ohio; All-Lite Metal Company, Levittown, Pennsylvania; Ruskin Co., Kansas City, Missouri; or approved equal. 1.04 Product Information Submittals A. Complete information describing the product including fully dimensioned and detailed shop drawings showing materials and accessories and including all Certified Test Data shall be submitted for review with the Shop Drawings in accordance with Section 01300, Shop Drawings, Submittals and Samples", including but not limited to, the following: 1. Materials list of items proposed to be provided under this Section. 2. Manufacturers' specifications and other data needed to provide compliance with the specified requirements. 3. Shop Drawings in sufficient detail to show fabrication, storage and handling requirements and recommendations, installation, accessories, anchorage, and interface of the work of this Section with the work of adjacent trades. 4. Submit two (2) samples of finishes for approval. July 29, 2017 Louvers Sanford North WRF. Class `A" Biosolids Management System - Project Manual 10250-4 1.05 Delivery, Storage and Handling A. Store products in the manufacturer's unopened packaging until ready for installation. B. Store materials in a dry area, indoors, protected from damage and in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. C. Protect materials and finishes during handling and installation to prevent damage. D. Store and dispose of solvent -based materials, and materials used with solvent -based materials, in accordance with requirements of local authorities having jurisdiction. 1.06 Warranty and Guarantees A. The ventilation louvers shall be guaranteed against defective workmanship and materials for a period of five (5) years from the time of Final Project Acceptance by the Owner in accordance with Section 01740, "Warranty and Bonds". B. When notified in writing from the Owner of a manufacturing defect, the louver manufacturer shall promptly correct deficiencies without cost to the Owner. C. The manufacturer shall provide a twenty (20) year limited warranty for the finish on all extruded aluminum substrates. 1. The finish coating shall not peel, blister, chip, crack or check. 2. Chalking, fading or erosion of finish when measured by the following tests: a. The finish coating shall not chalk in excess of 8 numerical ratings when measured in accordance with ASTM D4214. b. The finish coating shall not change color or fade in excess of 5 NBS units as determined by ASTM D2244 and ASTM D822. c. The finish coating shall not erode at a rate in excess of 10% / 5 year as determined by the Florida test sample. 1.07 Project Conditions A. Maintain environmental conditions (temperature, humidity, and ventilation) within limits recommended by manufacturer for optimum results. July 29, 2017 Louvers Sanford North WRF: Class "A" Biosolids Management System - Project Manual 10250-5 B. Do not install products under environmental conditions outside manufacturer's absolute limits. 2. PRODUCTS 2.01 Materials A. Aluminum Extrusions shall comply with the requirements of ASTM B-221, Alloy 6063-T52. B. Fastenings 1. Fasteners shall be stainless steel or aluminum and shall be vandalproof type. Provide types, gages, and lengths to suit unit installation conditions. 2. Use Phillips flat -head machine screws for exposed fasteners, unless otherwise shown, with a finish to match the louver. C. Anchors and Inserts 1. Use non-ferrous metal for anchors and inserts. 2. Use stainless steel expansion bolt devices for drilled -in -place anchors. 3. Furnish inserts, as required, to be set into concrete or masonry work. 2.02 Fixed Louvers A. Manufacture 1. Fixed louvers shall be high efficiency, stationary, extruded aluminum with horizontal blades. 2. The louvers shall be fixed louvers, drainable, with fifty-one percent (51 %) free area, and maximum free air velocity of 940 fpm at the point of beginning water penetration at 0.01 oz/ft2 (for a 15 minute test period). 3. Louver assemblies shall be six (6) inches deep. B. Furnish louvers with frames and blades fabricated of not less than 0.125-inch thick extruded aluminum of profile depth with reinforcing bosses, and sizes indicated. July 29, 2017 Louvers Sanford North WRF. Class `A"' Biosolids Management System - Project Manual 10250-6 C. Heads, sills, and jambs shall be one piece structural members and shall have integral caulking slots and retaining beads. Frames shall be fabricated to suit adjacent construction. D. Slidable, interlocked mullions shall have provision for expansion and contraction. E. Closed cell PVC compression gaskets shall be provided for expansion and contraction. F. Assemble louvers and provide all supports, anchorages, and accessories for complete installation. G. Provide concealed horizontal and vertical supports where louver openings exceed seventy-two (72) inches in any direction, unless otherwise shown on the Contract Drawings. 2.03 Finish A. Comply with the NAAMM "Metal Finishes Manual" for recommendations relative to application and designations of finishes. B. Finish designations prefixed by "AA" conform to the system established by the Aluminum Association for designating aluminum finishes. C. High -Performance Organic Coating 1. A high-performance organic coating, AA-Cl2C42R1x, shall be provided with a chemical finish that is cleaned with inhibited chemicals, have a chemical conversion coating, and acid chromate -fluoride -phosphate pretreatment. An organic coating shall be applied as specified below. 2. Prepare, pretreat, and apply coating to expose metal surfaces to comply with coating and resin manufacturer's instructions. 3. KYNAR-500 Fluoropolymer 2-Coat Coating System a) Manufacturer's standard 2- coat thermo-cured system, complying with AAMA 605.2;, composed of specially formulated inhibitive primerand fluorocarbon color topcoat containing not less than seventy percent (70%) polyvinyldene fluoride resin by weight. b) Color: As selected by the Engineer and Owner from the manufacturer's standard choices for colors. July 29, 2017 Louvers Sanford North WRF. Class "A" Biosolids Management System - Project Manual 10250-7 2.04 Screens A. Provide removable insect screens for all louvers unless otherwise indicated. B. Insect Screens 1. Rolled or extruded aluminum frames with mitered comers; 18 x 14 fine aluminum mesh, 0.0123-inch diameter wire. 2. The color of the insect screens shall match the color of the louver. 3. Provide insect screens for all louvers and locate the insect screens on inside face of the louvers. C. Secure the insect screens to the louver frames with clips or sheet metal screws, spaced at each corner and at 12 inches on -center between. 3. EXECUTION 3.01 Inspection A. Examine the areas and conditions under which louvers and associated items are to be installed. Do not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. B. Throughout the installation process and in particular prior to substantial completion inspection, the manufacturer and the Contractor shall perform inspections of the Work to determine if the Work is in conformance with the specifications and the shop drawings and as follows: 1. Inspect the completed installation for conformance with this Specification Section. 2. Prior to final inspection, state in a signed letter to the Engineer that the Work of this Section has been installed in complete accordance with the approved Shop Drawings. 3.02 Preparation A. Coordinate shop drawings, templates, directions for the installation and delivery of anchorages to be embedded in concrete and masonry and to be fabricated. Coordinate the delivery of items to the Project site. July 29, 2017 Louvers Sanford North WRF. Class "A" Biosolids Management System - Project Manual 10250-8 B. Clean the opening(s) thoroughly prior to installation. C. Prepare surfaces using the methods recommended by the manufacturer for achieving the best result for the substrate under the project conditions. 3.03 Installation A. Locate and (place louver units square, plumb, level and in proper alignment with adjacent work. B. Where the contact of dissimilar metals may cause electrolysis and where aluminum will contact concrete, mortar or plaster, the contact surface of the metals shall be separated using not less than one coat of zinc chromate primer and one heavy coat of aluminum pigmented asphalt paint on each surface; or where deemed necessary by the Engineer, not less than one course of asphalt saturated cotton fabric cemented to both metals with flashing cement, shall be used. Finished works shall be cleaned and excess cement removed. C. All work shall be squared, plumb and true, accurately fitted with fight joints and intersections. D. All work shall be adequately anchored in place at proper elevations, planes and locations. Use concealed anchorages wherever possible. Provide brass or lead washers fitted to screws where required to protect metal surfaces and to make a weathertight connection. E. Form tight joints with exposed connections accurately fitted together. Provide reveals and opening for sealants and joint fillers as shown on Drawings. F. Exposed work shall be finished smooth with welds ground smooth. Repair damaged finishes that are approved for field finish repair. Provide new units when field finished repair is not acceptable. G. Provide concealed gaskets, flashings, sealants and install as the work progresses to make the installations weathertight. H. Refer to Section 07900, "Caulking and Sealants", for sealants installed in connection with the installation of the louvers. I. The louver surfaces shall be cleaned in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Touch-up, repair or replace damaged products prior to Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION July 29, 2017 Louvers